structs

package
v1.5.8 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Jul 21, 2023 License: MPL-2.0 Imports: 69 Imported by: 2,376

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// ACLUpsertPoliciesRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch creating or
	// modifying ACL policies.
	//
	// Args: ACLPolicyUpsertRequest
	// Reply: GenericResponse
	ACLUpsertPoliciesRPCMethod = "ACL.UpsertPolicies"

	// ACLUpsertTokensRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch creating or
	// modifying ACL tokens.
	//
	// Args: ACLTokenUpsertRequest
	// Reply: ACLTokenUpsertResponse
	ACLUpsertTokensRPCMethod = "ACL.UpsertTokens"

	// ACLDeleteTokensRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch deleting ACL
	// tokens.
	//
	// Args: ACLTokenDeleteRequest
	// Reply: GenericResponse
	ACLDeleteTokensRPCMethod = "ACL.DeleteTokens"

	// ACLUpsertRolesRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch creating or
	// modifying ACL roles.
	//
	// Args: ACLRolesUpsertRequest
	// Reply: ACLRolesUpsertResponse
	ACLUpsertRolesRPCMethod = "ACL.UpsertRoles"

	// ACLDeleteRolesByIDRPCMethod the RPC method for batch deleting ACL
	// roles by their ID.
	//
	// Args: ACLRolesDeleteByIDRequest
	// Reply: ACLRolesDeleteByIDResponse
	ACLDeleteRolesByIDRPCMethod = "ACL.DeleteRolesByID"

	// ACLListRolesRPCMethod is the RPC method for listing ACL roles.
	//
	// Args: ACLRolesListRequest
	// Reply: ACLRolesListResponse
	ACLListRolesRPCMethod = "ACL.ListRoles"

	// ACLGetRolesByIDRPCMethod is the RPC method for detailing a number of ACL
	// roles using their ID. This is an internal only RPC endpoint and used by
	// the ACL Role replication process.
	//
	// Args: ACLRolesByIDRequest
	// Reply: ACLRolesByIDResponse
	ACLGetRolesByIDRPCMethod = "ACL.GetRolesByID"

	// ACLGetRoleByIDRPCMethod is the RPC method for detailing an individual
	// ACL role using its ID.
	//
	// Args: ACLRoleByIDRequest
	// Reply: ACLRoleByIDResponse
	ACLGetRoleByIDRPCMethod = "ACL.GetRoleByID"

	// ACLGetRoleByNameRPCMethod is the RPC method for detailing an individual
	// ACL role using its name.
	//
	// Args: ACLRoleByNameRequest
	// Reply: ACLRoleByNameResponse
	ACLGetRoleByNameRPCMethod = "ACL.GetRoleByName"

	// ACLUpsertAuthMethodsRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch creating or
	// modifying auth methods.
	//
	// Args: ACLAuthMethodsUpsertRequest
	// Reply: ACLAuthMethodUpsertResponse
	ACLUpsertAuthMethodsRPCMethod = "ACL.UpsertAuthMethods"

	// ACLDeleteAuthMethodsRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch deleting auth
	// methods.
	//
	// Args: ACLAuthMethodDeleteRequest
	// Reply: ACLAuthMethodDeleteResponse
	ACLDeleteAuthMethodsRPCMethod = "ACL.DeleteAuthMethods"

	// ACLListAuthMethodsRPCMethod is the RPC method for listing auth methods.
	//
	// Args: ACLAuthMethodListRequest
	// Reply: ACLAuthMethodListResponse
	ACLListAuthMethodsRPCMethod = "ACL.ListAuthMethods"

	// ACLGetAuthMethodRPCMethod is the RPC method for detailing an individual
	// auth method using its name.
	//
	// Args: ACLAuthMethodGetRequest
	// Reply: ACLAuthMethodGetResponse
	ACLGetAuthMethodRPCMethod = "ACL.GetAuthMethod"

	// ACLGetAuthMethodsRPCMethod is the RPC method for getting multiple auth
	// methods using their names.
	//
	// Args: ACLAuthMethodsGetRequest
	// Reply: ACLAuthMethodsGetResponse
	ACLGetAuthMethodsRPCMethod = "ACL.GetAuthMethods"

	// ACLUpsertBindingRulesRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch creating or
	// modifying binding rules.
	//
	// Args: ACLBindingRulesUpsertRequest
	// Reply: ACLBindingRulesUpsertResponse
	ACLUpsertBindingRulesRPCMethod = "ACL.UpsertBindingRules"

	// ACLDeleteBindingRulesRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch deleting
	// binding rules.
	//
	// Args: ACLBindingRulesDeleteRequest
	// Reply: ACLBindingRulesDeleteResponse
	ACLDeleteBindingRulesRPCMethod = "ACL.DeleteBindingRules"

	// ACLListBindingRulesRPCMethod is the RPC method listing binding rules.
	//
	// Args: ACLBindingRulesListRequest
	// Reply: ACLBindingRulesListResponse
	ACLListBindingRulesRPCMethod = "ACL.ListBindingRules"

	// ACLGetBindingRulesRPCMethod is the RPC method for getting multiple
	// binding rules using their IDs.
	//
	// Args: ACLBindingRulesRequest
	// Reply: ACLBindingRulesResponse
	ACLGetBindingRulesRPCMethod = "ACL.GetBindingRules"

	// ACLGetBindingRuleRPCMethod is the RPC method for detailing an individual
	// binding rule using its ID.
	//
	// Args: ACLBindingRuleRequest
	// Reply: ACLBindingRuleResponse
	ACLGetBindingRuleRPCMethod = "ACL.GetBindingRule"

	// ACLOIDCAuthURLRPCMethod is the RPC method for starting the OIDC login
	// workflow. It generates the OIDC provider URL which will be used for user
	// authentication.
	//
	// Args: ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest
	// Reply: ACLOIDCAuthURLResponse
	ACLOIDCAuthURLRPCMethod = "ACL.OIDCAuthURL"

	// ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRPCMethod is the RPC method for completing the OIDC
	// login workflow. It exchanges the OIDC provider token for a Nomad ACL
	// token with roles as defined within the remote provider.
	//
	// Args: ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest
	// Reply: ACLOIDCCompleteAuthResponse
	ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRPCMethod = "ACL.OIDCCompleteAuth"

	// ACLLoginRPCMethod is the RPC method for performing a non-OIDC login
	// workflow. It exchanges the provided token for a Nomad ACL token with
	// roles as defined within the remote provider.
	//
	// Args: ACLLoginRequest
	// Reply: ACLLoginResponse
	ACLLoginRPCMethod = "ACL.Login"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ACLMaxExpiredBatchSize is the maximum number of expired ACL tokens that
	// will be garbage collected in a single trigger. This number helps limit
	// the replication pressure due to expired token deletion. If there are a
	// large number of expired tokens pending garbage collection, this value is
	// a potential limiting factor.
	ACLMaxExpiredBatchSize = 4096

	// ACLAuthMethodTokenLocalityLocal is the ACLAuthMethod.TokenLocality that
	// will generate ACL tokens which can only be used on the local cluster the
	// request was made.
	ACLAuthMethodTokenLocalityLocal = "local"

	// ACLAuthMethodTokenLocalityGlobal is the ACLAuthMethod.TokenLocality that
	// will generate ACL tokens which can be used on all federated clusters.
	ACLAuthMethodTokenLocalityGlobal = "global"

	// ACLAuthMethodTypeOIDC the ACLAuthMethod.Type and represents an
	// auth-method which uses the OIDC protocol.
	ACLAuthMethodTypeOIDC = "OIDC"

	// ACLAuthMethodTypeJWT the ACLAuthMethod.Type and represents an auth-method
	// which uses the JWT type.
	ACLAuthMethodTypeJWT = "JWT"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ACLBindingRuleBindTypeRole is the ACL binding rule bind type that only
	// allows the binding rule to function if a role exists at login-time. The
	// role will be specified within the ACLBindingRule.BindName parameter, and
	// will identify whether this is an ID or Name.
	ACLBindingRuleBindTypeRole = "role"

	// ACLBindingRuleBindTypePolicy is the ACL binding rule bind type that
	// assigns a policy to the generate ACL token. The role will be specified
	// within the ACLBindingRule.BindName parameter, and will be the policy
	// name.
	ACLBindingRuleBindTypePolicy = "policy"

	// ACLBindingRuleBindTypeManagement is the ACL binding rule bind type that
	// will generate management ACL tokens when matched.
	ACLBindingRuleBindTypeManagement = "management"
)
View Source 
const (

	// Prefix based errors that are used to check if the error is of a given
	// type. These errors should be created with the associated constructor.
	ErrUnknownAllocationPrefix = "Unknown allocation"
	ErrUnknownNodePrefix       = "Unknown node"
	ErrUnknownJobPrefix        = "Unknown job"
	ErrUnknownEvaluationPrefix = "Unknown evaluation"
	ErrUnknownDeploymentPrefix = "Unknown deployment"
)
View Source 
const (
	TopicDeployment     Topic = "Deployment"
	TopicEvaluation     Topic = "Evaluation"
	TopicAllocation     Topic = "Allocation"
	TopicJob            Topic = "Job"
	TopicNode           Topic = "Node"
	TopicACLPolicy      Topic = "ACLPolicy"
	TopicACLToken       Topic = "ACLToken"
	TopicACLRole        Topic = "ACLRole"
	TopicACLAuthMethod  Topic = "ACLAuthMethod"
	TopicACLBindingRule Topic = "ACLBindingRule"
	TopicService        Topic = "Service"
	TopicAll            Topic = "*"

	TypeNodeRegistration              = "NodeRegistration"
	TypeNodeDeregistration            = "NodeDeregistration"
	TypeNodeEligibilityUpdate         = "NodeEligibility"
	TypeNodeDrain                     = "NodeDrain"
	TypeNodeEvent                     = "NodeStreamEvent"
	TypeDeploymentUpdate              = "DeploymentStatusUpdate"
	TypeDeploymentPromotion           = "DeploymentPromotion"
	TypeDeploymentAllocHealth         = "DeploymentAllocHealth"
	TypeAllocationCreated             = "AllocationCreated"
	TypeAllocationUpdated             = "AllocationUpdated"
	TypeAllocationUpdateDesiredStatus = "AllocationUpdateDesiredStatus"
	TypeEvalUpdated                   = "EvaluationUpdated"
	TypeJobRegistered                 = "JobRegistered"
	TypeJobDeregistered               = "JobDeregistered"
	TypeJobBatchDeregistered          = "JobBatchDeregistered"
	TypePlanResult                    = "PlanResult"
	TypeACLTokenDeleted               = "ACLTokenDeleted"
	TypeACLTokenUpserted              = "ACLTokenUpserted"
	TypeACLPolicyDeleted              = "ACLPolicyDeleted"
	TypeACLPolicyUpserted             = "ACLPolicyUpserted"
	TypeACLRoleDeleted                = "ACLRoleDeleted"
	TypeACLRoleUpserted               = "ACLRoleUpserted"
	TypeACLAuthMethodUpserted         = "ACLAuthMethodUpserted"
	TypeACLAuthMethodDeleted          = "ACLAuthMethodDeleted"
	TypeACLBindingRuleUpserted        = "ACLBindingRuleUpserted"
	TypeACLBindingRuleDeleted         = "ACLBindingRuleDeleted"
	TypeServiceRegistration           = "ServiceRegistration"
	TypeServiceDeregistration         = "ServiceDeregistration"
)
View Source 
const (
	RootKeyStateInactive RootKeyState = "inactive"
	RootKeyStateActive                = "active"
	RootKeyStateRekeying              = "rekeying"

	// RootKeyStateDeprecated is, itself, deprecated and is no longer in
	// use. For backwards compatibility, any existing keys with this state will
	// be treated as RootKeyStateInactive
	RootKeyStateDeprecated = "deprecated"
)
View Source 
const (
	// DefaultMinDynamicPort is the smallest dynamic port generated by
	// default
	DefaultMinDynamicPort = 20000

	// DefaultMaxDynamicPort is the largest dynamic port generated by
	// default
	DefaultMaxDynamicPort = 32000

	// MaxValidPort is the max valid port number
	MaxValidPort = 65536
)
View Source 
const (
	// ServiceRegistrationUpsertRPCMethod is the RPC method for upserting
	// service registrations into Nomad state.
	//
	// Args: ServiceRegistrationUpsertRequest
	// Reply: ServiceRegistrationUpsertResponse
	ServiceRegistrationUpsertRPCMethod = "ServiceRegistration.Upsert"

	// ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRPCMethod is the RPC method for deleting
	// a service registration by its ID.
	//
	// Args: ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRequest
	// Reply: ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDResponse
	ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRPCMethod = "ServiceRegistration.DeleteByID"

	// ServiceRegistrationListRPCMethod is the RPC method for listing service
	// registrations within Nomad.
	//
	// Args: ServiceRegistrationListRequest
	// Reply: ServiceRegistrationListResponse
	ServiceRegistrationListRPCMethod = "ServiceRegistration.List"

	// ServiceRegistrationGetServiceRPCMethod is the RPC method for detailing a
	// service and its registrations according to its name.
	//
	// Args: ServiceRegistrationByNameRequest
	// Reply: ServiceRegistrationByNameResponse
	ServiceRegistrationGetServiceRPCMethod = "ServiceRegistration.GetService"
)
View Source 
const (
	EnvoyBootstrapPath = "${NOMAD_SECRETS_DIR}/envoy_bootstrap.json"

	ServiceCheckHTTP   = "http"
	ServiceCheckTCP    = "tcp"
	ServiceCheckScript = "script"
	ServiceCheckGRPC   = "grpc"

	OnUpdateRequireHealthy = "require_healthy"
	OnUpdateIgnoreWarn     = "ignore_warnings"
	OnUpdateIgnore         = "ignore"
)
View Source 
const (
	AddressModeAuto   = "auto"
	AddressModeHost   = "host"
	AddressModeDriver = "driver"
	AddressModeAlloc  = "alloc"

	// ServiceProviderConsul is the default service provider and the way Nomad
	// worked before native service discovery.
	ServiceProviderConsul = "consul"

	// ServiceProviderNomad is the native service discovery provider. At the
	// time of writing, there are a number of restrictions around its
	// functionality and use.
	ServiceProviderNomad = "nomad"
)
View Source 
const (
	// IgnoreUnknownTypeFlag is set along with a MessageType
	// to indicate that the message type can be safely ignored
	// if it is not recognized. This is for future proofing, so
	// that new commands can be added in a way that won't cause
	// old servers to crash when the FSM attempts to process them.
	IgnoreUnknownTypeFlag MessageType = 128

	// MsgTypeTestSetup is used during testing when calling state store
	// methods directly that require an FSM MessageType
	MsgTypeTestSetup MessageType = IgnoreUnknownTypeFlag

	GetterModeAny  = "any"
	GetterModeFile = "file"
	GetterModeDir  = "dir"

	// ACLClientToken and ACLManagementToken are the only types of tokens
	ACLClientToken     = "client"
	ACLManagementToken = "management"

	// DefaultNamespace is the default namespace.
	DefaultNamespace            = "default"
	DefaultNamespaceDescription = "Default shared namespace"

	// AllNamespacesSentinel is the value used as a namespace RPC value
	// to indicate that endpoints must search in all namespaces
	//
	// Also defined in acl/acl.go to avoid circular dependencies. If modified
	// it should be updated there as well.
	AllNamespacesSentinel = "*"

	// JitterFraction is a the limit to the amount of jitter we apply
	// to a user specified MaxQueryTime. We divide the specified time by
	// the fraction. So 16 == 6.25% limit of jitter. This jitter is also
	// applied to RPCHoldTimeout.
	JitterFraction = 16

	// MaxRetainedNodeEvents is the maximum number of node events that will be
	// retained for a single node
	MaxRetainedNodeEvents = 10

	// MaxRetainedNodeScores is the number of top scoring nodes for which we
	// retain scoring metadata
	MaxRetainedNodeScores = 5

	// Normalized scorer name
	NormScorerName = "normalized-score"

	// MaxBlockingRPCQueryTime is used to bound the limit of a blocking query
	MaxBlockingRPCQueryTime = 300 * time.Second

	// DefaultBlockingRPCQueryTime is the amount of time we block waiting for a change
	// if no time is specified. Previously we would wait the MaxBlockingRPCQueryTime.
	DefaultBlockingRPCQueryTime = 300 * time.Second

	// RateMetric constants are used as labels in RPC rate metrics
	RateMetricRead  = "read"
	RateMetricList  = "list"
	RateMetricWrite = "write"
)
View Source 
const (
	NodeEventSubsystemDrain     = "Drain"
	NodeEventSubsystemDriver    = "Driver"
	NodeEventSubsystemHeartbeat = "Heartbeat"
	NodeEventSubsystemCluster   = "Cluster"
	NodeEventSubsystemScheduler = "Scheduler"
	NodeEventSubsystemStorage   = "Storage"
)
View Source 
const (
	NodeStatusInit         = "initializing"
	NodeStatusReady        = "ready"
	NodeStatusDown         = "down"
	NodeStatusDisconnected = "disconnected"
)
View Source 
const (
	// NodeSchedulingEligible and Ineligible marks the node as eligible or not,
	// respectively, for receiving allocations. This is orthogonal to the node
	// status being ready.
	NodeSchedulingEligible   = "eligible"
	NodeSchedulingIneligible = "ineligible"
)
View Source 
const (
	// JobTypeCore is reserved for internal system tasks and is
	// always handled by the CoreScheduler.
	JobTypeCore     = "_core"
	JobTypeService  = "service"
	JobTypeBatch    = "batch"
	JobTypeSystem   = "system"
	JobTypeSysBatch = "sysbatch"
)
View Source 
const (
	JobStatusPending = "pending" // Pending means the job is waiting on scheduling
	JobStatusRunning = "running" // Running means the job has non-terminal allocations
	JobStatusDead    = "dead"    // Dead means all evaluation's and allocations are terminal
)
View Source 
const (
	// JobMinPriority is the minimum allowed priority
	JobMinPriority = 1

	// JobDefaultPriority is the default priority if not specified.
	JobDefaultPriority = 50

	// JobDefaultMaxPriority is the default maximum allowed priority
	JobDefaultMaxPriority = 100

	// JobMaxPriority is the maximum allowed configuration value for maximum job priority
	JobMaxPriority = math.MaxInt16 - 1

	// CoreJobPriority should be higher than any user
	// specified job so that it gets priority. This is important
	// for the system to remain healthy.
	CoreJobPriority = math.MaxInt16

	// JobTrackedVersions is the number of historic job versions that are
	// kept.
	JobTrackedVersions = 6

	// JobTrackedScalingEvents is the number of scaling events that are
	// kept for a single task group.
	JobTrackedScalingEvents = 20
)
View Source 
const (
	// Checks uses any registered health check state in combination with task
	// states to determine if an allocation is healthy.
	UpdateStrategyHealthCheck_Checks = "checks"

	// TaskStates uses the task states of an allocation to determine if the
	// allocation is healthy.
	UpdateStrategyHealthCheck_TaskStates = "task_states"

	// Manual allows the operator to manually signal to Nomad when an
	// allocations is healthy. This allows more advanced health checking that is
	// outside of the scope of Nomad.
	UpdateStrategyHealthCheck_Manual = "manual"
)
View Source 
const (
	// PeriodicSpecCron is used for a cron spec.
	PeriodicSpecCron = "cron"

	// PeriodicSpecTest is only used by unit tests. It is a sorted, comma
	// separated list of unix timestamps at which to launch.
	PeriodicSpecTest = "_internal_test"
)
View Source 
const (
	DispatchPayloadForbidden = "forbidden"
	DispatchPayloadOptional  = "optional"
	DispatchPayloadRequired  = "required"

	// DispatchLaunchSuffix is the string appended to the parameterized job's ID
	// when dispatching instances of it.
	DispatchLaunchSuffix = "/dispatch-"
)
View Source 
const (
	TaskLifecycleHookPrestart  = "prestart"
	TaskLifecycleHookPoststart = "poststart"
	TaskLifecycleHookPoststop  = "poststop"
)
View Source 
const (
	// RestartPolicyModeDelay causes an artificial delay till the next interval is
	// reached when the specified attempts have been reached in the interval.
	RestartPolicyModeDelay = "delay"

	// RestartPolicyModeFail causes a job to fail if the specified number of
	// attempts are reached within an interval.
	RestartPolicyModeFail = "fail"

	// RestartPolicyMinInterval is the minimum interval that is accepted for a
	// restart policy.
	RestartPolicyMinInterval = 5 * time.Second

	// ReasonWithinPolicy describes restart events that are within policy
	ReasonWithinPolicy = "Restart within policy"
)
View Source 
const (
	ScalingTargetNamespace = "Namespace"
	ScalingTargetJob       = "Job"
	ScalingTargetGroup     = "Group"
	ScalingTargetTask      = "Task"

	ScalingPolicyTypeHorizontal = "horizontal"
)
View Source 
const (
	MigrateStrategyHealthChecks = "checks"
	MigrateStrategyHealthStates = "task_states"
)
View Source 
const (
	// ConnectProxyPrefix is the prefix used for fields referencing a Consul Connect
	// Proxy
	ConnectProxyPrefix = "connect-proxy"

	// ConnectNativePrefix is the prefix used for fields referencing a Connect
	// Native Task
	ConnectNativePrefix = "connect-native"

	// ConnectIngressPrefix is the prefix used for fields referencing a Consul
	// Connect Ingress Gateway Proxy.
	ConnectIngressPrefix = "connect-ingress"

	// ConnectTerminatingPrefix is the prefix used for fields referencing a Consul
	// Connect Terminating Gateway Proxy.
	ConnectTerminatingPrefix = "connect-terminating"

	// ConnectMeshPrefix is the prefix used for fields referencing a Consul Connect
	// Mesh Gateway Proxy.
	ConnectMeshPrefix = "connect-mesh"
)
View Source 
const (
	// TemplateChangeModeNoop marks that no action should be taken if the
	// template is re-rendered
	TemplateChangeModeNoop = "noop"

	// TemplateChangeModeSignal marks that the task should be signaled if the
	// template is re-rendered
	TemplateChangeModeSignal = "signal"

	// TemplateChangeModeRestart marks that the task should be restarted if the
	// template is re-rendered
	TemplateChangeModeRestart = "restart"

	// TemplateChangeModeScript marks that the task should trigger a script if
	// the template is re-rendered
	TemplateChangeModeScript = "script"
)
View Source 
const (
	TaskStatePending = "pending" // The task is waiting to be run.
	TaskStateRunning = "running" // The task is currently running.
	TaskStateDead    = "dead"    // Terminal state of task.
)

Set of possible states for a task.

View Source 
const (
	// TaskSetupFailure indicates that the task could not be started due to a
	// a setup failure.
	TaskSetupFailure = "Setup Failure"

	// TaskDriveFailure indicates that the task could not be started due to a
	// failure in the driver. TaskDriverFailure is considered Recoverable.
	TaskDriverFailure = "Driver Failure"

	// TaskReceived signals that the task has been pulled by the client at the
	// given timestamp.
	TaskReceived = "Received"

	// TaskFailedValidation indicates the task was invalid and as such was not run.
	// TaskFailedValidation is not considered Recoverable.
	TaskFailedValidation = "Failed Validation"

	// TaskStarted signals that the task was started and its timestamp can be
	// used to determine the running length of the task.
	TaskStarted = "Started"

	// TaskTerminated indicates that the task was started and exited.
	TaskTerminated = "Terminated"

	// TaskKilling indicates a kill signal has been sent to the task.
	TaskKilling = "Killing"

	// TaskKilled indicates a user has killed the task.
	TaskKilled = "Killed"

	// TaskRestarting indicates that task terminated and is being restarted.
	TaskRestarting = "Restarting"

	// TaskNotRestarting indicates that the task has failed and is not being
	// restarted because it has exceeded its restart policy.
	TaskNotRestarting = "Not Restarting"

	// TaskRestartSignal indicates that the task has been signaled to be
	// restarted
	TaskRestartSignal = "Restart Signaled"

	// TaskSignaling indicates that the task is being signalled.
	TaskSignaling = "Signaling"

	// TaskDownloadingArtifacts means the task is downloading the artifacts
	// specified in the task.
	TaskDownloadingArtifacts = "Downloading Artifacts"

	// TaskArtifactDownloadFailed indicates that downloading the artifacts
	// failed.
	TaskArtifactDownloadFailed = "Failed Artifact Download"

	// TaskBuildingTaskDir indicates that the task directory/chroot is being
	// built.
	TaskBuildingTaskDir = "Building Task Directory"

	// TaskSetup indicates the task runner is setting up the task environment
	TaskSetup = "Task Setup"

	// TaskDiskExceeded indicates that one of the tasks in a taskgroup has
	// exceeded the requested disk resources.
	TaskDiskExceeded = "Disk Resources Exceeded"

	// TaskSiblingFailed indicates that a sibling task in the task group has
	// failed.
	TaskSiblingFailed = "Sibling Task Failed"

	// TaskDriverMessage is an informational event message emitted by
	// drivers such as when they're performing a long running action like
	// downloading an image.
	TaskDriverMessage = "Driver"

	// TaskLeaderDead indicates that the leader task within the has finished.
	TaskLeaderDead = "Leader Task Dead"

	// TaskMainDead indicates that the main tasks have dead
	TaskMainDead = "Main Tasks Dead"

	// TaskHookFailed indicates that one of the hooks for a task failed.
	TaskHookFailed = "Task hook failed"

	// TaskHookMessage indicates that one of the hooks for a task emitted a
	// message.
	TaskHookMessage = "Task hook message"

	// TaskRestoreFailed indicates Nomad was unable to reattach to a
	// restored task.
	TaskRestoreFailed = "Failed Restoring Task"

	// TaskPluginUnhealthy indicates that a plugin managed by Nomad became unhealthy
	TaskPluginUnhealthy = "Plugin became unhealthy"

	// TaskPluginHealthy indicates that a plugin managed by Nomad became healthy
	TaskPluginHealthy = "Plugin became healthy"

	// TaskClientReconnected indicates that the client running the task disconnected.
	TaskClientReconnected = "Reconnected"

	// TaskWaitingShuttingDownDelay indicates that the task is waiting for
	// shutdown delay before being TaskKilled
	TaskWaitingShuttingDownDelay = "Waiting for shutdown delay"

	// TaskSkippingShutdownDelay indicates that the task operation was
	// configured to ignore the shutdown delay value set for the tas.
	TaskSkippingShutdownDelay = "Skipping shutdown delay"
)
View Source 
const (
	ConstraintDistinctProperty  = "distinct_property"
	ConstraintDistinctHosts     = "distinct_hosts"
	ConstraintRegex             = "regexp"
	ConstraintVersion           = "version"
	ConstraintSemver            = "semver"
	ConstraintSetContains       = "set_contains"
	ConstraintSetContainsAll    = "set_contains_all"
	ConstraintSetContainsAny    = "set_contains_any"
	ConstraintAttributeIsSet    = "is_set"
	ConstraintAttributeIsNotSet = "is_not_set"
)
View Source 
const (
	// VaultChangeModeNoop takes no action when a new token is retrieved.
	VaultChangeModeNoop = "noop"

	// VaultChangeModeSignal signals the task when a new token is retrieved.
	VaultChangeModeSignal = "signal"

	// VaultChangeModeRestart restarts the task when a new token is retrieved.
	VaultChangeModeRestart = "restart"
)
View Source 
const (
	// DeploymentStatuses are the various states a deployment can be be in
	DeploymentStatusRunning      = "running"
	DeploymentStatusPaused       = "paused"
	DeploymentStatusFailed       = "failed"
	DeploymentStatusSuccessful   = "successful"
	DeploymentStatusCancelled    = "cancelled"
	DeploymentStatusInitializing = "initializing"
	DeploymentStatusPending      = "pending"
	DeploymentStatusBlocked      = "blocked"
	DeploymentStatusUnblocking   = "unblocking"

	// DeploymentStatusDescriptions are the various descriptions of the states a
	// deployment can be in.
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionRunning               = "Deployment is running"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionRunningNeedsPromotion = "Deployment is running but requires manual promotion"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionRunningAutoPromotion  = "Deployment is running pending automatic promotion"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionPaused                = "Deployment is paused"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionSuccessful            = "Deployment completed successfully"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionStoppedJob            = "Cancelled because job is stopped"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionNewerJob              = "Cancelled due to newer version of job"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionFailedAllocations     = "Failed due to unhealthy allocations"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionProgressDeadline      = "Failed due to progress deadline"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionFailedByUser          = "Deployment marked as failed"

	// used only in multiregion deployments
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionFailedByPeer   = "Failed because of an error in peer region"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionBlocked        = "Deployment is complete but waiting for peer region"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionUnblocking     = "Deployment is unblocking remaining regions"
	DeploymentStatusDescriptionPendingForPeer = "Deployment is pending, waiting for peer region"
)
View Source 
const (
	AllocDesiredStatusRun   = "run"   // Allocation should run
	AllocDesiredStatusStop  = "stop"  // Allocation should stop
	AllocDesiredStatusEvict = "evict" // Allocation should stop, and was evicted
)
View Source 
const (
	AllocClientStatusPending  = "pending"
	AllocClientStatusRunning  = "running"
	AllocClientStatusComplete = "complete"
	AllocClientStatusFailed   = "failed"
	AllocClientStatusLost     = "lost"
	AllocClientStatusUnknown  = "unknown"
)
View Source 
const (
	EvalStatusBlocked   = "blocked"
	EvalStatusPending   = "pending"
	EvalStatusComplete  = "complete"
	EvalStatusFailed    = "failed"
	EvalStatusCancelled = "canceled"
)
View Source 
const (
	EvalTriggerJobRegister          = "job-register"
	EvalTriggerJobDeregister        = "job-deregister"
	EvalTriggerPeriodicJob          = "periodic-job"
	EvalTriggerNodeDrain            = "node-drain"
	EvalTriggerNodeUpdate           = "node-update"
	EvalTriggerAllocStop            = "alloc-stop"
	EvalTriggerScheduled            = "scheduled"
	EvalTriggerRollingUpdate        = "rolling-update"
	EvalTriggerDeploymentWatcher    = "deployment-watcher"
	EvalTriggerFailedFollowUp       = "failed-follow-up"
	EvalTriggerMaxPlans             = "max-plan-attempts"
	EvalTriggerRetryFailedAlloc     = "alloc-failure"
	EvalTriggerQueuedAllocs         = "queued-allocs"
	EvalTriggerPreemption           = "preemption"
	EvalTriggerScaling              = "job-scaling"
	EvalTriggerMaxDisconnectTimeout = "max-disconnect-timeout"
	EvalTriggerReconnect            = "reconnect"
)
View Source 
const (
	// CoreJobEvalGC is used for the garbage collection of evaluations
	// and allocations. We periodically scan evaluations in a terminal state,
	// in which all the corresponding allocations are also terminal. We
	// delete these out of the system to bound the state.
	CoreJobEvalGC = "eval-gc"

	// CoreJobNodeGC is used for the garbage collection of failed nodes.
	// We periodically scan nodes in a terminal state, and if they have no
	// corresponding allocations we delete these out of the system.
	CoreJobNodeGC = "node-gc"

	// CoreJobJobGC is used for the garbage collection of eligible jobs. We
	// periodically scan garbage collectible jobs and check if both their
	// evaluations and allocations are terminal. If so, we delete these out of
	// the system.
	CoreJobJobGC = "job-gc"

	// CoreJobDeploymentGC is used for the garbage collection of eligible
	// deployments. We periodically scan garbage collectible deployments and
	// check if they are terminal. If so, we delete these out of the system.
	CoreJobDeploymentGC = "deployment-gc"

	// CoreJobCSIVolumeClaimGC is use for the garbage collection of CSI
	// volume claims. We periodically scan volumes to see if no allocs are
	// claiming them. If so, we unclaim the volume.
	CoreJobCSIVolumeClaimGC = "csi-volume-claim-gc"

	// CoreJobCSIPluginGC is use for the garbage collection of CSI plugins.
	// We periodically scan plugins to see if they have no associated volumes
	// or allocs running them. If so, we delete the plugin.
	CoreJobCSIPluginGC = "csi-plugin-gc"

	// CoreJobOneTimeTokenGC is use for the garbage collection of one-time
	// tokens. We periodically scan for expired tokens and delete them.
	CoreJobOneTimeTokenGC = "one-time-token-gc"

	// CoreJobLocalTokenExpiredGC is used for the garbage collection of
	// expired local ACL tokens. We periodically scan for expired tokens and
	// delete them.
	CoreJobLocalTokenExpiredGC = "local-token-expired-gc"

	// CoreJobGlobalTokenExpiredGC is used for the garbage collection of
	// expired global ACL tokens. We periodically scan for expired tokens and
	// delete them.
	CoreJobGlobalTokenExpiredGC = "global-token-expired-gc"

	// CoreJobRootKeyRotateGC is used for periodic key rotation and
	// garbage collection of unused encryption keys.
	CoreJobRootKeyRotateOrGC = "root-key-rotate-gc"

	// CoreJobVariablesRekey is used to fully rotate the encryption keys for
	// variables by decrypting all variables and re-encrypting them with the
	// active key
	CoreJobVariablesRekey = "variables-rekey"

	// CoreJobForceGC is used to force garbage collection of all GCable objects.
	CoreJobForceGC = "force-gc"
)
View Source 
const (
	// VariablesApplyRPCMethod is the RPC method for upserting or deleting a
	// variable by its namespace and path, with optional conflict detection.
	//
	// Args: VariablesApplyRequest
	// Reply: VariablesApplyResponse
	VariablesApplyRPCMethod = "Variables.Apply"

	// VariablesListRPCMethod is the RPC method for listing variables within
	// Nomad.
	//
	// Args: VariablesListRequest
	// Reply: VariablesListResponse
	VariablesListRPCMethod = "Variables.List"

	// VariablesReadRPCMethod is the RPC method for fetching a variable
	// according to its namepace and path.
	//
	// Args: VariablesByNameRequest
	// Reply: VariablesByNameResponse
	VariablesReadRPCMethod = "Variables.Read"
)
View Source 
const (
	VolumeMountPropagationPrivate       = "private"
	VolumeMountPropagationHostToTask    = "host-to-task"
	VolumeMountPropagationBidirectional = "bidirectional"
)
View Source 
const (
	// AllocServiceRegistrationsRPCMethod is the RPC method for listing all
	// service registrations assigned to a specific allocation.
	//
	// Args: AllocServiceRegistrationsRequest
	// Reply: AllocServiceRegistrationsResponse
	AllocServiceRegistrationsRPCMethod = "Alloc.GetServiceRegistrations"
)
View Source 
const (
	BytesInMegabyte = 1024 * 1024
)
View Source 
const CSIIntermediaryDirname = "volumes"

CSIIntermediaryDirname is the name of the directory inside the PluginMountDir where Nomad will expect plugins to create intermediary mounts for volumes.

View Source 
const CSISocketName = "csi.sock"

CSISocketName is the filename that Nomad expects plugins to create inside the PluginMountDir.

View Source 
const (
	// DefaultKillTimeout is the default timeout between signaling a task it
	// will be killed and killing it.
	DefaultKillTimeout = 5 * time.Second
)
View Source 
const (
	// EvalDeleteRPCMethod is the RPC method for batch deleting evaluations
	// using their IDs.
	//
	// Args: EvalDeleteRequest
	// Reply: EvalDeleteResponse
	EvalDeleteRPCMethod = "Eval.Delete"
)
View Source 
const (
	// JobServiceRegistrationsRPCMethod is the RPC method for listing all
	// service registrations assigned to a specific namespaced job.
	//
	// Args: JobServiceRegistrationsRequest
	// Reply: JobServiceRegistrationsResponse
	JobServiceRegistrationsRPCMethod = "Job.GetServiceRegistrations"
)
View Source 
const MaxUUIDsPerWriteRequest = 7281 // (1024 * 256) / 36

MaxUUIDsPerWriteRequest is the maximum number of UUIDs that can be included within a single write request. This is to ensure that the Raft message does not become too large. The resulting value corresponds to 0.25MB of IDs or 7281 UUID strings.

View Source 
const (
	// NodeUniqueNamespace is a prefix that can be appended to node meta or
	// attribute keys to mark them for exclusion in computed node class.
	NodeUniqueNamespace = "unique."
)
View Source 
const (
	// PeriodicLaunchSuffix is the string appended to the periodic jobs ID
	// when launching derived instances of it.
	PeriodicLaunchSuffix = "/periodic-"
)
View Source 
const ReschedulePolicyMinDelay = 5 * time.Second
View Source 
const ReschedulePolicyMinInterval = 15 * time.Second
View Source 
const VolumeTypeCSI = "csi"

VolumeTypeCSI is the type in the volume block of a TaskGroup

View Source 
const (
	VolumeTypeHost = "host"
)

Variables

View Source 
var (
	// ValidACLRoleName is used to validate an ACL role name.
	ValidACLRoleName = regexp.MustCompile("^[a-zA-Z0-9-]{1,128}$")

	// ValidACLAuthMethod is used to validate an ACL auth method name.
	ValidACLAuthMethod = regexp.MustCompile("^[a-zA-Z0-9-]{1,128}$")

	// ValitACLAuthMethodTypes lists supported auth method types.
	ValidACLAuthMethodTypes = []string{ACLAuthMethodTypeOIDC, ACLAuthMethodTypeJWT}
)
View Source 
var (
	ErrNoLeader                   = errors.New(errNoLeader)
	ErrNotReadyForConsistentReads = errors.New(errNotReadyForConsistentReads)
	ErrNoRegionPath               = errors.New(errNoRegionPath)
	ErrTokenNotFound              = errors.New(errTokenNotFound)
	ErrTokenExpired               = errors.New(errTokenExpired)
	ErrTokenInvalid               = errors.New(errTokenInvalid)
	ErrPermissionDenied           = errors.New(errPermissionDenied)
	ErrJobRegistrationDisabled    = errors.New(errJobRegistrationDisabled)
	ErrNoNodeConn                 = errors.New(errNoNodeConn)
	ErrUnknownMethod              = errors.New(errUnknownMethod)
	ErrUnknownNomadVersion        = errors.New(errUnknownNomadVersion)
	ErrNodeLacksRpc               = errors.New(errNodeLacksRpc)
	ErrMissingAllocID             = errors.New(errMissingAllocID)
	ErrIncompatibleFiltering      = errors.New(errIncompatibleFiltering)
	ErrMalformedChooseParameter   = errors.New(errMalformedChooseParameter)

	ErrUnknownNode = errors.New(ErrUnknownNodePrefix)

	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoCancel    = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoCancel)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoFail      = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoFail)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoPause     = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoPause)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoPromote   = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoPromote)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoResume    = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoResume)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoUnblock   = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoUnblock)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoRun       = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoRun)
	ErrDeploymentTerminalNoSetHealth = errors.New(errDeploymentTerminalNoSetHealth)
	ErrDeploymentRunningNoUnblock    = errors.New(errDeploymentRunningNoUnblock)

	ErrCSIClientRPCIgnorable  = errors.New("CSI client error (ignorable)")
	ErrCSIClientRPCRetryable  = errors.New("CSI client error (retryable)")
	ErrCSIVolumeMaxClaims     = errors.New("volume max claims reached")
	ErrCSIVolumeUnschedulable = errors.New("volume is currently unschedulable")
)
View Source 
var (
	// JsonHandle and JsonHandlePretty are the codec handles to JSON encode
	// structs. The pretty handle will add indents for easier human consumption.
	// JsonHandleWithExtensions and JsonHandlePretty include extensions for
	// encoding structs objects with API-specific fields
	JsonHandle = &codec.JsonHandle{
		HTMLCharsAsIs: true,
	}
	JsonHandleWithExtensions = NomadJsonEncodingExtensions(&codec.JsonHandle{
		HTMLCharsAsIs: true,
	})
	JsonHandlePretty = NomadJsonEncodingExtensions(&codec.JsonHandle{
		HTMLCharsAsIs: true,
		Indent:        4,
	})
)
View Source 
var (
	DefaultServiceJobRestartPolicy = RestartPolicy{
		Delay:    15 * time.Second,
		Attempts: 2,
		Interval: 30 * time.Minute,
		Mode:     RestartPolicyModeFail,
	}
	DefaultBatchJobRestartPolicy = RestartPolicy{
		Delay:    15 * time.Second,
		Attempts: 3,
		Interval: 24 * time.Hour,
		Mode:     RestartPolicyModeFail,
	}
)
View Source 
var (
	DefaultServiceJobReschedulePolicy = ReschedulePolicy{
		Delay:         30 * time.Second,
		DelayFunction: "exponential",
		MaxDelay:      1 * time.Hour,
		Unlimited:     true,
	}
	DefaultBatchJobReschedulePolicy = ReschedulePolicy{
		Attempts:      1,
		Interval:      24 * time.Hour,
		Delay:         5 * time.Second,
		DelayFunction: "constant",
	}
)
View Source 
var (
	// AnonymousACLToken is used no SecretID is provided, and the
	// request is made anonymously.
	AnonymousACLToken = &ACLToken{
		AccessorID: "anonymous",
		Name:       "Anonymous Token",
		Type:       ACLClientToken,
		Policies:   []string{"anonymous"},
		Global:     false,
	}

	// LeaderACLToken is used to represent a leader's own token; this object
	// never gets used except on the leader
	LeaderACLToken = &ACLToken{
		AccessorID: "leader",
		Name:       "Leader Token",
		Type:       ACLManagementToken,
	}
)
View Source 
var (
	// DefaultUpdateStrategy provides a baseline that can be used to upgrade
	// jobs with the old policy or for populating field defaults.
	DefaultUpdateStrategy = &UpdateStrategy{
		Stagger:          30 * time.Second,
		MaxParallel:      1,
		HealthCheck:      UpdateStrategyHealthCheck_Checks,
		MinHealthyTime:   10 * time.Second,
		HealthyDeadline:  5 * time.Minute,
		ProgressDeadline: 10 * time.Minute,
		AutoRevert:       false,
		AutoPromote:      false,
		Canary:           0,
	}
)
View Source 
var MsgpackHandle = func() *codec.MsgpackHandle {
	h := &codec.MsgpackHandle{}
	h.RawToString = true

	h.BasicHandle.TimeNotBuiltin = true

	h.MapType = reflect.TypeOf(map[string]interface{}(nil))

	h.TypeInfos = codec.NewTypeInfos([]string{"codec"})

	return h
}()

msgpackHandle is a shared handle for encoding/decoding of structs

View Source 
var RescheduleDelayFunctions = [...]string{"constant", "exponential", "fibonacci"}
View Source 
var (
	// TemplateChangeModeInvalidError is the error for when an invalid change
	// mode is given
	TemplateChangeModeInvalidError = errors.New("Invalid change mode. Must be one of the following: noop, signal, script, restart")
)
View Source 
var (
	// ValidPolicyName is used to validate a policy name
	ValidPolicyName = regexp.MustCompile("^[a-zA-Z0-9-]{1,128}$")
)
View Source 
var (
	// VaultUnrecoverableError matches unrecoverable errors returned by a Vault
	// server
	VaultUnrecoverableError = regexp.MustCompile(`Code:\s+40(0|3|4)`)
)

Functions

func ACLPolicyListHash added in v0.7.0 

func ACLPolicyListHash(policies []*ACLPolicy) string

ACLPolicyListHash returns a consistent hash for a set of policies.

func AllocName added in v0.6.0 

func AllocName(job, group string, idx uint) string

AllocName returns the name of the allocation given the input.

func AllocSubset added in v1.1.13 

func AllocSubset(allocs []*Allocation, subset []*Allocation) bool

func AllocSuffix added in v1.1.0 

func AllocSuffix(name string) string

AllocSuffix returns the alloc index suffix that was added by the AllocName function above.

func Bridge added in v0.8.0 

func Bridge(a, b io.ReadWriteCloser)

Bridge is used to just link two connections together and copy traffic

func CSIPluginTypeIsValid added in v0.11.0 

func CSIPluginTypeIsValid(pt CSIPluginType) bool

CSIPluginTypeIsValid validates the given CSIPluginType string and returns true only when a correct plugin type is specified.

func CodeFromRPCCodedErr added in v0.10.2 

func CodeFromRPCCodedErr(err error) (code int, msg string, ok bool)

CodeFromRPCCodedErr returns the code and message of error if it's an RPC error created through NewErrRPCCoded function. Returns `ok` false if error is not an rpc error

func CompareMigrateToken added in v0.8.0 

func CompareMigrateToken(allocID, nodeSecretID, otherMigrateToken string) bool

CompareMigrateToken returns true if two migration tokens can be computed and are equal.

func CompileACLObject added in v0.7.0 

func CompileACLObject(cache *ACLCache[*acl.ACL], policies []*ACLPolicy) (*acl.ACL, error)

CompileACLObject compiles a set of ACL policies into an ACL object with a cache

func CopyMapStringClientHostVolumeConfig added in v0.10.0 

func CopyMapStringClientHostVolumeConfig(m map[string]*ClientHostVolumeConfig) map[string]*ClientHostVolumeConfig

func CopyMapVolumeRequest added in v0.10.0 

func CopyMapVolumeRequest(s map[string]*VolumeRequest) map[string]*VolumeRequest

func CronParseNext added in v0.8.2 

func CronParseNext(e *cronexpr.Expression, fromTime time.Time, spec string) (t time.Time, err error)

CronParseNext is a helper that parses the next time for the given expression but captures any panic that may occur in the underlying library.

func Decode 

func Decode(buf []byte, out interface{}) error

Decode is used to decode a MsgPack encoded object

func DecodeVaultSecretData added in v1.3.0 

func DecodeVaultSecretData(s *vapi.Secret, out interface{}) error

DecodeVaultSecretData decodes a Vault sercret Data map into a struct.

func DenormalizeAllocationJobs added in v0.6.0 

func DenormalizeAllocationJobs(job *Job, allocs []*Allocation)

DenormalizeAllocationJobs is used to attach a job to all allocations that are non-terminal and do not have a job already. This is useful in cases where the job is normalized.

func DeploymentStatusDescriptionNoRollbackTarget added in v0.6.1 

func DeploymentStatusDescriptionNoRollbackTarget(baseDescription string) string

DeploymentStatusDescriptionNoRollbackTarget is used to get the status description of a deployment when there is no target to rollback to but autorevert is desired.

func DeploymentStatusDescriptionRollback added in v0.6.0 

func DeploymentStatusDescriptionRollback(baseDescription string, jobVersion uint64) string

DeploymentStatusDescriptionRollback is used to get the status description of a deployment when rolling back to an older job.

func DeploymentStatusDescriptionRollbackNoop added in v0.7.1 

func DeploymentStatusDescriptionRollbackNoop(baseDescription string, jobVersion uint64) string

DeploymentStatusDescriptionRollbackNoop is used to get the status description of a deployment when rolling back is not possible because it has the same specification

func DevicesEquals added in v0.9.0 

func DevicesEquals(d1, d2 []*NodeDeviceResource) bool

DevicesEquals returns true if the two device arrays are set equal

func DispatchedID added in v0.5.3 

func DispatchedID(templateID, idPrefixTemplate string, t time.Time) string

DispatchedID returns an ID appropriate for a job dispatched against a particular parameterized job

func Encode 

func Encode(t MessageType, msg interface{}) ([]byte, error)

Encode is used to encode a MsgPack object with type prefix

func GenerateMigrateToken added in v0.8.0 

func GenerateMigrateToken(allocID, nodeSecretID string) (string, error)

GenerateMigrateToken will create a token for a client to access an authenticated volume of another client to migrate data for sticky volumes.

func IsErrNoLeader added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrNoLeader(err error) bool

IsErrNoLeader returns whether the error is due to there being no leader.

func IsErrNoNodeConn added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrNoNodeConn(err error) bool

IsErrNoNodeConn returns whether the error is due to there being no path to the given node.

func IsErrNoRegionPath added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrNoRegionPath(err error) bool

IsErrNoRegionPath returns whether the error is due to there being no path to the given region.

func IsErrNoSuchFileOrDirectory added in v1.2.4 

func IsErrNoSuchFileOrDirectory(err error) bool

func IsErrNodeLacksRpc added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrNodeLacksRpc(err error) bool

IsErrNodeLacksRpc returns whether error is due to a Nomad server being unable to connect to a client node because the client is too old (pre-v0.8).

func IsErrPermissionDenied added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrPermissionDenied(err error) bool

IsErrPermissionDenied returns whether the error is due to the operation not being allowed due to lack of permissions.

func IsErrRPCCoded added in v0.10.4 

func IsErrRPCCoded(err error) bool

func IsErrTokenNotFound added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrTokenNotFound(err error) bool

IsErrTokenNotFound returns whether the error is due to the passed token not being resolvable.

func IsErrUnknownAllocation added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownAllocation(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownAllocation returns whether the error is due to an unknown allocation.

func IsErrUnknownDeployment added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownDeployment(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownDeployment returns whether the error is due to an unknown deployment.

func IsErrUnknownEvaluation added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownEvaluation(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownEvaluation returns whether the error is due to an unknown evaluation.

func IsErrUnknownJob added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownJob(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownJob returns whether the error is due to an unknown job.

func IsErrUnknownMethod added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownMethod(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownMethod returns whether the error is due to the operation not being allowed due to lack of permissions.

func IsErrUnknownNode added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownNode(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownNode returns whether the error is due to an unknown node.

func IsErrUnknownNomadVersion added in v0.8.0 

func IsErrUnknownNomadVersion(err error) bool

IsErrUnknownNomadVersion returns whether the error is due to Nomad being unable to determine the version of a node.

func IsRecoverable added in v0.5.3 

func IsRecoverable(e error) bool

IsRecoverable returns true if error is a RecoverableError with Recoverable=true. Otherwise false is returned.

func IsServerSide added in v0.8.0 

func IsServerSide(e error) bool

IsServerSide returns true if error is a wrapped server side error

func IsUniqueNamespace added in v0.3.0 

func IsUniqueNamespace(key string) bool

IsUniqueNamespace returns whether the key is under the unique namespace.

func MountPropagationModeIsValid added in v0.10.2 

func MountPropagationModeIsValid(propagationMode string) bool

func NewErrRPCCoded added in v0.10.2 

func NewErrRPCCoded(code int, msg string) error

NewErrRPCCoded wraps an RPC error with a code to be converted to HTTP status code

func NewErrRPCCodedf added in v0.10.2 

func NewErrRPCCodedf(code int, format string, args ...interface{}) error

NewErrRPCCodedf wraps an RPC error with a code to be converted to HTTP status code.

func NewErrUnknownAllocation added in v0.8.0 

func NewErrUnknownAllocation(allocID string) error

NewErrUnknownAllocation returns a new error caused by the allocation being unknown.

func NewErrUnknownDeployment added in v0.8.0 

func NewErrUnknownDeployment(deploymentID string) error

NewErrUnknownDeployment returns a new error caused by the deployment being unknown.

func NewErrUnknownEvaluation added in v0.8.0 

func NewErrUnknownEvaluation(evaluationID string) error

NewErrUnknownEvaluation returns a new error caused by the evaluation being unknown.

func NewErrUnknownJob added in v0.8.0 

func NewErrUnknownJob(jobID string) error

NewErrUnknownJob returns a new error caused by the job being unknown.

func NewErrUnknownNode added in v0.8.0 

func NewErrUnknownNode(nodeID string) error

NewErrUnknownNode returns a new error caused by the node being unknown.

func NewRecoverableError added in v0.5.0 

func NewRecoverableError(e error, recoverable bool) error

NewRecoverableError is used to wrap an error and mark it as recoverable or not.

func NewWrappedServerError added in v0.8.0 

func NewWrappedServerError(e error) error

NewWrappedServerError is used to create a wrapped server side error

func NodeNetworksEquals added in v0.12.0 

func NodeNetworksEquals(n1, n2 []*NodeNetworkResource) bool

func NomadJsonEncodingExtensions added in v1.1.0 

func NomadJsonEncodingExtensions(h *codec.JsonHandle) *codec.JsonHandle

NomadJsonEncodingExtensions registers all extension functions against the provided JsonHandle. It should be called on any JsonHandle which is used by the API HTTP server.

func ParsePortRanges added in v0.9.0 

func ParsePortRanges(spec string) ([]uint64, error)

ParsePortRanges parses the passed port range string and returns a list of the ports. The specification is a comma separated list of either port numbers or port ranges. A port number is a single integer and a port range is two integers separated by a hyphen. As an example the following spec would convert to: ParsePortRanges("10,12-14,16") -> []uint64{10, 12, 13, 14, 16}

func ScoreFitBinPack added in v0.11.2 

func ScoreFitBinPack(node *Node, util *ComparableResources) float64

ScoreFitBinPack computes a fit score to achieve pinbacking behavior. Score is in [0, 18]

It's the BestFit v3 on the Google work published here: http://www.columbia.edu/~cs2035/courses/ieor4405.S13/datacenter_scheduling.ppt

func ScoreFitSpread added in v0.11.2 

func ScoreFitSpread(node *Node, util *ComparableResources) float64

ScoreFitSpread computes a fit score to achieve spread behavior. Score is in [0, 18]

This is equivalent to Worst Fit of http://www.columbia.edu/~cs2035/courses/ieor4405.S13/datacenter_scheduling.ppt

func ShouldDrainNode 

func ShouldDrainNode(status string) bool

ShouldDrainNode checks if a given node status should trigger an evaluation. Some states don't require any further action.

func SplitTerminalAllocs added in v1.2.0 

func SplitTerminalAllocs(allocs []*Allocation) ([]*Allocation, TerminalByNodeByName)

SplitTerminalAllocs splits allocs into non-terminal and terminal allocs, with the terminal allocs indexed by node->alloc.name.

func UniqueNamespace added in v0.3.0 

func UniqueNamespace(key string) string

UniqueNamespace takes a key and returns the key marked under the unique namespace.

func ValidCSIVolumeAccessMode added in v0.11.0 

func ValidCSIVolumeAccessMode(accessMode CSIVolumeAccessMode) bool

ValidCSIVolumeAccessMode checks to see that the provided access mode is a valid, non-empty access mode.

func ValidCSIVolumeAttachmentMode added in v0.11.0 

func ValidCSIVolumeAttachmentMode(attachmentMode CSIVolumeAttachmentMode) bool

func ValidCSIVolumeWriteAccessMode added in v0.11.0 

func ValidCSIVolumeWriteAccessMode(accessMode CSIVolumeAccessMode) bool

ValidCSIVolumeWriteAccessMode checks for a writable access mode.

func ValidNodeStatus 

func ValidNodeStatus(status string) bool

ValidNodeStatus is used to check if a node status is valid

func ValidateConnectProxyService added in v0.10.0 

func ValidateConnectProxyService(serviceName string, tgServices []*Service) error

ValidateConnectProxyService checks that the service that is being proxied by this task exists in the task group and contains valid Connect config.

func VaultNamespaceSet added in v0.12.2 

func VaultNamespaceSet(policies map[string]map[string]*Vault) []string

VaultNamespaceSet takes the structure returned by VaultPolicies and returns a set of required namespaces

func VaultPoliciesSet added in v0.5.0 

func VaultPoliciesSet(policies map[string]map[string]*Vault) []string

VaultPoliciesSet takes the structure returned by VaultPolicies and returns the set of required policies

func WrapRecoverable added in v0.5.6 

func WrapRecoverable(msg string, err error) error

WrapRecoverable wraps an existing error in a new RecoverableError with a new message. If the error was recoverable before the returned error is as well; otherwise it is unrecoverable.

Types

type ACLAuthClaims added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthClaims struct {
	Value map[string]string   `bexpr:"value"`
	List  map[string][]string `bexpr:"list"`
}

ACLAuthClaims is the claim mapping of the OIDC auth method in a format that can be used with go-bexpr. This structure is used during rule binding evaluation.

type ACLAuthMethod added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethod struct {
	Name          string
	Type          string
	TokenLocality string // is the token valid locally or globally?
	MaxTokenTTL   time.Duration
	Default       bool
	Config        *ACLAuthMethodConfig

	Hash []byte

	CreateTime  time.Time
	ModifyTime  time.Time
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLAuthMethod is used to capture the properties of an authentication method used for single sing-on

func (*ACLAuthMethod) Canonicalize added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize performs basic canonicalization on the ACL auth method object.

func (*ACLAuthMethod) Copy added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) Copy() *ACLAuthMethod

Copy creates a deep copy of the ACL auth method. This copy can then be safely modified. It handles nil objects.

func (*ACLAuthMethod) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) Equal(other *ACLAuthMethod) bool

func (*ACLAuthMethod) MarshalJSON added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error)

MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface and allows ACLAuthMethod.MaxTokenTTL to be marshaled correctly.

func (*ACLAuthMethod) Merge added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) Merge(b *ACLAuthMethod)

Merge merges auth method a with method b. It sets all required empty fields of method a to corresponding values of method b, except for "default" and "name."

func (*ACLAuthMethod) SetHash added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) SetHash() []byte

SetHash is used to compute and set the hash of the ACL auth method. This should be called every and each time a user specified field on the method is changed before updating the Nomad state store.

func (*ACLAuthMethod) Stub added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) Stub() *ACLAuthMethodStub

func (*ACLAuthMethod) TokenLocalityIsGlobal added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) TokenLocalityIsGlobal() bool

TokenLocalityIsGlobal returns whether the auth method creates global ACL tokens or not.

func (*ACLAuthMethod) UnmarshalJSON added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error)

UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface and allows ACLAuthMethod.MaxTokenTTL to be unmarshalled correctly.

func (*ACLAuthMethod) Validate added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethod) Validate(minTTL, maxTTL time.Duration) error

Validate returns an error is the ACLAuthMethod is invalid.

TODO revisit possible other validity conditions in the future

type ACLAuthMethodConfig added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodConfig struct {
	// A list of PEM-encoded public keys to use to authenticate signatures
	// locally
	JWTValidationPubKeys []string

	// JSON Web Key Sets url for authenticating signatures
	JWKSURL string

	// The OIDC Discovery URL, without any .well-known component (base path)
	OIDCDiscoveryURL string

	// The OAuth Client ID configured with the OIDC provider
	OIDCClientID string

	// The OAuth Client Secret configured with the OIDC provider
	OIDCClientSecret string

	// List of OIDC scopes
	OIDCScopes []string

	// List of auth claims that are valid for login
	BoundAudiences []string

	// The value against which to match the iss claim in a JWT
	BoundIssuer []string

	// A list of allowed values for redirect_uri
	AllowedRedirectURIs []string

	// PEM encoded CA certs for use by the TLS client used to talk with the
	// OIDC Discovery URL.
	DiscoveryCaPem []string

	// PEM encoded CA cert for use by the TLS client used to talk with the JWKS
	// URL
	JWKSCACert string

	// A list of supported signing algorithms
	SigningAlgs []string

	// Duration in seconds of leeway when validating expiration of a token to
	// account for clock skew
	ExpirationLeeway time.Duration

	// Duration in seconds of leeway when validating not before values of a
	// token to account for clock skew.
	NotBeforeLeeway time.Duration

	// Duration in seconds of leeway when validating all claims to account for
	// clock skew.
	ClockSkewLeeway time.Duration

	// Mappings of claims (key) that will be copied to a metadata field
	// (value).
	ClaimMappings     map[string]string
	ListClaimMappings map[string]string
}

ACLAuthMethodConfig is used to store configuration of an auth method

func (*ACLAuthMethodConfig) Copy added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLAuthMethodConfig) Copy() *ACLAuthMethodConfig

func (*ACLAuthMethodConfig) MarshalJSON added in v1.5.4 

func (a *ACLAuthMethodConfig) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error)

MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface and allows time.Diration fields to be marshaled correctly.

func (*ACLAuthMethodConfig) UnmarshalJSON added in v1.5.4 

func (a *ACLAuthMethodConfig) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error)

UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface and allows time.Duration fields to be unmarshalled correctly.

type ACLAuthMethodDeleteRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodDeleteRequest struct {
	Names []string
	WriteRequest
}

ACLAuthMethodDeleteRequest is used to delete a set of auth methods by their name

type ACLAuthMethodDeleteResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodDeleteResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

ACLAuthMethodDeleteResponse is a response of the delete ACL auth methods operation

type ACLAuthMethodEvent added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodEvent struct {
	AuthMethod *ACLAuthMethod
}

ACLAuthMethodEvent holds a newly updated or deleted ACL auth method to be used as an event in the event stream.

type ACLAuthMethodGetRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodGetRequest struct {
	MethodName string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLAuthMethodGetRequest is used to query a specific auth method

type ACLAuthMethodGetResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodGetResponse struct {
	AuthMethod *ACLAuthMethod
	QueryMeta
}

ACLAuthMethodGetResponse is used to return a single auth method

type ACLAuthMethodListRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

ACLAuthMethodListRequest is used to list auth methods

type ACLAuthMethodListResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodListResponse struct {
	AuthMethods []*ACLAuthMethodStub
	QueryMeta
}

ACLAuthMethodListResponse is used to list auth methods

type ACLAuthMethodStub added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodStub struct {
	Name    string
	Type    string
	Default bool

	// Hash is the hashed value of the auth-method and is generated using all
	// fields from the full object except the create and modify times and
	// indexes.
	Hash []byte

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLAuthMethodStub is used for listing ACL auth methods

type ACLAuthMethodUpsertRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodUpsertRequest struct {
	AuthMethods []*ACLAuthMethod
	WriteRequest
}

ACLAuthMethodUpsertRequest is used to upsert a set of auth methods

type ACLAuthMethodUpsertResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodUpsertResponse struct {
	AuthMethods []*ACLAuthMethod
	WriteMeta
}

ACLAuthMethodUpsertResponse is a response of the upsert ACL auth methods operation

type ACLAuthMethodsGetRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodsGetRequest struct {
	Names []string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLAuthMethodsGetRequest is used to query a set of auth methods

type ACLAuthMethodsGetResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLAuthMethodsGetResponse struct {
	AuthMethods map[string]*ACLAuthMethod
	QueryMeta
}

ACLAuthMethodsGetResponse is used to return a set of auth methods

type ACLBindingRule added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRule struct {

	// ID is an internally generated UUID for this rule and is controlled by
	// Nomad.
	ID string

	// Description is a human-readable, operator set description that can
	// provide additional context about the binding role. This is an
	// operational field.
	Description string

	// AuthMethod is the name of the auth method for which this rule applies
	// to. This is required and the method must exist within state before the
	// cluster administrator can create the rule.
	AuthMethod string

	// Selector is an expression that matches against verified identity
	// attributes returned from the auth method during login. This is optional
	// and when not set, provides a catch-all rule.
	Selector string

	// BindType adjusts how this binding rule is applied at login time. The
	// valid values are ACLBindingRuleBindTypeRole,
	// ACLBindingRuleBindTypePolicy, and ACLBindingRuleBindTypeManagement.
	BindType string

	// BindName is the target of the binding. Can be lightly templated using
	// HIL ${foo} syntax from available field names. How it is used depends
	// upon the BindType.
	BindName string

	// Hash is the hashed value of the binding rule and is generated using all
	// fields from the full object except the create and modify times and
	// indexes.
	Hash []byte

	CreateTime  time.Time
	ModifyTime  time.Time
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLBindingRule contains a direct relation to an ACLAuthMethod and represents a rule to apply when logging in via the named AuthMethod. This allows the transformation of OIDC provider claims, to Nomad based ACL concepts such as ACL Roles and Policies.

func (*ACLBindingRule) Canonicalize added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize performs basic canonicalization on the ACL token object. It is important for callers to understand certain fields such as ID are set if it is empty, so copies should be taken if needed before calling this function.

func (*ACLBindingRule) Copy added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) Copy() *ACLBindingRule

Copy creates a deep copy of the ACL binding rule. This copy can then be safely modified. It handles nil objects.

func (*ACLBindingRule) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) Equal(other *ACLBindingRule) bool

Equal performs an equality check on the two ACL binding rules. It handles nil objects.

func (*ACLBindingRule) Merge added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) Merge(b *ACLBindingRule)

Merge merges binding rule a with b. It sets all required empty fields of rule a to corresponding values of rule b, except for "ID" which must be provided.

func (*ACLBindingRule) SetHash added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) SetHash() []byte

SetHash is used to compute and set the hash of the ACL binding rule. This should be called every and each time a user specified field on the method is changed before updating the Nomad state store.

func (*ACLBindingRule) Stub added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) Stub() *ACLBindingRuleListStub

Stub converts the ACLBindingRule object into a ACLBindingRuleListStub object.

func (*ACLBindingRule) Validate added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLBindingRule) Validate() error

Validate ensures the ACL binding rule contains valid information which meets Nomad's internal requirements.

type ACLBindingRuleEvent added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRuleEvent struct {
	ACLBindingRule *ACLBindingRule
}

ACLBindingRuleEvent holds a newly updated or deleted ACL binding rule to be used as an event in the event stream.

type ACLBindingRuleListStub added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRuleListStub struct {

	// ID is an internally generated UUID for this role and is controlled by
	// Nomad.
	ID string

	// Description is a human-readable, operator set description that can
	// provide additional context about the binding role. This is an
	// operational field.
	Description string

	// AuthMethod is the name of the auth method for which this rule applies
	// to. This is required and the method must exist within state before the
	// cluster administrator can create the rule.
	AuthMethod string

	// Hash is the hashed value of the binding rule and is generated using all
	// fields from the full object except the create and modify times and
	// indexes.
	Hash []byte

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLBindingRuleListStub is the stub object returned when performing a listing of ACL binding rules.

type ACLBindingRuleRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRuleRequest struct {
	ACLBindingRuleID string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLBindingRuleRequest is the request object to perform a lookup of an ACL binding rule using a specific ID.

type ACLBindingRuleResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRuleResponse struct {
	ACLBindingRule *ACLBindingRule
	QueryMeta
}

ACLBindingRuleResponse is the response object when performing a lookup of an ACL binding rule matching a specific ID.

type ACLBindingRulesDeleteRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesDeleteRequest struct {
	ACLBindingRuleIDs []string
	WriteRequest
}

ACLBindingRulesDeleteRequest is used to delete a set of ACL binding rules by their IDs.

type ACLBindingRulesDeleteResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesDeleteResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

ACLBindingRulesDeleteResponse is a response of the delete ACL binding rules operation.

type ACLBindingRulesListRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

ACLBindingRulesListRequest is the request object when performing ACL binding rules listings.

type ACLBindingRulesListResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesListResponse struct {
	ACLBindingRules []*ACLBindingRuleListStub
	QueryMeta
}

ACLBindingRulesListResponse is the response object when performing ACL binding rule listings.

type ACLBindingRulesRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesRequest struct {
	ACLBindingRuleIDs []string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLBindingRulesRequest is the request object when performing a lookup of multiple binding rules by the ID.

type ACLBindingRulesResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesResponse struct {
	ACLBindingRules map[string]*ACLBindingRule
	QueryMeta
}

ACLBindingRulesResponse is the response object when performing a lookup of multiple binding rules by their IDs.

type ACLBindingRulesUpsertRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesUpsertRequest struct {
	ACLBindingRules []*ACLBindingRule

	// AllowMissingAuthMethods skips the ACL binding rule auth method link
	// verification and is used by the replication process. The replication
	// cannot ensure auth methods are present before ACL binding rules are
	// replicated.
	AllowMissingAuthMethods bool

	WriteRequest
}

ACLBindingRulesUpsertRequest is used to upsert a set of ACL binding rules.

type ACLBindingRulesUpsertResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLBindingRulesUpsertResponse struct {
	ACLBindingRules []*ACLBindingRule
	WriteMeta
}

ACLBindingRulesUpsertResponse is a response of the upsert ACL binding rules operation.

type ACLCache added in v1.5.0 

type ACLCache[T any] struct {
	*lru.TwoQueueCache[string, ACLCacheEntry[T]]
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An ACLCache caches ACL tokens by their policy content.

func NewACLCache added in v1.5.0 

func NewACLCache[T any](size int) *ACLCache[T]

func (*ACLCache[T]) Add added in v1.5.0 

func (c *ACLCache[T]) Add(key string, item T)

func (*ACLCache[T]) AddAtTime added in v1.5.0 

func (c *ACLCache[T]) AddAtTime(key string, item T, now time.Time)

type ACLCacheEntry added in v1.5.0 

type ACLCacheEntry[T any] lang.Pair[T, time.Time]

func (ACLCacheEntry[T]) Age added in v1.5.0 

func (e ACLCacheEntry[T]) Age() time.Duration

func (ACLCacheEntry[T]) Get added in v1.5.0 

func (e ACLCacheEntry[T]) Get() T

type ACLLoginRequest added in v1.5.4 

type ACLLoginRequest struct {

	// AuthMethodName is the name of the auth method being used to login. This
	// is a required parameter.
	AuthMethodName string

	// LoginToken is the 3rd party token that we use to exchange for Nomad ACL
	// Token in order to authenticate. This is a required parameter.
	LoginToken string

	WriteRequest
}

ACLLoginRequest is the request object to begin auth with an external token provider.

func (*ACLLoginRequest) Validate added in v1.5.4 

func (a *ACLLoginRequest) Validate() error

Validate ensures the request object contains all the required fields in order to complete the authentication flow.

type ACLLoginResponse added in v1.5.4 

type ACLLoginResponse struct {
	ACLToken *ACLToken
	WriteMeta
}

ACLLoginResponse is the response when the auth flow has been completed successfully.

type ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest struct {

	// AuthMethodName is the OIDC auth-method to use. This is a required
	// parameter.
	AuthMethodName string

	// RedirectURI is the URL that authorization should redirect to. This is a
	// required parameter.
	RedirectURI string

	// ClientNonce is a randomly generated string to prevent replay attacks. It
	// is up to the client to generate this and Go integrations should use the
	// oidc.NewID function within the hashicorp/cap library. This must then be
	// passed back to ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest. This is a required parameter.
	ClientNonce string

	// WriteRequest is used due to the requirement by the RPC forwarding
	// mechanism. This request doesn't write anything to Nomad's internal
	// state.
	WriteRequest
}

ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest is the request to make when starting the OIDC authentication login flow.

func (*ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest) Validate added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest) Validate() error

Validate ensures the request object contains all the required fields in order to start the OIDC authentication flow.

type ACLOIDCAuthURLResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLOIDCAuthURLResponse struct {

	// AuthURL is URL to begin authorization and is where the user logging in
	// should go.
	AuthURL string
}

ACLOIDCAuthURLResponse is the response when starting the OIDC authentication login flow.

type ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest added in v1.5.0 

type ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest struct {

	// AuthMethodName is the name of the auth method being used to login via
	// OIDC. This will match ACLOIDCAuthURLRequest.AuthMethodName. This is a
	// required parameter.
	AuthMethodName string

	// ClientNonce, State, and Code are provided from the parameters given to
	// the redirect URL. These are all required parameters.
	ClientNonce string
	State       string
	Code        string

	// RedirectURI is the URL that authorization should redirect to. This is a
	// required parameter.
	RedirectURI string

	WriteRequest
}

ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest is the request object to begin completing the OIDC auth cycle after receiving the callback from the OIDC provider.

func (*ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest) Validate added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLOIDCCompleteAuthRequest) Validate() error

Validate ensures the request object contains all the required fields in order to complete the OIDC authentication flow.

type ACLPolicy added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicy struct {
	Name        string      // Unique name
	Description string      // Human readable
	Rules       string      // HCL or JSON format
	RulesJSON   *acl.Policy // Generated from Rules on read
	JobACL      *JobACL
	Hash        []byte

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLPolicy is used to represent an ACL policy

func (*ACLPolicy) SetHash added in v0.7.0 

func (a *ACLPolicy) SetHash() []byte

SetHash is used to compute and set the hash of the ACL policy

func (*ACLPolicy) Stub added in v0.7.0 

func (a *ACLPolicy) Stub() *ACLPolicyListStub

func (*ACLPolicy) Validate added in v0.7.0 

func (a *ACLPolicy) Validate() error

type ACLPolicyDeleteRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicyDeleteRequest struct {
	Names []string
	WriteRequest
}

ACLPolicyDeleteRequest is used to delete a set of policies

type ACLPolicyEvent added in v1.0.0 

type ACLPolicyEvent struct {
	ACLPolicy *ACLPolicy
}

type ACLPolicyListRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicyListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

ACLPolicyListRequest is used to request a list of policies

type ACLPolicyListResponse added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicyListResponse struct {
	Policies []*ACLPolicyListStub
	QueryMeta
}

ACLPolicyListResponse is used for a list request

type ACLPolicyListStub added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicyListStub struct {
	Name        string
	Description string
	Hash        []byte
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLPolicyListStub is used to for listing ACL policies

type ACLPolicySetRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicySetRequest struct {
	Names []string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLPolicySetRequest is used to query a set of policies

type ACLPolicySetResponse added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicySetResponse struct {
	Policies map[string]*ACLPolicy
	QueryMeta
}

ACLPolicySetResponse is used to return a set of policies

type ACLPolicySpecificRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicySpecificRequest struct {
	Name string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLPolicySpecificRequest is used to query a specific policy

type ACLPolicyUpsertRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLPolicyUpsertRequest struct {
	Policies []*ACLPolicy
	WriteRequest
}

ACLPolicyUpsertRequest is used to upsert a set of policies

type ACLRole added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRole struct {

	// ID is an internally generated UUID for this role and is controlled by
	// Nomad.
	ID string

	// Name is unique across the entire set of federated clusters and is
	// supplied by the operator on role creation. The name can be modified by
	// updating the role and including the Nomad generated ID. This update will
	// not affect tokens created and linked to this role. This is a required
	// field.
	Name string

	// Description is a human-readable, operator set description that can
	// provide additional context about the role. This is an operational field.
	Description string

	// Policies is an array of ACL policy links. Although currently policies
	// can only be linked using their name, in the future we will want to add
	// IDs also and thus allow operators to specify either a name, an ID, or
	// both.
	Policies []*ACLRolePolicyLink

	// Hash is the hashed value of the role and is generated using all fields
	// above this point.
	Hash []byte

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLRole is an abstraction for the ACL system which allows the grouping of ACL policies into a single object. ACL tokens can be created and linked to a role; the token then inherits all the permissions granted by the policies.

func (*ACLRole) Canonicalize added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLRole) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize performs basic canonicalization on the ACL role object. It is important for callers to understand certain fields such as ID are set if it is empty, so copies should be taken if needed before calling this function.

func (*ACLRole) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLRole) Copy() *ACLRole

Copy creates a deep copy of the ACL role. This copy can then be safely modified. It handles nil objects.

func (*ACLRole) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ACLRole) Equal(o *ACLRole) bool

Equal performs an equality check on the two service registrations. It handles nil objects.

func (*ACLRole) SetHash added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLRole) SetHash() []byte

SetHash is used to compute and set the hash of the ACL role. This should be called every and each time a user specified field on the role is changed before updating the Nomad state store.

func (*ACLRole) Stub added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLRole) Stub() *ACLRoleListStub

Stub converts the ACLRole object into a ACLRoleListStub object.

func (*ACLRole) Validate added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLRole) Validate() error

Validate ensure the ACL role contains valid information which meets Nomad's internal requirements. This does not include any state calls, such as ensuring the linked policies exist.

type ACLRoleByIDRequest added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRoleByIDRequest struct {
	RoleID string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLRoleByIDRequest is the request object to perform a lookup of an ACL role using a specific ID.

type ACLRoleByIDResponse added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRoleByIDResponse struct {
	ACLRole *ACLRole
	QueryMeta
}

ACLRoleByIDResponse is the response object when performing a lookup of an ACL role matching a specific ID.

type ACLRoleByNameRequest added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRoleByNameRequest struct {
	RoleName string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLRoleByNameRequest is the request object to perform a lookup of an ACL role using a specific name.

type ACLRoleByNameResponse added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRoleByNameResponse struct {
	ACLRole *ACLRole
	QueryMeta
}

ACLRoleByNameResponse is the response object when performing a lookup of an ACL role matching a specific name.

type ACLRoleListStub added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRoleListStub struct {

	// ID is an internally generated UUID for this role and is controlled by
	// Nomad.
	ID string

	// Name is unique across the entire set of federated clusters and is
	// supplied by the operator on role creation. The name can be modified by
	// updating the role and including the Nomad generated ID. This update will
	// not affect tokens created and linked to this role. This is a required
	// field.
	Name string

	// Description is a human-readable, operator set description that can
	// provide additional context about the role. This is an operational field.
	Description string

	// Policies is an array of ACL policy links. Although currently policies
	// can only be linked using their name, in the future we will want to add
	// IDs also and thus allow operators to specify either a name, an ID, or
	// both.
	Policies []*ACLRolePolicyLink

	// Hash is the hashed value of the role and is generated using all fields
	// above this point.
	Hash []byte

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLRoleListStub is the stub object returned when performing a listing of ACL roles. While it might not currently be different to the full response object, it allows us to future-proof the RPC in the event the ACLRole object grows over time. 

type ACLRolePolicyLink struct {

	// Name is the ACLPolicy.Name value which will be linked to the ACL role.
	Name string
}

ACLRolePolicyLink is used to link a policy to an ACL role. We use a struct rather than a list of strings as in the future we will want to add IDs to policies and then link via these.

type ACLRoleStreamEvent added in v1.4.2 

type ACLRoleStreamEvent struct {
	ACLRole *ACLRole
}

ACLRoleStreamEvent holds a newly updated or deleted ACL role to be used as an event within the event stream.

type ACLRolesByIDRequest added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesByIDRequest struct {
	ACLRoleIDs []string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLRolesByIDRequest is the request object when performing a lookup of multiple roles by the ID.

type ACLRolesByIDResponse added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesByIDResponse struct {
	ACLRoles map[string]*ACLRole
	QueryMeta
}

ACLRolesByIDResponse is the response object when performing a lookup of multiple roles by their IDs.

type ACLRolesDeleteByIDRequest added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesDeleteByIDRequest struct {
	ACLRoleIDs []string
	WriteRequest
}

ACLRolesDeleteByIDRequest is the request object to delete one or more ACL roles using the role ID.

type ACLRolesDeleteByIDResponse added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesDeleteByIDResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

ACLRolesDeleteByIDResponse is the response object when performing a deletion of one or more ACL roles using the role ID.

type ACLRolesListRequest added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

ACLRolesListRequest is the request object when performing ACL role listings.

type ACLRolesListResponse added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesListResponse struct {
	ACLRoles []*ACLRoleListStub
	QueryMeta
}

ACLRolesListResponse is the response object when performing ACL role listings.

type ACLRolesUpsertRequest added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesUpsertRequest struct {
	ACLRoles []*ACLRole

	// AllowMissingPolicies skips the ACL Role policy link verification and is
	// used by the replication process. The replication cannot ensure policies
	// are present before ACL Roles are replicated.
	AllowMissingPolicies bool

	WriteRequest
}

ACLRolesUpsertRequest is the request object used to upsert one or more ACL roles.

type ACLRolesUpsertResponse added in v1.4.0 

type ACLRolesUpsertResponse struct {
	ACLRoles []*ACLRole
	WriteMeta
}

ACLRolesUpsertResponse is the response object when one or more ACL roles have been successfully upserted into state.

type ACLToken added in v0.7.0 

type ACLToken struct {
	AccessorID string   // Public Accessor ID (UUID)
	SecretID   string   // Secret ID, private (UUID)
	Name       string   // Human friendly name
	Type       string   // Client or Management
	Policies   []string // Policies this token ties to

	// Roles represents the ACL roles that this token is tied to. The token
	// will inherit the permissions of all policies detailed within the role.
	Roles []*ACLTokenRoleLink

	Global     bool // Global or Region local
	Hash       []byte
	CreateTime time.Time // Time of creation

	// ExpirationTime represents the point after which a token should be
	// considered revoked and is eligible for destruction. This time should
	// always use UTC to account for multi-region global tokens. It is a
	// pointer, so we can store nil, rather than the zero value of time.Time.
	ExpirationTime *time.Time

	// ExpirationTTL is a convenience field for helping set ExpirationTime to a
	// value of CreateTime+ExpirationTTL. This can only be set during token
	// creation. This is a string version of a time.Duration like "2m".
	ExpirationTTL time.Duration

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ACLToken represents a client token which is used to Authenticate

func (*ACLToken) Canonicalize added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLToken) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize performs basic canonicalization on the ACL token object. It is important for callers to understand certain fields such as AccessorID are set if it is empty, so copies should be taken if needed before calling this function.

func (*ACLToken) Copy added in v1.0.1 

func (a *ACLToken) Copy() *ACLToken

func (*ACLToken) GetCreateIndex added in v1.3.0 

func (a *ACLToken) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex implements the CreateIndexGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*ACLToken) GetID added in v1.3.0 

func (a *ACLToken) GetID() string

GetID implements the IDGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*ACLToken) HasExpirationTime added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLToken) HasExpirationTime() bool

HasExpirationTime checks whether the ACL token has an expiration time value set.

func (*ACLToken) HasRoles added in v1.4.2 

func (a *ACLToken) HasRoles(roleIDs []string) bool

HasRoles checks if a given set of role IDs are assigned to the ACL token. It does not account for management tokens, therefore it is the responsibility of the caller to perform this check, if required.

func (*ACLToken) IsExpired added in v1.4.0 

func (a *ACLToken) IsExpired(t time.Time) bool

IsExpired compares the ACLToken.ExpirationTime against the passed t to identify whether the token is considered expired. The function can be called without checking whether the ACL token has an expiry time.

func (*ACLToken) MarshalJSON added in v1.4.5 

func (a *ACLToken) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error)

MarshalJSON implements the json.Marshaler interface and allows ACLToken.ExpirationTTL to be marshaled correctly.

func (*ACLToken) SetHash added in v0.7.0 

func (a *ACLToken) SetHash() []byte

SetHash is used to compute and set the hash of the ACL token. It only hashes fields which can be updated, and as such, does not hash fields such as ExpirationTime.

func (*ACLToken) Stub added in v0.7.0 

func (a *ACLToken) Stub() *ACLTokenListStub

func (*ACLToken) UnmarshalJSON added in v1.4.5 

func (a *ACLToken) UnmarshalJSON(data []byte) (err error)

UnmarshalJSON implements the json.Unmarshaler interface and allows ACLToken.ExpirationTTL to be unmarshalled correctly.

func (*ACLToken) Validate added in v0.7.0 

func (a *ACLToken) Validate(minTTL, maxTTL time.Duration, existing *ACLToken) error

Validate is used to check a token for reasonableness

type ACLTokenBootstrapRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenBootstrapRequest struct {
	Token           *ACLToken // Not client specifiable
	ResetIndex      uint64    // Reset index is used to clear the bootstrap token
	BootstrapSecret string
	WriteRequest
}

ACLTokenBootstrapRequest is used to bootstrap ACLs

type ACLTokenDeleteRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenDeleteRequest struct {
	AccessorIDs []string
	WriteRequest
}

ACLTokenDeleteRequest is used to delete a set of tokens

type ACLTokenEvent added in v1.0.0 

type ACLTokenEvent struct {
	ACLToken *ACLToken
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func NewACLTokenEvent added in v1.0.1 

func NewACLTokenEvent(token *ACLToken) *ACLTokenEvent

NewACLTokenEvent takes a token and creates a new ACLTokenEvent. It creates a copy of the passed in ACLToken and empties out the copied tokens SecretID

func (*ACLTokenEvent) SecretID added in v1.0.1 

func (a *ACLTokenEvent) SecretID() string

type ACLTokenListRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenListRequest struct {
	GlobalOnly bool
	QueryOptions
}

ACLTokenListRequest is used to request a list of tokens

type ACLTokenListResponse added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenListResponse struct {
	Tokens []*ACLTokenListStub
	QueryMeta
}

ACLTokenListResponse is used for a list request

type ACLTokenListStub added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenListStub struct {
	AccessorID     string
	Name           string
	Type           string
	Policies       []string
	Roles          []*ACLTokenRoleLink
	Global         bool
	Hash           []byte
	CreateTime     time.Time
	ExpirationTime *time.Time
	CreateIndex    uint64
	ModifyIndex    uint64
}
type ACLTokenRoleLink struct {

	// ID is the ACLRole.ID UUID. This field is immutable and represents the
	// absolute truth for the link.
	ID string

	// Name is the human friendly identifier for the ACL role and is a
	// convenience field for operators. This field is always resolved to the
	// ID and discarded before the token is stored in state. This is because
	// operators can change the name of an ACL role.
	Name string
}

ACLTokenRoleLink is used to link an ACL token to an ACL role. The ACL token can therefore inherit all the ACL policy permissions that the ACL role contains.

type ACLTokenSetRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenSetRequest struct {
	AccessorIDS []string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLTokenSetRequest is used to query a set of tokens

type ACLTokenSetResponse added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenSetResponse struct {
	Tokens map[string]*ACLToken // Keyed by Accessor ID
	QueryMeta
}

ACLTokenSetResponse is used to return a set of token

type ACLTokenSpecificRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenSpecificRequest struct {
	AccessorID string
	QueryOptions
}

ACLTokenSpecificRequest is used to query a specific token

type ACLTokenUpsertRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenUpsertRequest struct {
	Tokens []*ACLToken
	WriteRequest
}

ACLTokenUpsertRequest is used to upsert a set of tokens

type ACLTokenUpsertResponse added in v0.7.0 

type ACLTokenUpsertResponse struct {
	Tokens []*ACLToken
	WriteMeta
}

ACLTokenUpsertResponse is used to return from an ACLTokenUpsertRequest

type ACLWhoAmIResponse added in v1.5.0 

type ACLWhoAmIResponse struct {
	Identity *AuthenticatedIdentity
	QueryMeta
}

type Affinities added in v0.9.2 

type Affinities []*Affinity

func (*Affinities) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (xs *Affinities) Equal(ys *Affinities) bool

Equal compares Affinities as a set

type Affinity added in v0.9.0 

type Affinity struct {
	LTarget string // Left-hand target
	RTarget string // Right-hand target
	Operand string // Affinity operand (<=, <, =, !=, >, >=), set_contains_all, set_contains_any
	Weight  int8   // Weight applied to nodes that match the affinity. Can be negative
}

Affinity is used to score placement options based on a weight

func CopySliceAffinities added in v0.9.0 

func CopySliceAffinities(s []*Affinity) []*Affinity

func (*Affinity) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Affinity) Copy() *Affinity

func (*Affinity) Equal added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Affinity) Equal(o *Affinity) bool

Equal checks if two affinities are equal.

func (*Affinity) String added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Affinity) String() string

func (*Affinity) Validate added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Affinity) Validate() error

type AgentPprofRequest added in v0.10.4 

type AgentPprofRequest struct {
	// ReqType specifies the profile to use
	ReqType pprof.ReqType

	// Profile specifies the runtime/pprof profile to lookup and generate.
	Profile string

	// Seconds is the number of seconds to capture a profile
	Seconds int

	// Debug specifies if pprof profile should inclue debug output
	Debug int

	// GC specifies if the profile should call runtime.GC() before
	// running its profile. This is only used for "heap" profiles
	GC int

	// NodeID is the node we want to track the logs of
	NodeID string

	// ServerID is the server we want to track the logs of
	ServerID string

	QueryOptions
}

AgentPprofRequest is used to request a pprof report for a given node.

type AgentPprofResponse added in v0.10.4 

type AgentPprofResponse struct {
	// ID of the agent that fulfilled the request
	AgentID string

	// Payload is the generated pprof profile
	Payload []byte

	// HTTPHeaders are a set of key value pairs to be applied as
	// HTTP headers for a specific runtime profile
	HTTPHeaders map[string]string
}

AgentPprofResponse is used to return a generated pprof profile

type AllocDeploymentStatus added in v0.6.0 

type AllocDeploymentStatus struct {
	// Healthy marks whether the allocation has been marked healthy or unhealthy
	// as part of a deployment. It can be unset if it has neither been marked
	// healthy or unhealthy.
	Healthy *bool

	// Timestamp is the time at which the health status was set.
	Timestamp time.Time

	// Canary marks whether the allocation is a canary or not. A canary that has
	// been promoted will have this field set to false.
	Canary bool

	// ModifyIndex is the raft index in which the deployment status was last
	// changed.
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

AllocDeploymentStatus captures the status of the allocation as part of the deployment. This can include things like if the allocation has been marked as healthy.

func (*AllocDeploymentStatus) Copy added in v0.6.0 

func (a *AllocDeploymentStatus) Copy() *AllocDeploymentStatus

func (*AllocDeploymentStatus) HasHealth added in v0.8.0 

func (a *AllocDeploymentStatus) HasHealth() bool

HasHealth returns true if the allocation has its health set.

func (*AllocDeploymentStatus) IsCanary added in v0.8.4 

func (a *AllocDeploymentStatus) IsCanary() bool

IsCanary returns if the allocation is marked as a canary

func (*AllocDeploymentStatus) IsHealthy added in v0.6.0 

func (a *AllocDeploymentStatus) IsHealthy() bool

IsHealthy returns if the allocation is marked as healthy as part of a deployment

func (*AllocDeploymentStatus) IsUnhealthy added in v0.6.0 

func (a *AllocDeploymentStatus) IsUnhealthy() bool

IsUnhealthy returns if the allocation is marked as unhealthy as part of a deployment

type AllocInfo added in v1.4.0 

type AllocInfo struct {
	AllocID string

	// Group in which the service belongs for a group-level service, or the
	// group in which task belongs for a task-level service.
	Group string

	// Task in which the service belongs for task-level service. Will be empty
	// for a group-level service.
	Task string

	// JobID provides additional context for providers regarding which job
	// caused this registration.
	JobID string

	// NomadNamespace provides additional context for providers regarding which
	// nomad namespace caused this registration.
	Namespace string
}

type AllocListRequest 

type AllocListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions

	Fields *AllocStubFields
}

AllocListRequest is used to request a list of allocations

type AllocListResponse 

type AllocListResponse struct {
	Allocations []*AllocListStub
	QueryMeta
}

AllocListResponse is used for a list request

type AllocListStub 

type AllocListStub struct {
	ID                    string
	EvalID                string
	Name                  string
	Namespace             string
	NodeID                string
	NodeName              string
	JobID                 string
	JobType               string
	JobVersion            uint64
	TaskGroup             string
	AllocatedResources    *AllocatedResources `json:",omitempty"`
	DesiredStatus         string
	DesiredDescription    string
	ClientStatus          string
	ClientDescription     string
	DesiredTransition     DesiredTransition
	TaskStates            map[string]*TaskState
	DeploymentStatus      *AllocDeploymentStatus
	FollowupEvalID        string
	RescheduleTracker     *RescheduleTracker
	PreemptedAllocations  []string
	PreemptedByAllocation string
	CreateIndex           uint64
	ModifyIndex           uint64
	CreateTime            int64
	ModifyTime            int64
}

AllocListStub is used to return a subset of alloc information

func (*AllocListStub) SetEventDisplayMessages added in v0.7.1 

func (a *AllocListStub) SetEventDisplayMessages()

SetEventDisplayMessages populates the display message if its not already set, a temporary fix to handle old allocations that don't have it. This method will be removed in a future release.

type AllocMetric 

type AllocMetric struct {
	// NodesEvaluated is the number of nodes that were evaluated
	NodesEvaluated int

	// NodesFiltered is the number of nodes filtered due to a constraint
	NodesFiltered int

	// NodesAvailable is the number of nodes available for evaluation per DC.
	NodesAvailable map[string]int

	// ClassFiltered is the number of nodes filtered by class
	ClassFiltered map[string]int

	// ConstraintFiltered is the number of failures caused by constraint
	ConstraintFiltered map[string]int

	// NodesExhausted is the number of nodes skipped due to being
	// exhausted of at least one resource
	NodesExhausted int

	// ClassExhausted is the number of nodes exhausted by class
	ClassExhausted map[string]int

	// DimensionExhausted provides the count by dimension or reason
	DimensionExhausted map[string]int

	// QuotaExhausted provides the exhausted dimensions
	QuotaExhausted []string

	// ResourcesExhausted provides the amount of resources exhausted by task
	// during the allocation placement
	ResourcesExhausted map[string]*Resources

	// Scores is the scores of the final few nodes remaining
	// for placement. The top score is typically selected.
	// Deprecated: Replaced by ScoreMetaData in Nomad 0.9
	Scores map[string]float64

	// ScoreMetaData is a slice of top scoring nodes displayed in the CLI
	ScoreMetaData []*NodeScoreMeta

	// AllocationTime is a measure of how long the allocation
	// attempt took. This can affect performance and SLAs.
	AllocationTime time.Duration

	// CoalescedFailures indicates the number of other
	// allocations that were coalesced into this failed allocation.
	// This is to prevent creating many failed allocations for a
	// single task group.
	CoalescedFailures int
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AllocMetric is used to track various metrics while attempting to make an allocation. These are used to debug a job, or to better understand the pressure within the system.

func (*AllocMetric) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (a *AllocMetric) Copy() *AllocMetric

func (*AllocMetric) EvaluateNode 

func (a *AllocMetric) EvaluateNode()

func (*AllocMetric) ExhaustQuota added in v0.7.0 

func (a *AllocMetric) ExhaustQuota(dimensions []string)

func (*AllocMetric) ExhaustResources added in v1.1.0 

func (a *AllocMetric) ExhaustResources(tg *TaskGroup)

ExhaustResources updates the amount of resources exhausted for the allocation because of the given task group.

func (*AllocMetric) ExhaustedNode 

func (a *AllocMetric) ExhaustedNode(node *Node, dimension string)

func (*AllocMetric) FilterNode 

func (a *AllocMetric) FilterNode(node *Node, constraint string)

func (*AllocMetric) MaxNormScore added in v1.3.0 

func (a *AllocMetric) MaxNormScore() *NodeScoreMeta

MaxNormScore returns the ScoreMetaData entry with the highest normalized score.

func (*AllocMetric) PopulateScoreMetaData added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocMetric) PopulateScoreMetaData()

PopulateScoreMetaData populates a map of scorer to scoring metadata The map is populated by popping elements from a heap of top K scores maintained per scorer

func (*AllocMetric) ScoreNode 

func (a *AllocMetric) ScoreNode(node *Node, name string, score float64)

ScoreNode is used to gather top K scoring nodes in a heap

type AllocNetworkStatus added in v1.0.0 

type AllocNetworkStatus struct {
	InterfaceName string
	Address       string
	DNS           *DNSConfig
}

AllocNetworkStatus captures the status of an allocation's network during runtime. Depending on the network mode, an allocation's address may need to be known to other systems in Nomad such as service registration.

func (*AllocNetworkStatus) Copy added in v1.0.0 

func (a *AllocNetworkStatus) Copy() *AllocNetworkStatus

type AllocRestartRequest added in v0.9.2 

type AllocRestartRequest struct {
	AllocID  string
	TaskName string
	AllTasks bool

	QueryOptions
}

AllocRestartRequest is used to restart a specific allocations tasks.

type AllocServiceRegistrationsRequest added in v1.3.0 

type AllocServiceRegistrationsRequest struct {
	AllocID string
	QueryOptions
}

AllocServiceRegistrationsRequest is the request object used to list all service registrations belonging to the specified Allocation.ID.

type AllocServiceRegistrationsResponse added in v1.3.0 

type AllocServiceRegistrationsResponse struct {
	Services []*ServiceRegistration
	QueryMeta
}

AllocServiceRegistrationsResponse is the response object when performing a listing of services belonging to an allocation.

type AllocSignalRequest added in v0.9.2 

type AllocSignalRequest struct {
	AllocID string
	Task    string
	Signal  string
	QueryOptions
}

AllocSignalRequest is used to signal a specific allocation

type AllocSpecificRequest 

type AllocSpecificRequest struct {
	AllocID string
	QueryOptions
}

AllocSpecificRequest is used to query a specific allocation

type AllocState added in v0.11.2 

type AllocState struct {
	Field AllocStateField
	Value string
	Time  time.Time
}

type AllocStateField added in v0.11.2 

type AllocStateField uint8

AllocStateField records a single event that changes the state of the whole allocation 

const (
	AllocStateFieldClientStatus AllocStateField = iota
)

type AllocStopRequest added in v0.9.2 

type AllocStopRequest struct {
	AllocID         string
	NoShutdownDelay bool

	WriteRequest
}

AllocStopRequest is used to stop and reschedule a running Allocation.

type AllocStopResponse added in v0.9.2 

type AllocStopResponse struct {
	// EvalID is the id of the follow up evalution for the rescheduled alloc.
	EvalID string

	WriteMeta
}

AllocStopResponse is the response to an `AllocStopRequest`

type AllocStubFields added in v1.0.0 

type AllocStubFields struct {
	// Resources includes resource-related fields if true.
	Resources bool

	// TaskStates removes the TaskStates field if false (default is to
	// include TaskStates).
	TaskStates bool
}

AllocStubFields defines which fields are included in the AllocListStub.

func NewAllocStubFields added in v1.0.0 

func NewAllocStubFields() *AllocStubFields

type AllocUpdateDesiredTransitionRequest added in v0.8.0 

type AllocUpdateDesiredTransitionRequest struct {
	// Allocs is the mapping of allocation ids to their desired state
	// transition
	Allocs map[string]*DesiredTransition

	// Evals is the set of evaluations to create
	Evals []*Evaluation

	WriteRequest
}

AllocUpdateDesiredTransitionRequest is used to submit changes to allocations desired transition state.

type AllocUpdateRequest 

type AllocUpdateRequest struct {
	// COMPAT 0.11
	// Alloc is the list of new allocations to assign
	// Deprecated: Replaced with two separate slices, one containing stopped allocations
	// and another containing updated allocations
	Alloc []*Allocation

	// Allocations to stop. Contains only the diff, not the entire allocation
	AllocsStopped []*AllocationDiff

	// New or updated allocations
	AllocsUpdated []*Allocation

	// Evals is the list of new evaluations to create
	// Evals are valid only when used in the Raft RPC
	Evals []*Evaluation

	// Job is the shared parent job of the allocations.
	// It is pulled out since it is common to reduce payload size.
	Job *Job

	WriteRequest
}

AllocUpdateRequest is used to submit changes to allocations, either to cause evictions or to assign new allocations. Both can be done within a single transaction

type AllocatedCpuResources added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedCpuResources struct {
	CpuShares     int64
	ReservedCores []uint16
}

AllocatedCpuResources captures the allocated CPU resources.

func (*AllocatedCpuResources) Add added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedCpuResources) Add(delta *AllocatedCpuResources)

func (*AllocatedCpuResources) Max added in v0.11.0 

func (a *AllocatedCpuResources) Max(other *AllocatedCpuResources)

func (*AllocatedCpuResources) Subtract added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedCpuResources) Subtract(delta *AllocatedCpuResources)

type AllocatedDeviceResource added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedDeviceResource struct {
	// Vendor, Type, and Name are used to select the plugin to request the
	// device IDs from.
	Vendor string
	Type   string
	Name   string

	// DeviceIDs is the set of allocated devices
	DeviceIDs []string
}

AllocatedDeviceResource captures a set of allocated devices.

func (*AllocatedDeviceResource) Add added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedDeviceResource) Add(delta *AllocatedDeviceResource)

func (*AllocatedDeviceResource) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedDeviceResource) Copy() *AllocatedDeviceResource

func (*AllocatedDeviceResource) ID added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedDeviceResource) ID() *DeviceIdTuple

type AllocatedDevices added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedDevices []*AllocatedDeviceResource

func (AllocatedDevices) Index added in v0.9.0 

func (a AllocatedDevices) Index(d *AllocatedDeviceResource) int

Index finds the matching index using the passed device. If not found, -1 is returned.

type AllocatedMemoryResources added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedMemoryResources struct {
	MemoryMB    int64
	MemoryMaxMB int64
}

AllocatedMemoryResources captures the allocated memory resources.

func (*AllocatedMemoryResources) Add added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedMemoryResources) Add(delta *AllocatedMemoryResources)

func (*AllocatedMemoryResources) Max added in v0.11.0 

func (a *AllocatedMemoryResources) Max(other *AllocatedMemoryResources)

func (*AllocatedMemoryResources) Subtract added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedMemoryResources) Subtract(delta *AllocatedMemoryResources)

type AllocatedPortMapping added in v0.12.0 

type AllocatedPortMapping struct {
	Label  string
	Value  int
	To     int
	HostIP string
}

func (*AllocatedPortMapping) Copy added in v1.5.2 

func (m *AllocatedPortMapping) Copy() *AllocatedPortMapping

func (*AllocatedPortMapping) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (m *AllocatedPortMapping) Equal(o *AllocatedPortMapping) bool

type AllocatedPorts added in v0.12.0 

type AllocatedPorts []AllocatedPortMapping

func (AllocatedPorts) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (p AllocatedPorts) Equal(o AllocatedPorts) bool

func (AllocatedPorts) Get added in v0.12.0 

func (p AllocatedPorts) Get(label string) (AllocatedPortMapping, bool)

type AllocatedResources added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedResources struct {
	// Tasks is a mapping of task name to the resources for the task.
	Tasks          map[string]*AllocatedTaskResources
	TaskLifecycles map[string]*TaskLifecycleConfig

	// Shared is the set of resource that are shared by all tasks in the group.
	Shared AllocatedSharedResources
}

AllocatedResources is the set of resources to be used by an allocation.

func NodeResourcesToAllocatedResources added in v0.9.0 

func NodeResourcesToAllocatedResources(n *NodeResources) *AllocatedResources

NodeResourcesToAllocatedResources converts a node resources to an allocated resources. The task name used is "web" and network is omitted. This is useful when trying to make an allocation fill an entire node.

func (*AllocatedResources) Canonicalize added in v1.0.0 

func (a *AllocatedResources) Canonicalize()

func (*AllocatedResources) Comparable added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedResources) Comparable() *ComparableResources

Comparable returns a comparable version of the allocations allocated resources. This conversion can be lossy so care must be taken when using it.

func (*AllocatedResources) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedResources) Copy() *AllocatedResources

func (*AllocatedResources) OldTaskResources added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedResources) OldTaskResources() map[string]*Resources

OldTaskResources returns the pre-0.9.0 map of task resources

type AllocatedSharedResources added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedSharedResources struct {
	Networks Networks
	DiskMB   int64
	Ports    AllocatedPorts
}

AllocatedSharedResources are the set of resources allocated to a task group.

func (*AllocatedSharedResources) Add added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedSharedResources) Add(delta *AllocatedSharedResources)

func (*AllocatedSharedResources) Canonicalize added in v0.12.4 

func (a *AllocatedSharedResources) Canonicalize()

func (AllocatedSharedResources) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (a AllocatedSharedResources) Copy() AllocatedSharedResources

func (*AllocatedSharedResources) Subtract added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedSharedResources) Subtract(delta *AllocatedSharedResources)

type AllocatedTaskResources added in v0.9.0 

type AllocatedTaskResources struct {
	Cpu      AllocatedCpuResources
	Memory   AllocatedMemoryResources
	Networks Networks
	Devices  []*AllocatedDeviceResource
}

AllocatedTaskResources are the set of resources allocated to a task.

func (*AllocatedTaskResources) Add added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedTaskResources) Add(delta *AllocatedTaskResources)

func (*AllocatedTaskResources) Comparable added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedTaskResources) Comparable() *ComparableResources

Comparable turns AllocatedTaskResources into ComparableResources as a helper step in preemption

func (*AllocatedTaskResources) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedTaskResources) Copy() *AllocatedTaskResources

func (*AllocatedTaskResources) Max added in v0.11.0 

func (a *AllocatedTaskResources) Max(other *AllocatedTaskResources)

func (*AllocatedTaskResources) NetIndex added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedTaskResources) NetIndex(n *NetworkResource) int

NetIndex finds the matching net index using device name

func (*AllocatedTaskResources) Subtract added in v0.9.0 

func (a *AllocatedTaskResources) Subtract(delta *AllocatedTaskResources)

Subtract only subtracts CPU and Memory resources. Network utilization is managed separately in NetworkIndex

type Allocation 

type Allocation struct {

	// ID of the allocation (UUID)
	ID string

	// Namespace is the namespace the allocation is created in
	Namespace string

	// ID of the evaluation that generated this allocation
	EvalID string

	// Name is a logical name of the allocation.
	Name string

	// NodeID is the node this is being placed on
	NodeID string

	// NodeName is the name of the node this is being placed on.
	NodeName string

	// Job is the parent job of the task group being allocated.
	// This is copied at allocation time to avoid issues if the job
	// definition is updated.
	JobID string
	Job   *Job

	// TaskGroup is the name of the task group that should be run
	TaskGroup string

	// COMPAT(0.11): Remove in 0.11
	// Resources is the total set of resources allocated as part
	// of this allocation of the task group. Dynamic ports will be set by
	// the scheduler.
	Resources *Resources

	// SharedResources are the resources that are shared by all the tasks in an
	// allocation
	// Deprecated: use AllocatedResources.Shared instead.
	// Keep field to allow us to handle upgrade paths from old versions
	SharedResources *Resources

	// TaskResources is the set of resources allocated to each
	// task. These should sum to the total Resources. Dynamic ports will be
	// set by the scheduler.
	// Deprecated: use AllocatedResources.Tasks instead.
	// Keep field to allow us to handle upgrade paths from old versions
	TaskResources map[string]*Resources

	// AllocatedResources is the total resources allocated for the task group.
	AllocatedResources *AllocatedResources

	// Metrics associated with this allocation
	Metrics *AllocMetric

	// Desired Status of the allocation on the client
	DesiredStatus string

	// DesiredStatusDescription is meant to provide more human useful information
	DesiredDescription string

	// DesiredTransition is used to indicate that a state transition
	// is desired for a given reason.
	DesiredTransition DesiredTransition

	// Status of the allocation on the client
	ClientStatus string

	// ClientStatusDescription is meant to provide more human useful information
	ClientDescription string

	// TaskStates stores the state of each task,
	TaskStates map[string]*TaskState

	// AllocStates track meta data associated with changes to the state of the whole allocation, like becoming lost
	AllocStates []*AllocState

	// PreviousAllocation is the allocation that this allocation is replacing
	PreviousAllocation string

	// NextAllocation is the allocation that this allocation is being replaced by
	NextAllocation string

	// DeploymentID identifies an allocation as being created from a
	// particular deployment
	DeploymentID string

	// DeploymentStatus captures the status of the allocation as part of the
	// given deployment
	DeploymentStatus *AllocDeploymentStatus

	// RescheduleTrackers captures details of previous reschedule attempts of the allocation
	RescheduleTracker *RescheduleTracker

	// NetworkStatus captures networking details of an allocation known at runtime
	NetworkStatus *AllocNetworkStatus

	// FollowupEvalID captures a follow up evaluation created to handle a failed allocation
	// that can be rescheduled in the future
	FollowupEvalID string

	// PreemptedAllocations captures IDs of any allocations that were preempted
	// in order to place this allocation
	PreemptedAllocations []string

	// PreemptedByAllocation tracks the alloc ID of the allocation that caused this allocation
	// to stop running because it got preempted
	PreemptedByAllocation string

	// SignedIdentities is a map of task names to signed identity/capability
	// claim tokens for those tasks. If needed, it is populated in the plan
	// applier.
	SignedIdentities map[string]string `json:"-"`

	// SigningKeyID is the key used to sign the SignedIdentities field.
	SigningKeyID string

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64

	// AllocModifyIndex is not updated when the client updates allocations. This
	// lets the client pull only the allocs updated by the server.
	AllocModifyIndex uint64

	// CreateTime is the time the allocation has finished scheduling and been
	// verified by the plan applier.
	CreateTime int64

	// ModifyTime is the time the allocation was last updated.
	ModifyTime int64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Allocation is used to allocate the placement of a task group to a node.

func FilterTerminalAllocs 

func FilterTerminalAllocs(allocs []*Allocation) ([]*Allocation, map[string]*Allocation)

FilterTerminalAllocs filters out all allocations in a terminal state and returns the latest terminal allocations.

func MockAlloc added in v0.9.0 

func MockAlloc() *Allocation

func RemoveAllocs 

func RemoveAllocs(allocs []*Allocation, remove []*Allocation) []*Allocation

RemoveAllocs is used to remove any allocs with the given IDs from the list of allocations

func (*Allocation) AllocationDiff added in v0.9.2 

func (a *Allocation) AllocationDiff() *AllocationDiff

AllocationDiff converts an Allocation type to an AllocationDiff type If at any time, modification are made to AllocationDiff so that an Allocation can no longer be safely converted to AllocationDiff, this method should be changed accordingly.

func (*Allocation) AppendState added in v0.11.2 

func (a *Allocation) AppendState(field AllocStateField, value string)

AppendState creates and appends an AllocState entry recording the time of the state transition. Used to mark the transition to lost

func (*Allocation) Canonicalize added in v0.10.4 

func (a *Allocation) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize Allocation to ensure fields are initialized to the expectations of this version of Nomad. Should be called when restoring persisted Allocations or receiving Allocations from Nomad agents potentially on an older version of Nomad.

func (*Allocation) ClientTerminalStatus added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) ClientTerminalStatus() bool

ClientTerminalStatus returns if the client status is terminal and will no longer transition

func (*Allocation) ComparableResources added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Allocation) ComparableResources() *ComparableResources

ComparableResources returns the resources on the allocation handling upgrade paths. After 0.11 calls to this should be replaced with: alloc.AllocatedResources.Comparable()

COMPAT(0.11): Remove in 0.11

func (*Allocation) ConsulNamespace added in v1.1.0 

func (a *Allocation) ConsulNamespace() string

ConsulNamespace returns the Consul namespace of the task group associated with this allocation.

func (*Allocation) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) Copy() *Allocation

Copy provides a copy of the allocation and deep copies the job

func (*Allocation) CopySkipJob added in v0.6.0 

func (a *Allocation) CopySkipJob() *Allocation

CopySkipJob provides a copy of the allocation but doesn't deep copy the job

func (*Allocation) DisconnectTimeout added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) DisconnectTimeout(now time.Time) time.Time

DisconnectTimeout uses the MaxClientDisconnect to compute when the allocation should transition to lost.

func (*Allocation) Expired added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) Expired(now time.Time) bool

Expired determines whether an allocation has exceeded its MaxClientDisonnect duration relative to the passed time stamp.

func (*Allocation) GetCreateIndex added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex implements the CreateIndexGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Allocation) GetID added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) GetID() string

GetID implements the IDGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Allocation) GetNamespace added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace implements the NamespaceGetter interface, required for pagination and filtering namespaces in endpoints that support glob namespace requests using tokens with limited access.

func (*Allocation) Index added in v0.3.1 

func (a *Allocation) Index() uint

Index returns the index of the allocation. If the allocation is from a task group with count greater than 1, there will be multiple allocations for it.

func (*Allocation) JobNamespacedID added in v1.0.6 

func (a *Allocation) JobNamespacedID() NamespacedID

func (*Allocation) LastEventTime added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) LastEventTime() time.Time

LastEventTime is the time of the last task event in the allocation. It is used to determine allocation failure time. If the FinishedAt field is not set, the alloc's modify time is used

func (*Allocation) LastUnknown added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) LastUnknown() time.Time

LastUnknown returns the timestamp for the last time the allocation transitioned into the unknown client status.

func (*Allocation) LookupTask added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Allocation) LookupTask(name string) *Task

LookupTask by name from the Allocation. Returns nil if the Job is not set, the TaskGroup does not exist, or the task name cannot be found.

func (*Allocation) MigrateStrategy added in v1.0.0 

func (a *Allocation) MigrateStrategy() *MigrateStrategy

MigrateStrategy returns the migrate strategy based on the task group

func (*Allocation) NeedsToReconnect added in v1.3.8 

func (a *Allocation) NeedsToReconnect() bool

NeedsToReconnect returns true if the last known ClientStatus value is "unknown" and so the allocation did not reconnect yet.

func (*Allocation) NextDelay added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) NextDelay() time.Duration

NextDelay returns a duration after which the allocation can be rescheduled. It is calculated according to the delay function and previous reschedule attempts.

func (*Allocation) NextRescheduleTime added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) NextRescheduleTime() (time.Time, bool)

NextRescheduleTime returns a time on or after which the allocation is eligible to be rescheduled, and whether the next reschedule time is within policy's interval if the policy doesn't allow unlimited reschedules

func (*Allocation) NextRescheduleTimeByFailTime added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) NextRescheduleTimeByFailTime(failTime time.Time) (time.Time, bool)

NextRescheduleTimeByFailTime works like NextRescheduleTime but allows callers specify a failure time. Useful for things like determining whether to reschedule an alloc on a disconnected node.

func (*Allocation) RanSuccessfully added in v0.4.0 

func (a *Allocation) RanSuccessfully() bool

RanSuccessfully returns whether the client has ran the allocation and all tasks finished successfully. Critically this function returns whether the allocation has ran to completion and not just that the alloc has converged to its desired state. That is to say that a batch allocation must have finished with exit code 0 on all task groups. This doesn't really have meaning on a non-batch allocation because a service and system allocation should not finish.

func (*Allocation) RescheduleEligible added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) RescheduleEligible(reschedulePolicy *ReschedulePolicy, failTime time.Time) bool

RescheduleEligible returns if the allocation is eligible to be rescheduled according to its ReschedulePolicy and the current state of its reschedule trackers

func (*Allocation) RescheduleInfo added in v1.2.4 

func (a *Allocation) RescheduleInfo() (int, int)

func (*Allocation) ReschedulePolicy added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) ReschedulePolicy() *ReschedulePolicy

ReschedulePolicy returns the reschedule policy based on the task group

func (*Allocation) ServerTerminalStatus added in v0.9.0 

func (a *Allocation) ServerTerminalStatus() bool

ServerTerminalStatus returns true if the desired state of the allocation is terminal

func (*Allocation) ServiceProviderNamespace added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) ServiceProviderNamespace() string

ServiceProviderNamespace returns the namespace within which the allocations services should be registered. This takes into account the different providers that can provide service registrations. In the event no services are found, the function will return the Consul namespace which allows hooks to work as they did before this feature.

It currently assumes that all services within an allocation use the same provider and therefore the same namespace.

func (*Allocation) SetEventDisplayMessages added in v0.7.1 

func (a *Allocation) SetEventDisplayMessages()

SetEventDisplayMessages populates the display message if its not already set, a temporary fix to handle old allocations that don't have it. This method will be removed in a future release.

func (*Allocation) SetStop added in v0.11.2 

func (a *Allocation) SetStop(clientStatus, clientDesc string)

SetStop updates the allocation in place to a DesiredStatus stop, with the ClientStatus

func (*Allocation) ShouldClientStop added in v0.11.2 

func (a *Allocation) ShouldClientStop() bool

ShouldClientStop tests an alloc for StopAfterClientDisconnect configuration

func (*Allocation) ShouldMigrate added in v0.5.0 

func (a *Allocation) ShouldMigrate() bool

ShouldMigrate returns if the allocation needs data migration

func (*Allocation) ShouldReschedule added in v0.8.0 

func (a *Allocation) ShouldReschedule(reschedulePolicy *ReschedulePolicy, failTime time.Time) bool

ShouldReschedule returns if the allocation is eligible to be rescheduled according to its status and ReschedulePolicy given its failure time

func (*Allocation) Stub 

func (a *Allocation) Stub(fields *AllocStubFields) *AllocListStub

Stub returns a list stub for the allocation

func (*Allocation) SupportsDisconnectedClients added in v1.3.0 

func (a *Allocation) SupportsDisconnectedClients(serverSupportsDisconnectedClients bool) bool

SupportsDisconnectedClients determines whether both the server and the task group are configured to allow the allocation to reconnect after network connectivity has been lost and then restored.

func (*Allocation) TerminalStatus 

func (a *Allocation) TerminalStatus() bool

TerminalStatus returns if the desired or actual status is terminal and will no longer transition.

func (*Allocation) Terminated added in v0.5.0 

func (a *Allocation) Terminated() bool

Terminated returns if the allocation is in a terminal state on a client.

func (*Allocation) ToIdentityClaims added in v1.4.0 

func (a *Allocation) ToIdentityClaims(job *Job) *IdentityClaims

func (*Allocation) ToTaskIdentityClaims added in v1.4.0 

func (a *Allocation) ToTaskIdentityClaims(job *Job, taskName string) *IdentityClaims

func (*Allocation) WaitClientStop added in v0.11.2 

func (a *Allocation) WaitClientStop() time.Time

WaitClientStop uses the reschedule delay mechanism to block rescheduling until StopAfterClientDisconnect's block interval passes

type AllocationDiff added in v0.9.2 

type AllocationDiff Allocation

AllocationDiff is another named type for Allocation (to use the same fields), which is used to represent the delta for an Allocation. If you need a method defined on the al

type AllocationEvent added in v1.0.0 

type AllocationEvent struct {
	Allocation *Allocation
}

AllocationEvent holds a newly updated Allocation. The Allocs embedded Job has been removed to reduce size.

type AllocsGetRequest added in v0.3.0 

type AllocsGetRequest struct {
	AllocIDs []string
	QueryOptions
}

AllocsGetRequest is used to query a set of allocations

type AllocsGetResponse added in v0.3.0 

type AllocsGetResponse struct {
	Allocs []*Allocation
	QueryMeta
}

AllocsGetResponse is used to return a set of allocations

type ApplyDeploymentAllocHealthRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ApplyDeploymentAllocHealthRequest struct {
	DeploymentAllocHealthRequest

	// Timestamp is the timestamp to use when setting the allocations health.
	Timestamp time.Time

	// An optional field to update the status of a deployment
	DeploymentUpdate *DeploymentStatusUpdate

	// Job is used to optionally upsert a job. This is used when setting the
	// allocation health results in a deployment failure and the deployment
	// auto-reverts to the latest stable job.
	Job *Job

	// An optional evaluation to create after promoting the canaries
	Eval *Evaluation
}

ApplyDeploymentAllocHealthRequest is used to apply an alloc health request via Raft

type ApplyDeploymentPromoteRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ApplyDeploymentPromoteRequest struct {
	DeploymentPromoteRequest

	// An optional evaluation to create after promoting the canaries
	Eval *Evaluation
}

ApplyDeploymentPromoteRequest is used to apply a promotion request via Raft

type ApplyPlanResultsRequest added in v0.6.0 

type ApplyPlanResultsRequest struct {
	// AllocUpdateRequest holds the allocation updates to be made by the
	// scheduler.
	AllocUpdateRequest

	// Deployment is the deployment created or updated as a result of a
	// scheduling event.
	Deployment *Deployment

	// DeploymentUpdates is a set of status updates to apply to the given
	// deployments. This allows the scheduler to cancel any unneeded deployment
	// because the job is stopped or the update block is removed.
	DeploymentUpdates []*DeploymentStatusUpdate

	// EvalID is the eval ID of the plan being applied. The modify index of the
	// evaluation is updated as part of applying the plan to ensure that subsequent
	// scheduling events for the same job will wait for the index that last produced
	// state changes. This is necessary for blocked evaluations since they can be
	// processed many times, potentially making state updates, without the state of
	// the evaluation itself being updated.
	EvalID string

	// COMPAT 0.11
	// NodePreemptions is a slice of allocations from other lower priority jobs
	// that are preempted. Preempted allocations are marked as evicted.
	// Deprecated: Replaced with AllocsPreempted which contains only the diff
	NodePreemptions []*Allocation

	// AllocsPreempted is a slice of allocation diffs from other lower priority jobs
	// that are preempted. Preempted allocations are marked as evicted.
	AllocsPreempted []*AllocationDiff

	// PreemptionEvals is a slice of follow up evals for jobs whose allocations
	// have been preempted to place allocs in this plan
	PreemptionEvals []*Evaluation

	// IneligibleNodes are nodes the plan applier has repeatedly rejected
	// placements for and should therefore be considered ineligible by workers
	// to avoid retrying them repeatedly.
	IneligibleNodes []string

	// UpdatedAt represents server time of receiving request.
	UpdatedAt int64
}

ApplyPlanResultsRequest is used by the planner to apply a Raft transaction committing the result of a plan.

type AuthenticatedIdentity added in v1.5.0 

type AuthenticatedIdentity struct {
	// ACLToken authenticated. Claims will be nil if this is set.
	ACLToken *ACLToken

	// Claims authenticated by workload identity. ACLToken will be nil if this is
	// set.
	Claims *IdentityClaims

	ClientID string
	TLSName  string
	RemoteIP net.IP
}

AuthenticatedIdentity is returned by the Authenticate method on server to return a wrapper around the various elements that can be resolved as an identity. RPC handlers will use the relevant fields for performing authorization.

Keeping these fields independent rather than merging them into an ephemeral ACLToken makes the original of the credential clear to RPC handlers, who may have different behavior for internal vs external origins.

func (*AuthenticatedIdentity) GetACLToken added in v1.5.0 

func (ai *AuthenticatedIdentity) GetACLToken() *ACLToken

func (*AuthenticatedIdentity) GetClaims added in v1.5.0 

func (ai *AuthenticatedIdentity) GetClaims() *IdentityClaims

func (*AuthenticatedIdentity) IsExpired added in v1.5.0 

func (ai *AuthenticatedIdentity) IsExpired(now time.Time) bool

func (*AuthenticatedIdentity) String added in v1.5.0 

func (ai *AuthenticatedIdentity) String() string

type AutopilotConfig added in v0.8.0 

type AutopilotConfig struct {
	// CleanupDeadServers controls whether to remove dead servers when a new
	// server is added to the Raft peers.
	CleanupDeadServers bool

	// ServerStabilizationTime is the minimum amount of time a server must be
	// in a stable, healthy state before it can be added to the cluster. Only
	// applicable with Raft protocol version 3 or higher.
	ServerStabilizationTime time.Duration

	// LastContactThreshold is the limit on the amount of time a server can go
	// without leader contact before being considered unhealthy.
	LastContactThreshold time.Duration

	// MaxTrailingLogs is the amount of entries in the Raft Log that a server can
	// be behind before being considered unhealthy.
	MaxTrailingLogs uint64

	// MinQuorum sets the minimum number of servers required in a cluster
	// before autopilot can prune dead servers.
	MinQuorum uint

	// (Enterprise-only) EnableRedundancyZones specifies whether to enable redundancy zones.
	EnableRedundancyZones bool

	// (Enterprise-only) DisableUpgradeMigration will disable Autopilot's upgrade migration
	// strategy of waiting until enough newer-versioned servers have been added to the
	// cluster before promoting them to voters.
	DisableUpgradeMigration bool

	// (Enterprise-only) EnableCustomUpgrades specifies whether to enable using custom
	// upgrade versions when performing migrations.
	EnableCustomUpgrades bool

	// CreateIndex/ModifyIndex store the create/modify indexes of this configuration.
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

AutopilotConfig is the internal config for the Autopilot mechanism.

func (*AutopilotConfig) Copy added in v1.2.13 

func (a *AutopilotConfig) Copy() *AutopilotConfig

type AutopilotSetConfigRequest added in v0.8.0 

type AutopilotSetConfigRequest struct {
	// Datacenter is the target this request is intended for.
	Datacenter string

	// Config is the new Autopilot configuration to use.
	Config AutopilotConfig

	// CAS controls whether to use check-and-set semantics for this request.
	CAS bool

	// WriteRequest holds the ACL token to go along with this request.
	WriteRequest
}

AutopilotSetConfigRequest is used by the Operator endpoint to update the current Autopilot configuration of the cluster.

func (*AutopilotSetConfigRequest) RequestDatacenter added in v0.8.0 

func (op *AutopilotSetConfigRequest) RequestDatacenter() string

RequestDatacenter returns the datacenter for a given request.

type BatchFuture added in v0.8.0 

type BatchFuture struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BatchFuture is used to wait on a batch update to complete

func NewBatchFuture added in v0.8.0 

func NewBatchFuture() *BatchFuture

NewBatchFuture creates a new batch future

func (*BatchFuture) Error added in v0.8.0 

func (b *BatchFuture) Error() error

Error is used to return the error of the batch, only after Wait()

func (*BatchFuture) Index added in v0.8.0 

func (b *BatchFuture) Index() uint64

Index is used to return the index of the batch, only after Wait()

func (*BatchFuture) Respond added in v0.8.0 

func (b *BatchFuture) Respond(index uint64, err error)

Respond is used to unblock the future

func (*BatchFuture) Wait added in v0.8.0 

func (b *BatchFuture) Wait() error

Wait is used to block for the future to complete and returns the error

func (*BatchFuture) WaitCh added in v0.8.0 

func (b *BatchFuture) WaitCh() <-chan struct{}

WaitCh is used to block for the future to complete

type BatchNodeUpdateDrainRequest added in v0.8.0 

type BatchNodeUpdateDrainRequest struct {
	// Updates is a mapping of nodes to their updated drain strategy
	Updates map[string]*DrainUpdate

	// NodeEvents is a mapping of the node to the event to add to the node
	NodeEvents map[string]*NodeEvent

	// UpdatedAt represents server time of receiving request
	UpdatedAt int64

	WriteRequest
}

BatchNodeUpdateDrainRequest is used for updating the drain strategy for a batch of nodes

type Bitmap added in v0.3.0 

type Bitmap []byte

Bitmap is a simple uncompressed bitmap

func NewBitmap added in v0.3.0 

func NewBitmap(size uint) (Bitmap, error)

NewBitmap returns a bitmap with up to size indexes

func (Bitmap) Check added in v0.3.0 

func (b Bitmap) Check(idx uint) bool

Check is used to check the given index of the bitmap

func (Bitmap) Clear added in v0.3.0 

func (b Bitmap) Clear()

Clear is used to efficiently clear the bitmap

func (Bitmap) Copy added in v0.4.1 

func (b Bitmap) Copy() (Bitmap, error)

Copy returns a copy of the Bitmap

func (Bitmap) IndexesInRange added in v0.4.1 

func (b Bitmap) IndexesInRange(set bool, from, to uint) []int

IndexesInRange returns the indexes in which the values are either set or unset based on the passed parameter in the passed range

func (Bitmap) IndexesInRangeFiltered added in v1.3.11 

func (b Bitmap) IndexesInRangeFiltered(set bool, from, to uint, filter []int) []int

IndexesInRangeFiltered returns the indexes in which the values are either set or unset based on the passed parameter in the passed range, and do not appear in the filter slice

func (Bitmap) Set added in v0.3.0 

func (b Bitmap) Set(idx uint)

Set is used to set the given index of the bitmap

func (Bitmap) Size added in v0.4.1 

func (b Bitmap) Size() uint

Size returns the size of the bitmap

func (Bitmap) String added in v1.3.11 

func (b Bitmap) String() string

String represents the Bitmap the same as slice of the Bitmap's set values

func (Bitmap) Unset added in v0.6.0 

func (b Bitmap) Unset(idx uint)

Unset is used to unset the given index of the bitmap

type CSIControllerCapability added in v1.1.0 

type CSIControllerCapability byte
const (
	// CSIControllerSupportsCreateDelete indicates plugin support for
	// CREATE_DELETE_VOLUME
	CSIControllerSupportsCreateDelete CSIControllerCapability = 0

	// CSIControllerSupportsAttachDetach is true when the controller
	// implements the methods required to attach and detach volumes. If this
	// is false Nomad should skip the controller attachment flow.
	CSIControllerSupportsAttachDetach CSIControllerCapability = 1

	// CSIControllerSupportsListVolumes is true when the controller implements
	// the ListVolumes RPC. NOTE: This does not guarantee that attached nodes
	// will be returned unless SupportsListVolumesAttachedNodes is also true.
	CSIControllerSupportsListVolumes CSIControllerCapability = 2

	// CSIControllerSupportsGetCapacity indicates plugin support for
	// GET_CAPACITY
	CSIControllerSupportsGetCapacity CSIControllerCapability = 3

	// CSIControllerSupportsCreateDeleteSnapshot indicates plugin support for
	// CREATE_DELETE_SNAPSHOT
	CSIControllerSupportsCreateDeleteSnapshot CSIControllerCapability = 4

	// CSIControllerSupportsListSnapshots indicates plugin support for
	// LIST_SNAPSHOTS
	CSIControllerSupportsListSnapshots CSIControllerCapability = 5

	// CSIControllerSupportsClone indicates plugin support for CLONE_VOLUME
	CSIControllerSupportsClone CSIControllerCapability = 6

	// CSIControllerSupportsReadOnlyAttach is set to true when the controller
	// returns the ATTACH_READONLY capability.
	CSIControllerSupportsReadOnlyAttach CSIControllerCapability = 7

	// CSIControllerSupportsExpand indicates plugin support for EXPAND_VOLUME
	CSIControllerSupportsExpand CSIControllerCapability = 8

	// CSIControllerSupportsListVolumesAttachedNodes indicates whether the
	// plugin will return attached nodes data when making ListVolume RPCs
	// (plugin support for LIST_VOLUMES_PUBLISHED_NODES)
	CSIControllerSupportsListVolumesAttachedNodes CSIControllerCapability = 9

	// CSIControllerSupportsCondition indicates plugin support for
	// VOLUME_CONDITION
	CSIControllerSupportsCondition CSIControllerCapability = 10

	// CSIControllerSupportsGet indicates plugin support for GET_VOLUME
	CSIControllerSupportsGet CSIControllerCapability = 11
)

type CSIControllerInfo added in v0.11.0 

type CSIControllerInfo struct {

	// SupportsCreateDelete indicates plugin support for CREATE_DELETE_VOLUME
	SupportsCreateDelete bool

	// SupportsPublishVolume is true when the controller implements the
	// methods required to attach and detach volumes. If this is false Nomad
	// should skip the controller attachment flow.
	SupportsAttachDetach bool

	// SupportsListVolumes is true when the controller implements the
	// ListVolumes RPC. NOTE: This does not guarantee that attached nodes will
	// be returned unless SupportsListVolumesAttachedNodes is also true.
	SupportsListVolumes bool

	// SupportsGetCapacity indicates plugin support for GET_CAPACITY
	SupportsGetCapacity bool

	// SupportsCreateDeleteSnapshot indicates plugin support for
	// CREATE_DELETE_SNAPSHOT
	SupportsCreateDeleteSnapshot bool

	// SupportsListSnapshots indicates plugin support for LIST_SNAPSHOTS
	SupportsListSnapshots bool

	// SupportsClone indicates plugin support for CLONE_VOLUME
	SupportsClone bool

	// SupportsReadOnlyAttach is set to true when the controller returns the
	// ATTACH_READONLY capability.
	SupportsReadOnlyAttach bool

	// SupportsExpand indicates plugin support for EXPAND_VOLUME
	SupportsExpand bool

	// SupportsListVolumesAttachedNodes indicates whether the plugin will
	// return attached nodes data when making ListVolume RPCs (plugin support
	// for LIST_VOLUMES_PUBLISHED_NODES)
	SupportsListVolumesAttachedNodes bool

	// SupportsCondition indicates plugin support for VOLUME_CONDITION
	SupportsCondition bool

	// SupportsGet indicates plugin support for GET_VOLUME
	SupportsGet bool
}

CSIControllerInfo is the fingerprinted data from a CSI Plugin that is specific to the Controller API.

func (*CSIControllerInfo) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (c *CSIControllerInfo) Copy() *CSIControllerInfo

type CSIInfo added in v0.11.0 

type CSIInfo struct {
	PluginID          string
	AllocID           string
	Healthy           bool
	HealthDescription string
	UpdateTime        time.Time

	Provider        string // vendor name from CSI GetPluginInfoResponse
	ProviderVersion string // vendor version from CSI GetPluginInfoResponse

	// RequiresControllerPlugin is set when the CSI Plugin returns the
	// CONTROLLER_SERVICE capability. When this is true, the volumes should not be
	// scheduled on this client until a matching controller plugin is available.
	RequiresControllerPlugin bool

	// RequiresTopologies is set when the CSI Plugin returns the
	// VOLUME_ACCESSIBLE_CONSTRAINTS capability. When this is true, we must
	// respect the Volume and Node Topology information.
	RequiresTopologies bool

	// CSI Specific metadata
	ControllerInfo *CSIControllerInfo `json:",omitempty"`
	NodeInfo       *CSINodeInfo       `json:",omitempty"`
}

CSIInfo is the current state of a single CSI Plugin. This is updated regularly as plugin health changes on the node.

func (*CSIInfo) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (c *CSIInfo) Copy() *CSIInfo

func (*CSIInfo) Equal added in v0.11.0 

func (c *CSIInfo) Equal(o *CSIInfo) bool

func (*CSIInfo) IsController added in v0.11.0 

func (c *CSIInfo) IsController() bool

func (*CSIInfo) IsNode added in v0.11.0 

func (c *CSIInfo) IsNode() bool

func (*CSIInfo) SetHealthy added in v0.11.0 

func (c *CSIInfo) SetHealthy(hs bool)

type CSIMountOptions added in v0.11.0 

type CSIMountOptions struct {
	// FSType is an optional field that allows an operator to specify the type
	// of the filesystem.
	FSType string

	// MountFlags contains additional options that may be used when mounting the
	// volume by the plugin. This may contain sensitive data and should not be
	// leaked.
	MountFlags []string
}

CSIMountOptions contain optional additional configuration that can be used when specifying that a Volume should be used with VolumeAccessTypeMount.

func (*CSIMountOptions) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (o *CSIMountOptions) Copy() *CSIMountOptions

func (*CSIMountOptions) Equal added in v1.3.0 

func (o *CSIMountOptions) Equal(p *CSIMountOptions) bool

func (*CSIMountOptions) GoString added in v0.11.0 

func (o *CSIMountOptions) GoString() string

func (*CSIMountOptions) Merge added in v0.11.0 

func (o *CSIMountOptions) Merge(p *CSIMountOptions)

func (*CSIMountOptions) String added in v0.11.0 

func (o *CSIMountOptions) String() string

type CSINodeCapability added in v1.1.0 

type CSINodeCapability byte
const (

	// CSINodeSupportsStageVolume indicates whether the client should
	// Stage/Unstage volumes on this node.
	CSINodeSupportsStageVolume CSINodeCapability = 0

	// CSINodeSupportsStats indicates plugin support for GET_VOLUME_STATS
	CSINodeSupportsStats CSINodeCapability = 1

	// CSINodeSupportsExpand indicates plugin support for EXPAND_VOLUME
	CSINodeSupportsExpand CSINodeCapability = 2

	// CSINodeSupportsCondition indicates plugin support for VOLUME_CONDITION
	CSINodeSupportsCondition CSINodeCapability = 3
)

type CSINodeInfo added in v0.11.0 

type CSINodeInfo struct {
	// ID is the identity of a given nomad client as observed by the storage
	// provider.
	ID string

	// MaxVolumes is the maximum number of volumes that can be attached to the
	// current host via this provider.
	// If 0 then unlimited volumes may be attached.
	MaxVolumes int64

	// AccessibleTopology specifies where (regions, zones, racks, etc.) the node is
	// accessible from within the storage provider.
	//
	// A plugin that returns this field MUST also set the `RequiresTopologies`
	// property.
	//
	// This field is OPTIONAL. If it is not specified, then we assume that the
	// the node is not subject to any topological constraint, and MAY
	// schedule workloads that reference any volume V, such that there are
	// no topological constraints declared for V.
	//
	// Example 1:
	//   accessible_topology =
	//     {"region": "R1", "zone": "Z2"}
	// Indicates the node exists within the "region" "R1" and the "zone"
	// "Z2" within the storage provider.
	AccessibleTopology *CSITopology

	// RequiresNodeStageVolume indicates whether the client should Stage/Unstage
	// volumes on this node.
	RequiresNodeStageVolume bool

	// SupportsStats indicates plugin support for GET_VOLUME_STATS
	SupportsStats bool

	// SupportsExpand indicates plugin support for EXPAND_VOLUME
	SupportsExpand bool

	// SupportsCondition indicates plugin support for VOLUME_CONDITION
	SupportsCondition bool
}

CSINodeInfo is the fingerprinted data from a CSI Plugin that is specific to the Node API.

func (*CSINodeInfo) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (n *CSINodeInfo) Copy() *CSINodeInfo

type CSIPlugin added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPlugin struct {
	ID                 string
	Provider           string // the vendor name from CSI GetPluginInfoResponse
	Version            string // the vendor verson from  CSI GetPluginInfoResponse
	ControllerRequired bool

	// Map Node.IDs to fingerprint results, split by type. Monolith type plugins have
	// both sets of fingerprinting results.
	Controllers map[string]*CSIInfo
	Nodes       map[string]*CSIInfo

	// Allocations are populated by denormalize to show running allocations
	Allocations []*AllocListStub

	// Jobs are populated to by job update to support expected counts and the UI
	ControllerJobs JobDescriptions
	NodeJobs       JobDescriptions

	// Cache the count of healthy plugins
	ControllersHealthy  int
	ControllersExpected int
	NodesHealthy        int
	NodesExpected       int

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

CSIPlugin collects fingerprint info context for the plugin for clients

func NewCSIPlugin added in v0.11.0 

func NewCSIPlugin(id string, index uint64) *CSIPlugin

NewCSIPlugin creates the plugin struct. No side-effects

func (*CSIPlugin) AddJob added in v0.12.4 

func (p *CSIPlugin) AddJob(job *Job, summary *JobSummary)

AddJob adds a job to the plugin and increments expected

func (*CSIPlugin) AddPlugin added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) AddPlugin(nodeID string, info *CSIInfo) error

AddPlugin adds a single plugin running on the node. Called from state.NodeUpdate in a transaction

func (*CSIPlugin) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) Copy() *CSIPlugin

func (*CSIPlugin) DeleteAlloc added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) DeleteAlloc(allocID, nodeID string) error

DeleteAlloc removes the fingerprint info for the allocation

func (*CSIPlugin) DeleteJob added in v0.12.4 

func (p *CSIPlugin) DeleteJob(job *Job, summary *JobSummary)

DeleteJob removes the job from the plugin and decrements expected

func (*CSIPlugin) DeleteNode added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) DeleteNode(nodeID string) error

DeleteNode removes all plugins from the node. Called from state.DeleteNode in a transaction

func (*CSIPlugin) DeleteNodeForType added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) DeleteNodeForType(nodeID string, pluginType CSIPluginType) error

DeleteNodeForType deletes a client node from the list of controllers or node instance of a plugin. Called from deleteJobFromPlugin during job deregistration, in a transaction

func (*CSIPlugin) HasControllerCapability added in v1.1.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) HasControllerCapability(cap CSIControllerCapability) bool

func (*CSIPlugin) HasNodeCapability added in v1.1.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) HasNodeCapability(cap CSINodeCapability) bool

func (*CSIPlugin) IsEmpty added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) IsEmpty() bool

func (*CSIPlugin) Stub added in v0.11.0 

func (p *CSIPlugin) Stub() *CSIPluginListStub

func (*CSIPlugin) UpdateExpectedWithJob added in v0.12.4 

func (p *CSIPlugin) UpdateExpectedWithJob(job *Job, summary *JobSummary, terminal bool)

UpdateExpectedWithJob maintains the expected instance count we use the summary to add non-allocation expected counts

type CSIPluginDeleteRequest added in v0.11.2 

type CSIPluginDeleteRequest struct {
	ID string
	QueryOptions
}

type CSIPluginDeleteResponse added in v0.11.2 

type CSIPluginDeleteResponse struct {
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIPluginGetRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPluginGetRequest struct {
	ID string
	QueryOptions
}

type CSIPluginGetResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPluginGetResponse struct {
	Plugin *CSIPlugin
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIPluginListRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPluginListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

type CSIPluginListResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPluginListResponse struct {
	Plugins []*CSIPluginListStub
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIPluginListStub added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPluginListStub struct {
	ID                  string
	Provider            string
	ControllerRequired  bool
	ControllersHealthy  int
	ControllersExpected int
	NodesHealthy        int
	NodesExpected       int
	CreateIndex         uint64
	ModifyIndex         uint64
}

type CSIPluginType added in v0.11.0 

type CSIPluginType string

CSIPluginType is an enum string that encapsulates the valid options for a CSIPlugin block's Type. These modes will allow the plugin to be used in different ways by the client. 

const (
	// CSIPluginTypeNode indicates that Nomad should only use the plugin for
	// performing Node RPCs against the provided plugin.
	CSIPluginTypeNode CSIPluginType = "node"

	// CSIPluginTypeController indicates that Nomad should only use the plugin for
	// performing Controller RPCs against the provided plugin.
	CSIPluginTypeController CSIPluginType = "controller"

	// CSIPluginTypeMonolith indicates that Nomad can use the provided plugin for
	// both controller and node rpcs.
	CSIPluginTypeMonolith CSIPluginType = "monolith"
)

type CSISecrets added in v0.11.2 

type CSISecrets map[string]string

CSISecrets contain optional additional configuration that can be used when specifying that a Volume should be used with VolumeAccessTypeMount.

func (*CSISecrets) GoString added in v0.11.2 

func (s *CSISecrets) GoString() string

func (*CSISecrets) String added in v0.11.2 

func (s *CSISecrets) String() string

type CSISnapshot added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshot struct {
	// These fields map to those returned by the storage provider plugin
	ID                     string // storage provider's ID
	ExternalSourceVolumeID string // storage provider's ID for volume
	SizeBytes              int64
	CreateTime             int64
	IsReady                bool

	// These fields are controlled by Nomad
	SourceVolumeID string
	PluginID       string

	// These field are only used during snapshot creation and will not be
	// populated when the snapshot is returned
	Name       string
	Secrets    CSISecrets
	Parameters map[string]string
}

CSISnapshot is the storage provider's view of a volume snapshot

type CSISnapshotCreateRequest added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshotCreateRequest struct {
	Snapshots []*CSISnapshot
	WriteRequest
}

type CSISnapshotCreateResponse added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshotCreateResponse struct {
	Snapshots []*CSISnapshot
	QueryMeta
}

type CSISnapshotDeleteRequest added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshotDeleteRequest struct {
	Snapshots []*CSISnapshot
	WriteRequest
}

type CSISnapshotDeleteResponse added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshotDeleteResponse struct {
	QueryMeta
}

type CSISnapshotListRequest added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshotListRequest struct {
	PluginID string
	Secrets  CSISecrets
	QueryOptions
}

CSISnapshotListRequest is a request to a controller plugin to list all the snapshot known to the the storage provider. This request is paginated by the plugin and accepts the QueryOptions.PerPage and QueryOptions.NextToken fields

type CSISnapshotListResponse added in v1.1.0 

type CSISnapshotListResponse struct {
	Snapshots []*CSISnapshot
	NextToken string
	QueryMeta
}

type CSITopology added in v0.11.0 

type CSITopology struct {
	Segments map[string]string
}

CSITopology is a map of topological domains to topological segments. A topological domain is a sub-division of a cluster, like "region", "zone", "rack", etc.

According to CSI, there are a few requirements for the keys within this map:

  • Valid keys have two segments: an OPTIONAL prefix and name, separated by a slash (/), for example: "com.company.example/zone".
  • The key name segment is REQUIRED. The prefix is OPTIONAL.
  • The key name MUST be 63 characters or less, begin and end with an alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9A-Z]), and contain only dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), or alphanumerics in between, for example "zone".
  • The key prefix MUST be 63 characters or less, begin and end with a lower-case alphanumeric character ([a-z0-9]), contain only dashes (-), dots (.), or lower-case alphanumerics in between, and follow domain name notation format (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035#section-2.3.1).
  • The key prefix SHOULD include the plugin's host company name and/or the plugin name, to minimize the possibility of collisions with keys from other plugins.
  • If a key prefix is specified, it MUST be identical across all topology keys returned by the SP (across all RPCs).
  • Keys MUST be case-insensitive. Meaning the keys "Zone" and "zone" MUST not both exist.
  • Each value (topological segment) MUST contain 1 or more strings.
  • Each string MUST be 63 characters or less and begin and end with an alphanumeric character with '-', '_', '.', or alphanumerics in between.

However, Nomad applies lighter restrictions to these, as they are already only referenced by plugin within the scheduler and as such collisions and related concerns are less of an issue. We may implement these restrictions in the future.

func (*CSITopology) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (t *CSITopology) Copy() *CSITopology

func (*CSITopology) Equal added in v0.11.0 

func (t *CSITopology) Equal(o *CSITopology) bool

func (*CSITopology) MatchFound added in v1.3.0 

func (t *CSITopology) MatchFound(o []*CSITopology) bool

type CSITopologyRequest added in v1.3.0 

type CSITopologyRequest struct {
	Required  []*CSITopology
	Preferred []*CSITopology
}

CSITopologyRequest are the topologies submitted as options to the storage provider at the time the volume was created. The storage provider will return a single topology.

func (*CSITopologyRequest) Equal added in v1.3.0 

func (tr *CSITopologyRequest) Equal(o *CSITopologyRequest) bool

type CSIVolListStub added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolListStub struct {
	ID                  string
	Namespace           string
	Name                string
	ExternalID          string
	Topologies          []*CSITopology
	AccessMode          CSIVolumeAccessMode
	AttachmentMode      CSIVolumeAttachmentMode
	CurrentReaders      int
	CurrentWriters      int
	Schedulable         bool
	PluginID            string
	Provider            string
	ControllerRequired  bool
	ControllersHealthy  int
	ControllersExpected int
	NodesHealthy        int
	NodesExpected       int
	ResourceExhausted   time.Time

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

CSIVolListStub is partial representation of a CSI Volume for inclusion in lists

type CSIVolume added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolume struct {
	// ID is a namespace unique URL safe identifier for the volume
	ID string
	// Name is a display name for the volume, not required to be unique
	Name string
	// ExternalID identifies the volume for the CSI interface, may be URL unsafe
	ExternalID string
	Namespace  string

	// RequestedTopologies are the topologies submitted as options to
	// the storage provider at the time the volume was created. After
	// volumes are created, this field is ignored.
	RequestedTopologies *CSITopologyRequest

	// Topologies are the topologies returned by the storage provider,
	// based on the RequestedTopologies and what the storage provider
	// could support. This value cannot be set by the user.
	Topologies []*CSITopology

	AccessMode     CSIVolumeAccessMode     // *current* access mode
	AttachmentMode CSIVolumeAttachmentMode // *current* attachment mode
	MountOptions   *CSIMountOptions

	Secrets    CSISecrets
	Parameters map[string]string
	Context    map[string]string
	Capacity   int64 // bytes

	// These values are used only on volume creation but we record them
	// so that we can diff the volume later
	RequestedCapacityMin  int64 // bytes
	RequestedCapacityMax  int64 // bytes
	RequestedCapabilities []*CSIVolumeCapability
	CloneID               string
	SnapshotID            string

	// Allocations, tracking claim status
	ReadAllocs  map[string]*Allocation // AllocID -> Allocation
	WriteAllocs map[string]*Allocation // AllocID -> Allocation

	ReadClaims  map[string]*CSIVolumeClaim `json:"-"` // AllocID -> claim
	WriteClaims map[string]*CSIVolumeClaim `json:"-"` // AllocID -> claim
	PastClaims  map[string]*CSIVolumeClaim `json:"-"` // AllocID -> claim

	// Schedulable is true if all the denormalized plugin health fields are true, and the
	// volume has not been marked for garbage collection
	Schedulable         bool
	PluginID            string
	Provider            string
	ProviderVersion     string
	ControllerRequired  bool
	ControllersHealthy  int
	ControllersExpected int
	NodesHealthy        int
	NodesExpected       int
	ResourceExhausted   time.Time

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

CSIVolume is the full representation of a CSI Volume

func NewCSIVolume added in v0.11.0 

func NewCSIVolume(volumeID string, index uint64) *CSIVolume

NewCSIVolume creates the volume struct. No side-effects

func (*CSIVolume) Claim added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) Claim(claim *CSIVolumeClaim, alloc *Allocation) error

Claim updates the allocations and changes the volume state

func (*CSIVolume) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) Copy() *CSIVolume

Copy returns a copy of the volume, which shares only the Topologies slice

func (*CSIVolume) Equal added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) Equal(o *CSIVolume) bool

Equal checks equality by value.

func (*CSIVolume) GetCreateIndex added in v1.3.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex implements the CreateIndexGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*CSIVolume) GetID added in v1.3.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) GetID() string

GetID implements the IDGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*CSIVolume) GetNamespace added in v1.3.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace implements the NamespaceGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*CSIVolume) HasFreeReadClaims added in v1.1.13 

func (v *CSIVolume) HasFreeReadClaims() bool

HasFreeReadClaims determines if there are any free read claims available

func (*CSIVolume) HasFreeWriteClaims added in v1.1.13 

func (v *CSIVolume) HasFreeWriteClaims() bool

HasFreeWriteClaims determines if there are any free write claims available

func (*CSIVolume) InUse added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) InUse() bool

InUse tests whether any allocations are actively using the volume

func (*CSIVolume) Merge added in v1.3.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) Merge(other *CSIVolume) error

Merge updates the mutable fields of a volume with those from another volume. CSIVolume has many user-defined fields which are immutable once set, and many fields that are not user-settable. Merge will return an error if we try to mutate the user-defined immutable fields after they're set, but silently ignore fields that are controlled by Nomad.

func (*CSIVolume) ReadSchedulable added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) ReadSchedulable() bool

ReadSchedulable determines if the volume is potentially schedulable for reads, considering only the volume capabilities and plugin health

func (*CSIVolume) RemoteID added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) RemoteID() string

func (*CSIVolume) Stub added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) Stub() *CSIVolListStub

func (*CSIVolume) Validate added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) Validate() error

Validate validates the volume struct, returning all validation errors at once

func (*CSIVolume) WriteSchedulable added in v0.11.0 

func (v *CSIVolume) WriteSchedulable() bool

WriteSchedulable determines if the volume is potentially schedulable for writes, considering only volume capabilities and plugin health

type CSIVolumeAccessMode added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeAccessMode string

CSIVolumeAccessMode indicates how a volume should be used in a storage topology e.g whether the provider should make the volume available concurrently. 

const (
	CSIVolumeAccessModeUnknown CSIVolumeAccessMode = ""

	CSIVolumeAccessModeSingleNodeReader CSIVolumeAccessMode = "single-node-reader-only"
	CSIVolumeAccessModeSingleNodeWriter CSIVolumeAccessMode = "single-node-writer"

	CSIVolumeAccessModeMultiNodeReader       CSIVolumeAccessMode = "multi-node-reader-only"
	CSIVolumeAccessModeMultiNodeSingleWriter CSIVolumeAccessMode = "multi-node-single-writer"
	CSIVolumeAccessModeMultiNodeMultiWriter  CSIVolumeAccessMode = "multi-node-multi-writer"
)

type CSIVolumeAttachmentMode added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeAttachmentMode string

CSIVolumeAttachmentMode chooses the type of storage api that will be used to interact with the device. 

const (
	CSIVolumeAttachmentModeUnknown     CSIVolumeAttachmentMode = ""
	CSIVolumeAttachmentModeBlockDevice CSIVolumeAttachmentMode = "block-device"
	CSIVolumeAttachmentModeFilesystem  CSIVolumeAttachmentMode = "file-system"
)

type CSIVolumeCapability added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeCapability struct {
	AttachmentMode CSIVolumeAttachmentMode
	AccessMode     CSIVolumeAccessMode
}

CSIVolumeCapability is the requested attachment and access mode for a volume

type CSIVolumeClaim added in v0.11.2 

type CSIVolumeClaim struct {
	AllocationID   string
	NodeID         string
	ExternalNodeID string
	Mode           CSIVolumeClaimMode
	AccessMode     CSIVolumeAccessMode
	AttachmentMode CSIVolumeAttachmentMode
	State          CSIVolumeClaimState
}

type CSIVolumeClaimBatchRequest added in v0.11.2 

type CSIVolumeClaimBatchRequest struct {
	Claims []CSIVolumeClaimRequest
}

type CSIVolumeClaimMode added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeClaimMode int
const (
	CSIVolumeClaimRead CSIVolumeClaimMode = iota
	CSIVolumeClaimWrite

	// for GC we don't have a specific claim to set the state on, so instead we
	// create a new claim for GC in order to bump the ModifyIndex and trigger
	// volumewatcher
	CSIVolumeClaimGC
)

type CSIVolumeClaimRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeClaimRequest struct {
	VolumeID       string
	AllocationID   string
	NodeID         string
	ExternalNodeID string
	Claim          CSIVolumeClaimMode
	AccessMode     CSIVolumeAccessMode
	AttachmentMode CSIVolumeAttachmentMode
	State          CSIVolumeClaimState
	WriteRequest
}

func (*CSIVolumeClaimRequest) ToClaim added in v0.11.2 

func (req *CSIVolumeClaimRequest) ToClaim() *CSIVolumeClaim

type CSIVolumeClaimResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeClaimResponse struct {
	// Opaque static publish properties of the volume. SP MAY use this
	// field to ensure subsequent `NodeStageVolume` or `NodePublishVolume`
	// calls calls have contextual information.
	// The contents of this field SHALL be opaque to nomad.
	// The contents of this field SHALL NOT be mutable.
	// The contents of this field SHALL be safe for the nomad to cache.
	// The contents of this field SHOULD NOT contain sensitive
	// information.
	// The contents of this field SHOULD NOT be used for uniquely
	// identifying a volume. The `volume_id` alone SHOULD be sufficient to
	// identify the volume.
	// This field is OPTIONAL and when present MUST be passed to
	// `NodeStageVolume` or `NodePublishVolume` calls on the client
	PublishContext map[string]string

	// Volume contains the expanded CSIVolume for use on the client after a Claim
	// has completed.
	Volume *CSIVolume

	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeClaimState added in v0.11.2 

type CSIVolumeClaimState int
const (
	CSIVolumeClaimStateTaken CSIVolumeClaimState = iota
	CSIVolumeClaimStateNodeDetached
	CSIVolumeClaimStateControllerDetached
	CSIVolumeClaimStateReadyToFree
	CSIVolumeClaimStateUnpublishing
)

type CSIVolumeCreateRequest added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeCreateRequest struct {
	Volumes []*CSIVolume
	WriteRequest
}

type CSIVolumeCreateResponse added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeCreateResponse struct {
	Volumes []*CSIVolume
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeDeleteRequest added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeDeleteRequest struct {
	VolumeIDs []string
	Secrets   CSISecrets
	WriteRequest
}

type CSIVolumeDeleteResponse added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeDeleteResponse struct {
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeDeregisterRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeDeregisterRequest struct {
	VolumeIDs []string
	Force     bool
	WriteRequest
}

type CSIVolumeDeregisterResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeDeregisterResponse struct {
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeExternalListRequest added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeExternalListRequest struct {
	PluginID string
	QueryOptions
}

CSIVolumeExternalListRequest is a request to a controller plugin to list all the volumes known to the the storage provider. This request is paginated by the plugin and accepts the QueryOptions.PerPage and QueryOptions.NextToken fields

type CSIVolumeExternalListResponse added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeExternalListResponse struct {
	Volumes   []*CSIVolumeExternalStub
	NextToken string
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeExternalStub added in v1.1.0 

type CSIVolumeExternalStub struct {
	ExternalID    string
	CapacityBytes int64
	VolumeContext map[string]string
	CloneID       string
	SnapshotID    string

	PublishedExternalNodeIDs []string
	IsAbnormal               bool
	Status                   string
}

CSIVolumeExternalStub is the storage provider's view of a volume, as returned from the controller plugin; all IDs are for external resources

type CSIVolumeGetRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeGetRequest struct {
	ID string
	QueryOptions
}

type CSIVolumeGetResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeGetResponse struct {
	Volume *CSIVolume
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeListRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeListRequest struct {
	PluginID string
	NodeID   string
	QueryOptions
}

type CSIVolumeListResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeListResponse struct {
	Volumes []*CSIVolListStub
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeRegisterRequest added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeRegisterRequest struct {
	Volumes []*CSIVolume
	WriteRequest
}

Request and response wrappers

type CSIVolumeRegisterResponse added in v0.11.0 

type CSIVolumeRegisterResponse struct {
	QueryMeta
}

type CSIVolumeUnpublishRequest added in v0.12.2 

type CSIVolumeUnpublishRequest struct {
	VolumeID string
	Claim    *CSIVolumeClaim
	WriteRequest
}

type CSIVolumeUnpublishResponse added in v0.12.2 

type CSIVolumeUnpublishResponse struct {
	QueryMeta
}

type ChangeScript added in v1.3.4 

type ChangeScript struct {
	// Command is the full path to the script
	Command string
	// Args is a slice of arguments passed to the script
	Args []string
	// Timeout is the amount of seconds we wait for the script to finish
	Timeout time.Duration
	// FailOnError indicates whether a task should fail in case script execution
	// fails or log script failure and don't interrupt the task
	FailOnError bool
}

ChangeScript holds the configuration for the script that is executed if change mode is set to script

func (*ChangeScript) Copy added in v1.3.5 

func (cs *ChangeScript) Copy() *ChangeScript

func (*ChangeScript) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (cs *ChangeScript) Equal(o *ChangeScript) bool

func (*ChangeScript) Validate added in v1.3.5 

func (cs *ChangeScript) Validate() error

Validate makes sure all the required fields of ChangeScript are present

type CheckID added in v1.4.0 

type CheckID string

An CheckID is unique to a check.

func NomadCheckID added in v1.4.0 

func NomadCheckID(allocID, group string, c *ServiceCheck) CheckID

NomadCheckID returns an ID unique to the nomad service check.

Checks of group-level services have no task.

type CheckMode added in v1.4.0 

type CheckMode string

The CheckMode of a Nomad check is either Healthiness or Readiness. 

const (
	// A Healthiness check is useful in the context of ensuring a service
	// is capable of performing its duties. This is an indicator that a check's
	// on_update configuration is set to "check_result", implying that Deployments
	// will not move forward while the check is failing.
	Healthiness CheckMode = "healthiness"

	// A Readiness check is useful in the context of ensuring a service
	// should be performing its duties (regardless of healthiness). This is an
	// indicator that the check's on_update configuration is set to "ignore",
	// implying that Deployments will move forward regardless if the check is
	// failing.
	Readiness CheckMode = "readiness"
)

func GetCheckMode added in v1.4.0 

func GetCheckMode(c *ServiceCheck) CheckMode

GetCheckMode determines whether the check is readiness or healthiness.

type CheckQueryResult added in v1.4.0 

type CheckQueryResult struct {
	ID         CheckID
	Mode       CheckMode
	Status     CheckStatus
	StatusCode int `json:",omitempty"`
	Output     string
	Timestamp  int64

	// check coordinates
	Group   string
	Task    string `json:",omitempty"`
	Service string
	Check   string
}

A CheckQueryResult represents the outcome of a single execution of a Nomad service check. It records the result, the output, and when the execution took place. Advanced check math (e.g. success_before_passing) are left to the calling context.

func (*CheckQueryResult) String added in v1.4.0 

func (r *CheckQueryResult) String() string

type CheckRestart added in v0.7.0 

type CheckRestart struct {
	Limit          int           // Restart task after this many unhealthy intervals
	Grace          time.Duration // Grace time to give tasks after starting to get healthy
	IgnoreWarnings bool          // If true treat checks in `warning` as passing
}

CheckRestart describes if and when a task should be restarted based on failing health checks.

func (*CheckRestart) Copy added in v0.7.0 

func (c *CheckRestart) Copy() *CheckRestart

func (*CheckRestart) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (c *CheckRestart) Equal(o *CheckRestart) bool

func (*CheckRestart) Validate added in v0.7.0 

func (c *CheckRestart) Validate() error

type CheckStatus added in v1.4.0 

type CheckStatus string

A CheckStatus is the result of executing a check. The status of a query is ternary - success, failure, or pending (not yet executed). Deployments treat pending and failure as the same - a deployment does not continue until a check is passing (unless on_update=ignore). 

const (
	CheckSuccess CheckStatus = "success"
	CheckFailure CheckStatus = "failure"
	CheckPending CheckStatus = "pending"
)

type ClientHostNetworkConfig added in v0.12.0 

type ClientHostNetworkConfig struct {
	Name          string `hcl:",key"`
	CIDR          string `hcl:"cidr"`
	Interface     string `hcl:"interface"`
	ReservedPorts string `hcl:"reserved_ports"`
}

func (*ClientHostNetworkConfig) Copy added in v1.2.0 

func (p *ClientHostNetworkConfig) Copy() *ClientHostNetworkConfig

type ClientHostVolumeConfig added in v0.10.0 

type ClientHostVolumeConfig struct {
	Name     string `hcl:",key"`
	Path     string `hcl:"path"`
	ReadOnly bool   `hcl:"read_only"`
}

ClientHostVolumeConfig is used to configure access to host paths on a Nomad Client

func CopySliceClientHostVolumeConfig added in v0.10.0 

func CopySliceClientHostVolumeConfig(s []*ClientHostVolumeConfig) []*ClientHostVolumeConfig

func HostVolumeSliceMerge added in v0.10.0 

func HostVolumeSliceMerge(a, b []*ClientHostVolumeConfig) []*ClientHostVolumeConfig

func (*ClientHostVolumeConfig) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (p *ClientHostVolumeConfig) Copy() *ClientHostVolumeConfig

type ClusterMetadata added in v0.10.4 

type ClusterMetadata struct {
	ClusterID  string
	CreateTime int64
}

ClusterMetadata is used to store per-cluster metadata.

type ComparableResources added in v0.9.0 

type ComparableResources struct {
	Flattened AllocatedTaskResources
	Shared    AllocatedSharedResources
}

ComparableResources is the set of resources allocated to a task group but not keyed by Task, making it easier to compare.

func AllocsFit 

func AllocsFit(node *Node, allocs []*Allocation, netIdx *NetworkIndex, checkDevices bool) (bool, string, *ComparableResources, error)

AllocsFit checks if a given set of allocations will fit on a node. The netIdx can optionally be provided if its already been computed. If the netIdx is provided, it is assumed that the client has already ensured there are no collisions. If checkDevices is set to true, we check if there is a device oversubscription.

func (*ComparableResources) Add added in v0.9.0 

func (c *ComparableResources) Add(delta *ComparableResources)

func (*ComparableResources) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (c *ComparableResources) Copy() *ComparableResources

func (*ComparableResources) NetIndex added in v0.9.0 

func (c *ComparableResources) NetIndex(n *NetworkResource) int

NetIndex finds the matching net index using device name

func (*ComparableResources) Subtract added in v0.9.0 

func (c *ComparableResources) Subtract(delta *ComparableResources)

func (*ComparableResources) Superset added in v0.9.0 

func (c *ComparableResources) Superset(other *ComparableResources) (bool, string)

Superset checks if one set of resources is a superset of another. This ignores network resources, and the NetworkIndex should be used for that.

type Constraint 

type Constraint struct {
	LTarget string // Left-hand target
	RTarget string // Right-hand target
	Operand string // Constraint operand (<=, <, =, !=, >, >=), contains, near
}

A Constraint is used to restrict placement options.

func CopySliceConstraints added in v0.3.0 

func CopySliceConstraints(s []*Constraint) []*Constraint

func EscapedConstraints added in v0.3.0 

func EscapedConstraints(constraints []*Constraint) []*Constraint

EscapedConstraints takes a set of constraints and returns the set that escapes computed node classes.

func (*Constraint) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (c *Constraint) Copy() *Constraint

func (*Constraint) Equal added in v0.5.0 

func (c *Constraint) Equal(o *Constraint) bool

Equal checks if two constraints are equal.

func (*Constraint) String 

func (c *Constraint) String() string

func (*Constraint) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (c *Constraint) Validate() error

type Constraints added in v0.9.2 

type Constraints []*Constraint

func (*Constraints) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (xs *Constraints) Equal(ys *Constraints) bool

Equal compares Constraints as a set

type Consul added in v1.1.0 

type Consul struct {
	// Namespace in which to operate in Consul.
	Namespace string
}

Consul represents optional per-group consul configuration.

func (*Consul) Copy added in v1.1.0 

func (c *Consul) Copy() *Consul

Copy the Consul block.

func (*Consul) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (c *Consul) Equal(o *Consul) bool

Equal returns whether c and o are the same.

func (*Consul) GetNamespace added in v1.1.0 

func (c *Consul) GetNamespace() string

func (*Consul) Validate added in v1.1.0 

func (c *Consul) Validate() error

Validate returns whether c is valid.

type ConsulConfigEntries added in v1.0.4 

type ConsulConfigEntries struct {
	Ingress     map[string]*ConsulIngressConfigEntry
	Terminating map[string]*ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry
}

ConsulConfigEntries represents Consul ConfigEntry definitions from a job for a single Consul namespace.

type ConsulConnect added in v0.10.0 

type ConsulConnect struct {
	// Native indicates whether the service is Consul Connect Native enabled.
	Native bool

	// SidecarService is non-nil if a service requires a sidecar.
	SidecarService *ConsulSidecarService

	// SidecarTask is non-nil if sidecar overrides are set
	SidecarTask *SidecarTask

	// Gateway is a Consul Connect Gateway Proxy.
	Gateway *ConsulGateway
}

ConsulConnect represents a Consul Connect jobspec block.

func (*ConsulConnect) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (c *ConsulConnect) Copy() *ConsulConnect

Copy the block recursively. Returns nil if nil.

func (*ConsulConnect) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (c *ConsulConnect) Equal(o *ConsulConnect) bool

Equal returns true if the connect blocks are deeply equal.

func (*ConsulConnect) HasSidecar added in v0.10.0 

func (c *ConsulConnect) HasSidecar() bool

HasSidecar checks if a sidecar task is configured.

func (*ConsulConnect) IsCustomizedTLS added in v1.3.2 

func (c *ConsulConnect) IsCustomizedTLS() bool

IsCustomizedTLS checks if the service customizes ingress tls config.

func (*ConsulConnect) IsGateway added in v0.12.4 

func (c *ConsulConnect) IsGateway() bool

IsGateway checks if the service is any type of connect gateway.

func (*ConsulConnect) IsIngress added in v1.0.4 

func (c *ConsulConnect) IsIngress() bool

IsIngress checks if the service is an ingress gateway.

func (*ConsulConnect) IsMesh added in v1.1.1 

func (c *ConsulConnect) IsMesh() bool

func (*ConsulConnect) IsNative added in v0.12.0 

func (c *ConsulConnect) IsNative() bool

IsNative checks if the service is connect native.

func (*ConsulConnect) IsTerminating added in v1.0.4 

func (c *ConsulConnect) IsTerminating() bool

IsTerminating checks if the service is a terminating gateway.

func (*ConsulConnect) Validate added in v0.10.0 

func (c *ConsulConnect) Validate() error

Validate that the Connect block represents exactly one of: - Connect non-native service sidecar proxy - Connect native service - Connect gateway (any type)

type ConsulExposeConfig added in v0.11.0 

type ConsulExposeConfig struct {
	Paths []ConsulExposePath
}

ConsulExposeConfig represents a Consul Connect expose jobspec block.

func (*ConsulExposeConfig) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (e *ConsulExposeConfig) Copy() *ConsulExposeConfig

Copy the block. Returns nil if e is nil.

func (*ConsulExposeConfig) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (e *ConsulExposeConfig) Equal(o *ConsulExposeConfig) bool

Equal returns true if the structs are recursively equal.

type ConsulExposePath added in v0.11.0 

type ConsulExposePath struct {
	Path          string
	Protocol      string
	LocalPathPort int
	ListenerPort  string
}

type ConsulGateway added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulGateway struct {
	// Proxy is used to configure the Envoy instance acting as the gateway.
	Proxy *ConsulGatewayProxy

	// Ingress represents the Consul Configuration Entry for an Ingress Gateway.
	Ingress *ConsulIngressConfigEntry

	// Terminating represents the Consul Configuration Entry for a Terminating Gateway.
	Terminating *ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry

	// Mesh indicates the Consul service should be a Mesh Gateway.
	Mesh *ConsulMeshConfigEntry
}

ConsulGateway is used to configure one of the Consul Connect Gateway types.

func (*ConsulGateway) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (g *ConsulGateway) Copy() *ConsulGateway

func (*ConsulGateway) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (g *ConsulGateway) Equal(o *ConsulGateway) bool

func (*ConsulGateway) Prefix added in v1.0.4 

func (g *ConsulGateway) Prefix() string

func (*ConsulGateway) Validate added in v0.12.4 

func (g *ConsulGateway) Validate() error

type ConsulGatewayBindAddress added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulGatewayBindAddress struct {
	Address string
	Port    int
}

ConsulGatewayBindAddress is equivalent to Consul's api/catalog.go ServiceAddress struct, as this is used to encode values to pass along to Envoy (i.e. via JSON encoding).

func (*ConsulGatewayBindAddress) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (a *ConsulGatewayBindAddress) Copy() *ConsulGatewayBindAddress

func (*ConsulGatewayBindAddress) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (a *ConsulGatewayBindAddress) Equal(o *ConsulGatewayBindAddress) bool

func (*ConsulGatewayBindAddress) Validate added in v0.12.4 

func (a *ConsulGatewayBindAddress) Validate() error

type ConsulGatewayProxy added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulGatewayProxy struct {
	ConnectTimeout                  *time.Duration
	EnvoyGatewayBindTaggedAddresses bool
	EnvoyGatewayBindAddresses       map[string]*ConsulGatewayBindAddress
	EnvoyGatewayNoDefaultBind       bool
	EnvoyDNSDiscoveryType           string
	Config                          map[string]interface{}
}

ConsulGatewayProxy is used to tune parameters of the proxy instance acting as one of the forms of Connect gateways that Consul supports.

https://www.consul.io/docs/connect/proxies/envoy#gateway-options

func (*ConsulGatewayProxy) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (p *ConsulGatewayProxy) Copy() *ConsulGatewayProxy

func (*ConsulGatewayProxy) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (p *ConsulGatewayProxy) Equal(o *ConsulGatewayProxy) bool

func (*ConsulGatewayProxy) Validate added in v0.12.4 

func (p *ConsulGatewayProxy) Validate() error

type ConsulGatewayTLSConfig added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulGatewayTLSConfig struct {
	Enabled       bool
	TLSMinVersion string
	TLSMaxVersion string
	CipherSuites  []string
}

ConsulGatewayTLSConfig is used to configure TLS for a gateway.

func (*ConsulGatewayTLSConfig) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (c *ConsulGatewayTLSConfig) Copy() *ConsulGatewayTLSConfig

func (*ConsulGatewayTLSConfig) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (c *ConsulGatewayTLSConfig) Equal(o *ConsulGatewayTLSConfig) bool

type ConsulIngressConfigEntry added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulIngressConfigEntry struct {
	TLS       *ConsulGatewayTLSConfig
	Listeners []*ConsulIngressListener
}

ConsulIngressConfigEntry represents the Consul Configuration Entry type for an Ingress Gateway.

https://www.consul.io/docs/agent/config-entries/ingress-gateway#available-fields

func (*ConsulIngressConfigEntry) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (e *ConsulIngressConfigEntry) Copy() *ConsulIngressConfigEntry

func (*ConsulIngressConfigEntry) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (e *ConsulIngressConfigEntry) Equal(o *ConsulIngressConfigEntry) bool

func (*ConsulIngressConfigEntry) Validate added in v0.12.4 

func (e *ConsulIngressConfigEntry) Validate() error

type ConsulIngressListener added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulIngressListener struct {
	Port     int
	Protocol string
	Services []*ConsulIngressService
}

ConsulIngressListener is used to configure a listener on a Consul Ingress Gateway.

func (*ConsulIngressListener) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (l *ConsulIngressListener) Copy() *ConsulIngressListener

func (*ConsulIngressListener) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (l *ConsulIngressListener) Equal(o *ConsulIngressListener) bool

func (*ConsulIngressListener) Validate added in v0.12.4 

func (l *ConsulIngressListener) Validate() error

type ConsulIngressService added in v0.12.4 

type ConsulIngressService struct {
	Name  string
	Hosts []string
}

ConsulIngressService is used to configure a service fronted by the ingress gateway.

func (*ConsulIngressService) Copy added in v0.12.4 

func (s *ConsulIngressService) Copy() *ConsulIngressService

func (*ConsulIngressService) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ConsulIngressService) Equal(o *ConsulIngressService) bool

func (*ConsulIngressService) Validate added in v0.12.4 

func (s *ConsulIngressService) Validate(protocol string) error

type ConsulLinkedService added in v1.0.4 

type ConsulLinkedService struct {
	Name     string
	CAFile   string
	CertFile string
	KeyFile  string
	SNI      string
}

func (*ConsulLinkedService) Copy added in v1.0.4 

func (s *ConsulLinkedService) Copy() *ConsulLinkedService

func (*ConsulLinkedService) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ConsulLinkedService) Equal(o *ConsulLinkedService) bool

func (*ConsulLinkedService) Validate added in v1.0.4 

func (s *ConsulLinkedService) Validate() error

type ConsulMeshConfigEntry added in v1.1.1 

type ConsulMeshConfigEntry struct {
}

ConsulMeshConfigEntry is a stub used to represent that the gateway service type should be for a Mesh Gateway. Unlike Ingress and Terminating, there is no dedicated Consul Config Entry type for "mesh-gateway", for now. We still create a type for future proofing, and to keep underlying job-spec marshaling consistent with the other types.

func (*ConsulMeshConfigEntry) Copy added in v1.1.1 

func (e *ConsulMeshConfigEntry) Copy() *ConsulMeshConfigEntry

func (*ConsulMeshConfigEntry) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (e *ConsulMeshConfigEntry) Equal(o *ConsulMeshConfigEntry) bool

func (*ConsulMeshConfigEntry) Validate added in v1.1.1 

func (e *ConsulMeshConfigEntry) Validate() error

type ConsulMeshGateway added in v1.1.1 

type ConsulMeshGateway struct {
	// Mode configures how an upstream should be accessed with regard to using
	// mesh gateways.
	//
	// local - the connect proxy makes outbound connections through mesh gateway
	// originating in the same datacenter.
	//
	// remote - the connect proxy makes outbound connections to a mesh gateway
	// in the destination datacenter.
	//
	// none (default) - no mesh gateway is used, the proxy makes outbound connections
	// directly to destination services.
	//
	// https://www.consul.io/docs/connect/gateways/mesh-gateway#modes-of-operation
	Mode string
}

ConsulMeshGateway is used to configure mesh gateway usage when connecting to a connect upstream in another datacenter.

func (*ConsulMeshGateway) Copy added in v1.1.1 

func (c *ConsulMeshGateway) Copy() ConsulMeshGateway

func (*ConsulMeshGateway) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (c *ConsulMeshGateway) Equal(o ConsulMeshGateway) bool

func (*ConsulMeshGateway) Validate added in v1.1.1 

func (c *ConsulMeshGateway) Validate() error

type ConsulProxy added in v0.10.0 

type ConsulProxy struct {

	// LocalServiceAddress is the address the local service binds to.
	// Usually 127.0.0.1 it is useful to customize in clusters with mixed
	// Connect and non-Connect services.
	LocalServiceAddress string

	// LocalServicePort is the port the local service binds to. Usually
	// the same as the parent service's port, it is useful to customize
	// in clusters with mixed Connect and non-Connect services
	LocalServicePort int

	// Upstreams configures the upstream services this service intends to
	// connect to.
	Upstreams []ConsulUpstream

	// Expose configures the consul proxy.expose block to "open up" endpoints
	// used by task-group level service checks using HTTP or gRPC protocols.
	Expose *ConsulExposeConfig

	// Config is a proxy configuration. It is opaque to Nomad and passed
	// directly to Consul.
	Config map[string]interface{}
}

ConsulProxy represents a Consul Connect sidecar proxy jobspec block.

func (*ConsulProxy) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (p *ConsulProxy) Copy() *ConsulProxy

Copy the block recursively. Returns nil if nil.

func (*ConsulProxy) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (p *ConsulProxy) Equal(o *ConsulProxy) bool

Equal returns true if the structs are recursively equal.

type ConsulSidecarService added in v0.10.0 

type ConsulSidecarService struct {
	// Tags are optional service tags that get registered with the sidecar service
	// in Consul. If unset, the sidecar service inherits the parent service tags.
	Tags []string

	// Port is the service's port that the sidecar will connect to. May be
	// a port label or a literal port number.
	Port string

	// Proxy block defining the sidecar proxy configuration.
	Proxy *ConsulProxy

	// DisableDefaultTCPCheck, if true, instructs Nomad to avoid setting a
	// default TCP check for the sidecar service.
	DisableDefaultTCPCheck bool

	// Meta specifies arbitrary KV metadata linked to the sidecar service.
	Meta map[string]string
}

ConsulSidecarService represents a Consul Connect SidecarService jobspec block.

func (*ConsulSidecarService) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (s *ConsulSidecarService) Copy() *ConsulSidecarService

Copy the block recursively. Returns nil if nil.

func (*ConsulSidecarService) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ConsulSidecarService) Equal(o *ConsulSidecarService) bool

Equal returns true if the structs are recursively equal.

func (*ConsulSidecarService) HasUpstreams added in v0.10.0 

func (s *ConsulSidecarService) HasUpstreams() bool

HasUpstreams checks if the sidecar service has any upstreams configured

type ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry added in v1.0.4 

type ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry struct {
	Services []*ConsulLinkedService
}

func (*ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) Copy added in v1.0.4 

func (e *ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) Copy() *ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry

func (*ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (e *ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) Equal(o *ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) bool

func (*ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) Validate added in v1.0.4 

func (e *ConsulTerminatingConfigEntry) Validate() error

type ConsulUpstream added in v0.10.0 

type ConsulUpstream struct {
	// DestinationName is the name of the upstream service.
	DestinationName string

	// DestinationNamespace is the namespace of the upstream service.
	DestinationNamespace string

	// LocalBindPort is the port the proxy will receive connections for the
	// upstream on.
	LocalBindPort int

	// Datacenter is the datacenter in which to issue the discovery query to.
	Datacenter string

	// LocalBindAddress is the address the proxy will receive connections for the
	// upstream on.
	LocalBindAddress string

	// MeshGateway is the optional configuration of the mesh gateway for this
	// upstream to use.
	MeshGateway ConsulMeshGateway

	// Config is an upstream configuration. It is opaque to Nomad and passed
	// directly to Consul.
	Config map[string]any
}

ConsulUpstream represents a Consul Connect upstream jobspec block.

func (*ConsulUpstream) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (u *ConsulUpstream) Equal(o *ConsulUpstream) bool

Equal returns true if the structs are recursively equal.

func (ConsulUpstream) Hash added in v1.5.0 

func (u ConsulUpstream) Hash() string

Hash implements a GoString based "hash" function for ConsulUpstream; because this struct now contains an opaque map we cannot do much better than this.

type ConsulUsage added in v1.1.0 

type ConsulUsage struct {
	Services []string
	KV       bool
}

ConsulUsage is provides meta information about how Consul is used by a job, noting which connect services and normal services will be registered, and whether the keystore will be read via template.

func (*ConsulUsage) Used added in v1.1.0 

func (cu *ConsulUsage) Used() bool

Used returns true if Consul is used for registering services or reading from the keystore.

type Context added in v0.6.1 

type Context string

Context defines the scope in which a search for Nomad object operates, and is also used to query the matching index value for this context. 

const (
	// Individual context types.
	Allocs          Context = "allocs"
	Deployments     Context = "deployment"
	Evals           Context = "evals"
	Jobs            Context = "jobs"
	Nodes           Context = "nodes"
	Namespaces      Context = "namespaces"
	Quotas          Context = "quotas"
	Recommendations Context = "recommendations"
	ScalingPolicies Context = "scaling_policy"
	Plugins         Context = "plugins"
	Variables       Context = "vars"
	Volumes         Context = "volumes"

	// Subtypes used in fuzzy matching.
	Groups   Context = "groups"
	Services Context = "services"
	Tasks    Context = "tasks"
	Images   Context = "images"
	Commands Context = "commands"
	Classes  Context = "classes"

	// Union context types.
	All Context = "all"
)

type DNSConfig added in v0.12.0 

type DNSConfig struct {
	Servers  []string
	Searches []string
	Options  []string
}

func (*DNSConfig) Copy added in v1.0.0 

func (d *DNSConfig) Copy() *DNSConfig

func (*DNSConfig) Diff added in v0.12.0 

func (d *DNSConfig) Diff(other *DNSConfig, contextual bool) *ObjectDiff

Diff returns a diff of two DNSConfig structs

func (*DNSConfig) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (d *DNSConfig) Equal(o *DNSConfig) bool

type Deployment added in v0.6.0 

type Deployment struct {
	// ID is a generated UUID for the deployment
	ID string

	// Namespace is the namespace the deployment is created in
	Namespace string

	// JobID is the job the deployment is created for
	JobID string

	// JobVersion is the version of the job at which the deployment is tracking
	JobVersion uint64

	// JobModifyIndex is the ModifyIndex of the job which the deployment is
	// tracking.
	JobModifyIndex uint64

	// JobSpecModifyIndex is the JobModifyIndex of the job which the
	// deployment is tracking.
	JobSpecModifyIndex uint64

	// JobCreateIndex is the create index of the job which the deployment is
	// tracking. It is needed so that if the job gets stopped and reran we can
	// present the correct list of deployments for the job and not old ones.
	JobCreateIndex uint64

	// Multiregion specifies if deployment is part of multiregion deployment
	IsMultiregion bool

	// TaskGroups is the set of task groups effected by the deployment and their
	// current deployment status.
	TaskGroups map[string]*DeploymentState

	// The status of the deployment
	Status string

	// StatusDescription allows a human readable description of the deployment
	// status.
	StatusDescription string

	// EvalPriority tracks the priority of the evaluation which lead to the
	// creation of this Deployment object. Any additional evaluations created
	// as a result of this deployment can therefore inherit this value, which
	// is not guaranteed to be that of the job priority parameter.
	EvalPriority int

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

Deployment is the object that represents a job deployment which is used to transition a job between versions.

func NewDeployment added in v0.6.0 

func NewDeployment(job *Job, evalPriority int) *Deployment

NewDeployment creates a new deployment given the job.

func (*Deployment) Active added in v0.6.0 

func (d *Deployment) Active() bool

Active returns whether the deployment is active or terminal.

func (*Deployment) Copy added in v0.6.0 

func (d *Deployment) Copy() *Deployment

func (*Deployment) GetCreateIndex added in v1.3.0 

func (d *Deployment) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex implements the CreateIndexGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Deployment) GetID added in v0.6.0 

func (d *Deployment) GetID() string

GetID is a helper for getting the ID when the object may be nil

func (*Deployment) GetNamespace added in v1.3.14 

func (d *Deployment) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace implements the NamespaceGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Deployment) GoString added in v0.6.0 

func (d *Deployment) GoString() string

func (*Deployment) HasAutoPromote added in v0.9.2 

func (d *Deployment) HasAutoPromote() bool

HasAutoPromote determines if all taskgroups are marked auto_promote

func (*Deployment) HasPlacedCanaries added in v0.6.0 

func (d *Deployment) HasPlacedCanaries() bool

HasPlacedCanaries returns whether the deployment has placed canaries

func (*Deployment) RequiresPromotion added in v0.6.0 

func (d *Deployment) RequiresPromotion() bool

RequiresPromotion returns whether the deployment requires promotion to continue

type DeploymentAllocHealthRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentAllocHealthRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string

	// Marks these allocations as healthy, allow further allocations
	// to be rolled.
	HealthyAllocationIDs []string

	// Any unhealthy allocations fail the deployment
	UnhealthyAllocationIDs []string

	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentAllocHealthRequest is used to set the health of a set of allocations as part of a deployment.

type DeploymentCancelRequest added in v0.12.0 

type DeploymentCancelRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string

	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentCancelRequest is used to remotely cancel a deployment. Used only for multiregion deployments.

type DeploymentDeleteRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentDeleteRequest struct {
	Deployments []string
	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentDeleteRequest is used for deleting deployments.

type DeploymentEvent added in v1.0.0 

type DeploymentEvent struct {
	Deployment *Deployment
}

DeploymentEvent holds a newly updated Deployment.

type DeploymentFailRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentFailRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string
	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentFailRequest is used to fail a particular deployment

type DeploymentListRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

DeploymentListRequest is used to list the deployments

type DeploymentListResponse added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentListResponse struct {
	Deployments []*Deployment
	QueryMeta
}

DeploymentListResponse is used for a list request

type DeploymentPauseRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentPauseRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string

	// Pause sets the pause status
	Pause bool

	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentPauseRequest is used to pause a deployment

type DeploymentPromoteRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentPromoteRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string

	// All is to promote all task groups
	All bool

	// Groups is used to set the promotion status per task group
	Groups []string

	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentPromoteRequest is used to promote task groups in a deployment

type DeploymentRunRequest added in v0.12.0 

type DeploymentRunRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string

	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentRunRequest is used to remotely start a pending deployment. Used only for multiregion deployments.

type DeploymentSpecificRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentSpecificRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string
	QueryOptions
}

DeploymentSpecificRequest is used to make a request specific to a particular deployment

type DeploymentState added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentState struct {
	// AutoRevert marks whether the task group has indicated the job should be
	// reverted on failure
	AutoRevert bool

	// AutoPromote marks promotion triggered automatically by healthy canaries
	// copied from TaskGroup UpdateStrategy in scheduler.reconcile
	AutoPromote bool

	// ProgressDeadline is the deadline by which an allocation must transition
	// to healthy before the deployment is considered failed. This value is set
	// by the jobspec `update.progress_deadline` field.
	ProgressDeadline time.Duration

	// RequireProgressBy is the time by which an allocation must transition to
	// healthy before the deployment is considered failed. This value is reset
	// to "now" + ProgressDeadline when an allocation updates the deployment.
	RequireProgressBy time.Time

	// Promoted marks whether the canaries have been promoted
	Promoted bool

	// PlacedCanaries is the set of placed canary allocations
	PlacedCanaries []string

	// DesiredCanaries is the number of canaries that should be created.
	DesiredCanaries int

	// DesiredTotal is the total number of allocations that should be created as
	// part of the deployment.
	DesiredTotal int

	// PlacedAllocs is the number of allocations that have been placed
	PlacedAllocs int

	// HealthyAllocs is the number of allocations that have been marked healthy.
	HealthyAllocs int

	// UnhealthyAllocs are allocations that have been marked as unhealthy.
	UnhealthyAllocs int
}

DeploymentState tracks the state of a deployment for a given task group.

func (*DeploymentState) Copy added in v0.6.0 

func (d *DeploymentState) Copy() *DeploymentState

func (*DeploymentState) GoString added in v0.6.0 

func (d *DeploymentState) GoString() string

type DeploymentStatusUpdate added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentStatusUpdate struct {
	// DeploymentID is the ID of the deployment to update
	DeploymentID string

	// Status is the new status of the deployment.
	Status string

	// StatusDescription is the new status description of the deployment.
	StatusDescription string
}

DeploymentStatusUpdate is used to update the status of a given deployment

type DeploymentStatusUpdateRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentStatusUpdateRequest struct {
	// Eval, if set, is used to create an evaluation at the same time as
	// updating the status of a deployment.
	Eval *Evaluation

	// DeploymentUpdate is a status update to apply to the given
	// deployment.
	DeploymentUpdate *DeploymentStatusUpdate

	// Job is used to optionally upsert a job. This is used when setting the
	// allocation health results in a deployment failure and the deployment
	// auto-reverts to the latest stable job.
	Job *Job
}

DeploymentStatusUpdateRequest is used to update the status of a deployment as well as optionally creating an evaluation atomically.

type DeploymentUnblockRequest added in v0.12.0 

type DeploymentUnblockRequest struct {
	DeploymentID string

	WriteRequest
}

DeploymentUnblockRequest is used to remotely unblock a deployment. Used only for multiregion deployments.

type DeploymentUpdateResponse added in v0.6.0 

type DeploymentUpdateResponse struct {
	EvalID                string
	EvalCreateIndex       uint64
	DeploymentModifyIndex uint64

	// RevertedJobVersion is the version the job was reverted to. If unset, the
	// job wasn't reverted
	RevertedJobVersion *uint64

	WriteMeta
}

DeploymentUpdateResponse is used to respond to a deployment change. The response will include the modify index of the deployment as well as details of any triggered evaluation.

type DeriveSITokenRequest added in v0.10.4 

type DeriveSITokenRequest struct {
	NodeID   string
	SecretID string
	AllocID  string
	Tasks    []string
	QueryOptions
}

DeriveSITokenRequest is used to request Consul Service Identity tokens from the Nomad Server for the named tasks in the given allocation.

func (*DeriveSITokenRequest) Validate added in v0.10.4 

func (r *DeriveSITokenRequest) Validate() error

type DeriveSITokenResponse added in v0.10.4 

type DeriveSITokenResponse struct {
	// Tokens maps from Task Name to its associated SI token
	Tokens map[string]string

	// Error stores any error that occurred. Errors are stored here so we can
	// communicate whether it is retryable
	Error *RecoverableError

	QueryMeta
}

type DeriveVaultTokenRequest added in v0.5.0 

type DeriveVaultTokenRequest struct {
	NodeID   string
	SecretID string
	AllocID  string
	Tasks    []string
	QueryOptions
}

DeriveVaultTokenRequest is used to request wrapped Vault tokens for the following tasks in the given allocation

type DeriveVaultTokenResponse added in v0.5.0 

type DeriveVaultTokenResponse struct {
	// Tasks is a mapping between the task name and the wrapped token
	Tasks map[string]string

	// Error stores any error that occurred. Errors are stored here so we can
	// communicate whether it is retryable
	Error *RecoverableError

	QueryMeta
}

DeriveVaultTokenResponse returns the wrapped tokens for each requested task

type DesiredTransition added in v0.8.0 

type DesiredTransition struct {
	// Migrate is used to indicate that this allocation should be stopped and
	// migrated to another node.
	Migrate *bool

	// Reschedule is used to indicate that this allocation is eligible to be
	// rescheduled. Most allocations are automatically eligible for
	// rescheduling, so this field is only required when an allocation is not
	// automatically eligible. An example is an allocation that is part of a
	// deployment.
	Reschedule *bool

	// ForceReschedule is used to indicate that this allocation must be rescheduled.
	// This field is only used when operators want to force a placement even if
	// a failed allocation is not eligible to be rescheduled
	ForceReschedule *bool

	// NoShutdownDelay, if set to true, will override the group and
	// task shutdown_delay configuration and ignore the delay for any
	// allocations stopped as a result of this Deregister call.
	NoShutdownDelay *bool
}

DesiredTransition is used to mark an allocation as having a desired state transition. This information can be used by the scheduler to make the correct decision.

func (*DesiredTransition) Merge added in v0.8.0 

func (d *DesiredTransition) Merge(o *DesiredTransition)

Merge merges the two desired transitions, preferring the values from the passed in object.

func (*DesiredTransition) ShouldForceReschedule added in v0.8.4 

func (d *DesiredTransition) ShouldForceReschedule() bool

ShouldForceReschedule returns whether the transition object dictates a forced rescheduling.

func (*DesiredTransition) ShouldIgnoreShutdownDelay added in v1.2.4 

func (d *DesiredTransition) ShouldIgnoreShutdownDelay() bool

ShouldIgnoreShutdownDelay returns whether the transition object dictates that shutdown skip any shutdown delays.

func (*DesiredTransition) ShouldMigrate added in v0.8.0 

func (d *DesiredTransition) ShouldMigrate() bool

ShouldMigrate returns whether the transition object dictates a migration.

func (*DesiredTransition) ShouldReschedule added in v0.8.4 

func (d *DesiredTransition) ShouldReschedule() bool

ShouldReschedule returns whether the transition object dictates a rescheduling.

type DesiredUpdates added in v0.4.0 

type DesiredUpdates struct {
	Ignore            uint64
	Place             uint64
	Migrate           uint64
	Stop              uint64
	InPlaceUpdate     uint64
	DestructiveUpdate uint64
	Canary            uint64
	Preemptions       uint64
}

DesiredUpdates is the set of changes the scheduler would like to make given sufficient resources and cluster capacity.

func (*DesiredUpdates) GoString added in v0.6.0 

func (d *DesiredUpdates) GoString() string

type DeviceAccounter added in v0.9.0 

type DeviceAccounter struct {
	// Devices maps a device group to its device accounter instance
	Devices map[DeviceIdTuple]*DeviceAccounterInstance
}

DeviceAccounter is used to account for device usage on a node. It can detect when a node is oversubscribed and can be used for deciding what devices are free

func NewDeviceAccounter added in v0.9.0 

func NewDeviceAccounter(n *Node) *DeviceAccounter

NewDeviceAccounter returns a new device accounter. The node is used to populate the set of available devices based on what healthy device instances exist on the node.

func (*DeviceAccounter) AddAllocs added in v0.9.0 

func (d *DeviceAccounter) AddAllocs(allocs []*Allocation) (collision bool)

AddAllocs takes a set of allocations and internally marks which devices are used. If a device is used more than once by the set of passed allocations, the collision will be returned as true.

func (*DeviceAccounter) AddReserved added in v0.9.0 

func (d *DeviceAccounter) AddReserved(res *AllocatedDeviceResource) (collision bool)

AddReserved marks the device instances in the passed device reservation as used and returns if there is a collision.

type DeviceAccounterInstance added in v0.9.0 

type DeviceAccounterInstance struct {
	// Device is the device being wrapped
	Device *NodeDeviceResource

	// Instances is a mapping of the device IDs to their usage.
	// Only a value of 0 indicates that the instance is unused.
	Instances map[string]int
}

DeviceAccounterInstance wraps a device and adds tracking to the instances of the device to determine if they are free or not.

func (*DeviceAccounterInstance) FreeCount added in v0.9.0 

func (i *DeviceAccounterInstance) FreeCount() int

FreeCount returns the number of free device instances

type DeviceIdTuple added in v0.9.0 

type DeviceIdTuple struct {
	Vendor string
	Type   string
	Name   string
}

DeviceIdTuple is the tuple that identifies a device

func (*DeviceIdTuple) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (id *DeviceIdTuple) Equal(o *DeviceIdTuple) bool

Equal returns if this Device ID is the same as the passed ID.

func (*DeviceIdTuple) Matches added in v0.9.0 

func (id *DeviceIdTuple) Matches(other *DeviceIdTuple) bool

Matches returns if this Device ID is a superset of the passed ID.

func (*DeviceIdTuple) String added in v0.9.0 

func (id *DeviceIdTuple) String() string

type DiffType added in v0.4.0 

type DiffType string

DiffType denotes the type of a diff object. 

var (
	DiffTypeNone    DiffType = "None"
	DiffTypeAdded   DiffType = "Added"
	DiffTypeDeleted DiffType = "Deleted"
	DiffTypeEdited  DiffType = "Edited"
)

func (DiffType) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (d DiffType) Less(other DiffType) bool

type DiffableWithID added in v1.2.0 

type DiffableWithID interface {
	// DiffID returns the value to use to match entities between the old and
	// the new input.
	DiffID() string
}

DiffableWithID defines an object that has a unique and stable value that can be used as an identifier when generating a diff.

type DispatchPayloadConfig added in v0.5.3 

type DispatchPayloadConfig struct {
	// File specifies a relative path to where the input data should be written
	File string
}

DispatchPayloadConfig configures how a task gets its input from a job dispatch

func (*DispatchPayloadConfig) Copy added in v0.5.3 

func (d *DispatchPayloadConfig) Copy() *DispatchPayloadConfig

func (*DispatchPayloadConfig) Validate added in v0.5.3 

func (d *DispatchPayloadConfig) Validate() error

type DrainMetadata added in v1.1.0 

type DrainMetadata struct {
	// StartedAt is the time that the drain operation started. This is equal to Node.DrainStrategy.StartedAt,
	// if it exists
	StartedAt time.Time

	// UpdatedAt is the time that that this struct was most recently updated, either via API action
	// or drain completion
	UpdatedAt time.Time

	// Status reflects the status of the drain operation.
	Status DrainStatus

	// AccessorID is the accessor ID of the ACL token used in the most recent API operation against this drain
	AccessorID string

	// Meta includes the operator-submitted metadata about this drain operation
	Meta map[string]string
}

DrainMetadata contains information about the most recent drain operation for a given Node.

func (*DrainMetadata) Copy added in v1.1.0 

func (m *DrainMetadata) Copy() *DrainMetadata

type DrainSpec added in v0.8.0 

type DrainSpec struct {
	// Deadline is the duration after StartTime when the remaining
	// allocations on a draining Node should be told to stop.
	Deadline time.Duration

	// IgnoreSystemJobs allows systems jobs to remain on the node even though it
	// has been marked for draining.
	IgnoreSystemJobs bool
}

DrainSpec describes a Node's desired drain behavior.

type DrainStatus added in v1.1.0 

type DrainStatus string
const (
	// DrainStatuses are the various states a drain can be in, as reflect in DrainMetadata
	DrainStatusDraining DrainStatus = "draining"
	DrainStatusComplete DrainStatus = "complete"
	DrainStatusCanceled DrainStatus = "canceled"
)

type DrainStrategy added in v0.8.0 

type DrainStrategy struct {
	// DrainSpec is the user declared drain specification
	DrainSpec

	// ForceDeadline is the deadline time for the drain after which drains will
	// be forced
	ForceDeadline time.Time

	// StartedAt is the time the drain process started
	StartedAt time.Time
}

DrainStrategy describes a Node's drain behavior.

func (*DrainStrategy) Copy added in v0.8.0 

func (d *DrainStrategy) Copy() *DrainStrategy

func (*DrainStrategy) DeadlineTime added in v0.8.0 

func (d *DrainStrategy) DeadlineTime() (infinite bool, deadline time.Time)

DeadlineTime returns a boolean whether the drain strategy allows an infinite duration or otherwise the deadline time. The force drain is captured by the deadline time being in the past.

func (*DrainStrategy) Equal added in v0.8.0 

func (d *DrainStrategy) Equal(o *DrainStrategy) bool

type DrainUpdate added in v0.8.0 

type DrainUpdate struct {
	// DrainStrategy is the new strategy for the node
	DrainStrategy *DrainStrategy

	// MarkEligible marks the node as eligible if removing the drain strategy.
	MarkEligible bool
}

DrainUpdate is used to update the drain of a node

type DriverInfo added in v0.8.0 

type DriverInfo struct {
	Attributes        map[string]string
	Detected          bool
	Healthy           bool
	HealthDescription string
	UpdateTime        time.Time
}

DriverInfo is the current state of a single driver. This is updated regularly as driver health changes on the node.

func (*DriverInfo) Copy added in v0.8.1 

func (di *DriverInfo) Copy() *DriverInfo

func (*DriverInfo) HealthCheckEquals added in v0.8.0 

func (di *DriverInfo) HealthCheckEquals(other *DriverInfo) bool

HealthCheckEquals determines if two driver info objects are equal. As this is used in the process of health checking, we only check the fields that are computed by the health checker. In the future, this will be merged.

func (*DriverInfo) MergeFingerprintInfo added in v0.8.0 

func (di *DriverInfo) MergeFingerprintInfo(other *DriverInfo)

MergeFingerprintInfo merges information from fingerprinting a node for a driver into a node's driver info for that driver.

func (*DriverInfo) MergeHealthCheck added in v0.8.0 

func (di *DriverInfo) MergeHealthCheck(other *DriverInfo)

MergeHealthCheck merges information from a health check for a drier into a node's driver info

type EmitNodeEventsRequest added in v0.8.0 

type EmitNodeEventsRequest struct {
	// NodeEvents are a map where the key is a node id, and value is a list of
	// events for that node
	NodeEvents map[string][]*NodeEvent

	WriteRequest
}

EmitNodeEventsRequest is a request to update the node events source with a new client-side event

type EmitNodeEventsResponse added in v0.8.0 

type EmitNodeEventsResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

EmitNodeEventsResponse is a response to the client about the status of the node event source update.

type EncryptionAlgorithm added in v1.4.0 

type EncryptionAlgorithm string

EncryptionAlgorithm chooses which algorithm is used for encrypting / decrypting entries with this key 

const (
	EncryptionAlgorithmAES256GCM EncryptionAlgorithm = "aes256-gcm"
)

type EphemeralDisk added in v0.5.0 

type EphemeralDisk struct {
	// Sticky indicates whether the allocation is sticky to a node
	Sticky bool

	// SizeMB is the size of the local disk
	SizeMB int

	// Migrate determines if Nomad client should migrate the allocation dir for
	// sticky allocations
	Migrate bool
}

EphemeralDisk is an ephemeral disk object

func DefaultEphemeralDisk added in v0.5.0 

func DefaultEphemeralDisk() *EphemeralDisk

DefaultEphemeralDisk returns a EphemeralDisk with default configurations

func (*EphemeralDisk) Copy added in v0.5.0 

func (d *EphemeralDisk) Copy() *EphemeralDisk

Copy copies the EphemeralDisk struct and returns a new one

func (*EphemeralDisk) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (d *EphemeralDisk) Equal(o *EphemeralDisk) bool

func (*EphemeralDisk) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (d *EphemeralDisk) Validate() error

Validate validates EphemeralDisk

type EvalAckRequest 

type EvalAckRequest struct {
	EvalID string
	Token  string
	WriteRequest
}

EvalAckRequest is used to Ack/Nack a specific evaluation

type EvalAllocationsResponse 

type EvalAllocationsResponse struct {
	Allocations []*AllocListStub
	QueryMeta
}

EvalAllocationsResponse is used to return the allocations for an evaluation

type EvalCountRequest added in v1.4.3 

type EvalCountRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

EvalCountRequest is used to count evaluations

type EvalCountResponse added in v1.4.3 

type EvalCountResponse struct {
	Count int
	QueryMeta
}

EvalCountResponse is used for a count request

type EvalDeleteRequest 

type EvalDeleteRequest struct {
	EvalIDs []string

	// Filter specifies the go-bexpr filter expression to be used for deleting a
	// set of evaluations that matches the filter
	Filter string

	WriteRequest
}

EvalDeleteRequest is the request object used when operators are manually deleting evaluations. The number of evaluation IDs within the request must not be greater than MaxEvalIDsPerDeleteRequest.

type EvalDeleteResponse added in v1.3.2 

type EvalDeleteResponse struct {
	Count int // how many Evaluations were safe to delete and/or matched the filter
	WriteMeta
}

EvalDeleteResponse is the response object when one or more evaluation are deleted manually by an operator.

type EvalDequeueRequest 

type EvalDequeueRequest struct {
	Schedulers       []string
	Timeout          time.Duration
	SchedulerVersion uint16
	WriteRequest
}

EvalDequeueRequest is used when we want to dequeue an evaluation

type EvalDequeueResponse 

type EvalDequeueResponse struct {
	Eval  *Evaluation
	Token string

	// WaitIndex is the Raft index the worker should wait until invoking the
	// scheduler.
	WaitIndex uint64

	QueryMeta
}

EvalDequeueResponse is used to return from a dequeue

func (*EvalDequeueResponse) GetWaitIndex added in v0.7.0 

func (e *EvalDequeueResponse) GetWaitIndex() uint64

GetWaitIndex is used to retrieve the Raft index in which state should be at or beyond before invoking the scheduler.

type EvalListRequest 

type EvalListRequest struct {
	FilterJobID      string
	FilterEvalStatus string
	QueryOptions
}

EvalListRequest is used to list the evaluations

func (*EvalListRequest) ShouldBeFiltered added in v1.2.4 

func (req *EvalListRequest) ShouldBeFiltered(e *Evaluation) bool

ShouldBeFiltered indicates that the eval should be filtered (that is, removed) from the results

type EvalListResponse 

type EvalListResponse struct {
	Evaluations []*Evaluation
	QueryMeta
}

EvalListResponse is used for a list request

type EvalOptions added in v0.8.4 

type EvalOptions struct {
	ForceReschedule bool
}

EvalOptions is used to encapsulate options when forcing a job evaluation

type EvalReapRequest added in v1.3.2 

type EvalReapRequest struct {
	Evals  []string // slice of Evaluation IDs
	Allocs []string // slice of Allocation IDs

	// Filter specifies the go-bexpr filter expression to be used for
	// filtering the data prior to returning a response
	Filter    string
	PerPage   int32
	NextToken string

	// UserInitiated tracks whether this reap request is the result of an
	// operator request. If this is true, the FSM needs to ensure the eval
	// broker is paused as the request can include non-terminal allocations.
	UserInitiated bool

	WriteRequest
}

EvalReapRequest is used for reaping evaluations and allocation. This struct is used by the Eval.Reap RPC endpoint as a request argument, and also when performing eval reap or deletes via Raft. This is because Eval.Reap and Eval.Delete use the same Raft message when performing deletes so we do not need more Raft message types.

type EvalSpecificRequest 

type EvalSpecificRequest struct {
	EvalID         string
	IncludeRelated bool
	QueryOptions
}

EvalSpecificRequest is used when we just need to specify a target evaluation

type EvalUpdateRequest 

type EvalUpdateRequest struct {
	Evals     []*Evaluation
	EvalToken string
	WriteRequest
}

EvalUpdateRequest is used for upserting evaluations.

type Evaluation 

type Evaluation struct {

	// ID is a randomly generated UUID used for this evaluation. This
	// is assigned upon the creation of the evaluation.
	ID string

	// Namespace is the namespace the evaluation is created in
	Namespace string

	// Priority is used to control scheduling importance and if this job
	// can preempt other jobs.
	Priority int

	// Type is used to control which schedulers are available to handle
	// this evaluation.
	Type string

	// TriggeredBy is used to give some insight into why this Eval
	// was created. (Job change, node failure, alloc failure, etc).
	TriggeredBy string

	// JobID is the job this evaluation is scoped to. Evaluations cannot
	// be run in parallel for a given JobID, so we serialize on this.
	JobID string

	// JobModifyIndex is the modify index of the job at the time
	// the evaluation was created
	JobModifyIndex uint64

	// NodeID is the node that was affected triggering the evaluation.
	NodeID string

	// NodeModifyIndex is the modify index of the node at the time
	// the evaluation was created
	NodeModifyIndex uint64

	// DeploymentID is the ID of the deployment that triggered the evaluation.
	DeploymentID string

	// Status of the evaluation
	Status string

	// StatusDescription is meant to provide more human useful information
	StatusDescription string

	// Wait is a minimum wait time for running the eval. This is used to
	// support a rolling upgrade in versions prior to 0.7.0
	// Deprecated
	Wait time.Duration

	// WaitUntil is the time when this eval should be run. This is used to
	// supported delayed rescheduling of failed allocations, and delayed
	// stopping of allocations that are configured with max_client_disconnect.
	WaitUntil time.Time

	// NextEval is the evaluation ID for the eval created to do a followup.
	// This is used to support rolling upgrades and failed-follow-up evals, where
	// we need a chain of evaluations.
	NextEval string

	// PreviousEval is the evaluation ID for the eval creating this one to do a followup.
	// This is used to support rolling upgrades and failed-follow-up evals, where
	// we need a chain of evaluations.
	PreviousEval string

	// BlockedEval is the evaluation ID for a created blocked eval. A
	// blocked eval will be created if all allocations could not be placed due
	// to constraints or lacking resources.
	BlockedEval string

	// RelatedEvals is a list of all the evaluations that are related (next,
	// previous, or blocked) to this one. It may be nil if not requested.
	RelatedEvals []*EvaluationStub

	// FailedTGAllocs are task groups which have allocations that could not be
	// made, but the metrics are persisted so that the user can use the feedback
	// to determine the cause.
	FailedTGAllocs map[string]*AllocMetric

	// ClassEligibility tracks computed node classes that have been explicitly
	// marked as eligible or ineligible.
	ClassEligibility map[string]bool

	// QuotaLimitReached marks whether a quota limit was reached for the
	// evaluation.
	QuotaLimitReached string

	// EscapedComputedClass marks whether the job has constraints that are not
	// captured by computed node classes.
	EscapedComputedClass bool

	// AnnotatePlan triggers the scheduler to provide additional annotations
	// during the evaluation. This should not be set during normal operations.
	AnnotatePlan bool

	// QueuedAllocations is the number of unplaced allocations at the time the
	// evaluation was processed. The map is keyed by Task Group names.
	QueuedAllocations map[string]int

	// LeaderACL provides the ACL token to when issuing RPCs back to the
	// leader. This will be a valid management token as long as the leader is
	// active. This should not ever be exposed via the API.
	LeaderACL string

	// SnapshotIndex is the Raft index of the snapshot used to process the
	// evaluation. The index will either be set when it has gone through the
	// scheduler or if a blocked evaluation is being created. The index is set
	// in this case so we can determine if an early unblocking is required since
	// capacity has changed since the evaluation was created. This can result in
	// the SnapshotIndex being less than the CreateIndex.
	SnapshotIndex uint64

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64

	CreateTime int64
	ModifyTime int64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Evaluation is used anytime we need to apply business logic as a result of a change to our desired state (job specification) or the emergent state (registered nodes). When the inputs change, we need to "evaluate" them, potentially taking action (allocation of work) or doing nothing if the state of the world does not require it.

func (*Evaluation) Copy 

func (e *Evaluation) Copy() *Evaluation

func (*Evaluation) CreateBlockedEval added in v0.4.0 

func (e *Evaluation) CreateBlockedEval(classEligibility map[string]bool,
	escaped bool, quotaReached string, failedTGAllocs map[string]*AllocMetric) *Evaluation

CreateBlockedEval creates a blocked evaluation to followup this eval to place any failed allocations. It takes the classes marked explicitly eligible or ineligible, whether the job has escaped computed node classes and whether the quota limit was reached.

func (*Evaluation) CreateFailedFollowUpEval added in v0.6.0 

func (e *Evaluation) CreateFailedFollowUpEval(wait time.Duration) *Evaluation

CreateFailedFollowUpEval creates a follow up evaluation when the current one has been marked as failed because it has hit the delivery limit and will not be retried by the eval_broker. Callers should copy the created eval's ID to into the old eval's NextEval field.

func (*Evaluation) GetCreateIndex added in v1.3.0 

func (e *Evaluation) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex implements the CreateIndexGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Evaluation) GetID added in v1.2.4 

func (e *Evaluation) GetID() string

GetID implements the IDGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Evaluation) GetNamespace added in v1.3.2 

func (e *Evaluation) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace implements the NamespaceGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Evaluation) GoString 

func (e *Evaluation) GoString() string

func (*Evaluation) MakePlan 

func (e *Evaluation) MakePlan(j *Job) *Plan

MakePlan is used to make a plan from the given evaluation for a given Job

func (*Evaluation) NextRollingEval 

func (e *Evaluation) NextRollingEval(wait time.Duration) *Evaluation

NextRollingEval creates an evaluation to followup this eval for rolling updates

func (*Evaluation) RelatedIDs added in v1.3.0 

func (e *Evaluation) RelatedIDs() []string

func (*Evaluation) ShouldBlock added in v0.3.0 

func (e *Evaluation) ShouldBlock() bool

ShouldBlock checks if a given evaluation should be entered into the blocked eval tracker.

func (*Evaluation) ShouldEnqueue 

func (e *Evaluation) ShouldEnqueue() bool

ShouldEnqueue checks if a given evaluation should be enqueued into the eval_broker

func (*Evaluation) Stub added in v1.3.0 

func (e *Evaluation) Stub() *EvaluationStub

func (*Evaluation) TerminalStatus 

func (e *Evaluation) TerminalStatus() bool

TerminalStatus returns if the current status is terminal and will no longer transition.

func (*Evaluation) UpdateModifyTime added in v0.9.5 

func (e *Evaluation) UpdateModifyTime()

UpdateModifyTime takes into account that clocks on different servers may be slightly out of sync. Even in case of a leader change, this method will guarantee that ModifyTime will always be after CreateTime.

type EvaluationEvent added in v1.0.0 

type EvaluationEvent struct {
	Evaluation *Evaluation
}

EvaluationEvent holds a newly updated Eval.

type EvaluationStub added in v1.3.0 

type EvaluationStub struct {
	ID                string
	Namespace         string
	Priority          int
	Type              string
	TriggeredBy       string
	JobID             string
	NodeID            string
	DeploymentID      string
	Status            string
	StatusDescription string
	WaitUntil         time.Time
	NextEval          string
	PreviousEval      string
	BlockedEval       string
	CreateIndex       uint64
	ModifyIndex       uint64
	CreateTime        int64
	ModifyTime        int64
}

type Event added in v1.0.0 

type Event struct {
	// Topic represents the primary object for the event
	Topic Topic

	// Type is a short string representing the reason for the event
	Type string

	// Key is the primary identifier of the Event, The involved objects ID
	Key string

	// Namespace is the namespace of the object, If the object is not namespace
	// aware (Node) it is left blank
	Namespace string

	// FilterKeys are a set of additional related keys that are used to include
	// events during filtering.
	FilterKeys []string

	// Index is the raft index that corresponds to the event
	Index uint64

	// Payload is the Event itself see state/events.go for a list of events
	Payload interface{}
}

Event represents a change in Nomads state.

type EventJson added in v1.0.0 

type EventJson struct {
	Data []byte
}

EventJson is a wrapper for a JSON object

func (*EventJson) Copy added in v1.0.0 

func (j *EventJson) Copy() *EventJson

type EventStreamRequest added in v1.0.0 

type EventStreamRequest struct {
	Topics map[Topic][]string
	Index  int

	QueryOptions
}

EventStreamRequest is used to stream events from a servers EventBroker

type EventStreamWrapper added in v1.0.0 

type EventStreamWrapper struct {
	Error *RpcError
	Event *EventJson
}

type Events added in v1.0.0 

type Events struct {
	Index  uint64
	Events []Event
}

Events is a wrapper that contains a set of events for a given index.

type FieldDiff added in v0.4.0 

type FieldDiff struct {
	Type        DiffType
	Name        string
	Old, New    string
	Annotations []string
}

func (*FieldDiff) GoString added in v0.4.0 

func (f *FieldDiff) GoString() string

func (*FieldDiff) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (f *FieldDiff) Less(other *FieldDiff) bool

type FieldDiffs added in v0.4.0 

type FieldDiffs []*FieldDiff

For sorting FieldDiffs

func (FieldDiffs) Len added in v0.4.0 

func (f FieldDiffs) Len() int

func (FieldDiffs) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (f FieldDiffs) Less(i, j int) bool

func (FieldDiffs) Swap added in v0.4.0 

func (f FieldDiffs) Swap(i, j int)

type FuzzyMatch added in v1.1.0 

type FuzzyMatch struct {
	ID    string   // ID is UUID or Name of object
	Scope []string `json:",omitempty"` // IDs of parent objects
}

FuzzyMatch is used to describe the ID of an object which may be a machine readable UUID or a human readable Name. If the object is a component of a Job, the Scope is a list of IDs starting from Namespace down to the parent object of ID.

e.g. A Task-level service would have scope like, 

["<namespace>", "<job>", "<group>", "<task>"]

type FuzzySearchRequest added in v1.1.0 

type FuzzySearchRequest struct {
	// Text is what names are fuzzy-matched to. E.g. if the given text were
	// "py", potential matches might be "python", "mypy", etc. of jobs, nodes,
	// allocs, groups, services, commands, images, classes.
	Text string

	// Context is the type that can be matched against. A Context of "all" indicates
	// all Contexts types are queried for matching.
	Context Context

	QueryOptions
}

FuzzySearchRequest is used to parameterize a fuzzy search request, and returns a list of matches made up of jobs, allocations, evaluations, and/or nodes, along with whether or not the information returned is truncated.

type FuzzySearchResponse added in v1.1.0 

type FuzzySearchResponse struct {
	// Matches is a map of Context types to IDs which fuzzy match a specified query.
	Matches map[Context][]FuzzyMatch

	// Truncations indicates whether the matches for a particular Context have
	// been truncated.
	Truncations map[Context]bool

	QueryMeta
}

FuzzySearchResponse is used to return fuzzy matches and information about whether the match list is truncated specific to each type of searchable Context.

type GenericRequest 

type GenericRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

GenericRequest is used to request where no specific information is needed.

type GenericResponse 

type GenericResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

GenericResponse is used to respond to a request where no specific response information is needed.

type HostDataRequest added in v0.12.0 

type HostDataRequest struct {
	ServerID string
	NodeID   string
	QueryOptions
}

HostDataRequest is used by /agent/host to retrieve data about the agent's host system. If ServerID or NodeID is specified, the request is forwarded to the remote agent

type HostDataResponse added in v0.12.0 

type HostDataResponse struct {
	AgentID  string
	HostData *host.HostData
}

HostDataResponse contains the HostData content

type IdentityClaims added in v1.4.0 

type IdentityClaims struct {
	Namespace    string `json:"nomad_namespace"`
	JobID        string `json:"nomad_job_id"`
	AllocationID string `json:"nomad_allocation_id"`
	TaskName     string `json:"nomad_task"`

	jwt.RegisteredClaims
}

IdentityClaims are the input to a JWT identifying a workload. It should never be serialized to msgpack unsigned.

type InternalRpcInfo added in v0.8.0 

type InternalRpcInfo struct {
	// Forwarded marks whether the RPC has been forwarded.
	Forwarded bool
}

InternalRpcInfo allows adding internal RPC metadata to an RPC. This struct should NOT be replicated in the API package as it is internal only.

func (*InternalRpcInfo) IsForwarded added in v0.8.0 

func (i *InternalRpcInfo) IsForwarded() bool

IsForwarded returns whether the RPC is forwarded from another server.

func (*InternalRpcInfo) SetForwarded added in v0.8.0 

func (i *InternalRpcInfo) SetForwarded()

SetForwarded marks that the RPC is being forwarded from another server.

type Job 

type Job struct {
	// Stop marks whether the user has stopped the job. A stopped job will
	// have all created allocations stopped and acts as a way to stop a job
	// without purging it from the system. This allows existing allocs to be
	// queried and the job to be inspected as it is being killed.
	Stop bool

	// Region is the Nomad region that handles scheduling this job
	Region string

	// Namespace is the namespace the job is submitted into.
	Namespace string

	// ID is a unique identifier for the job per region. It can be
	// specified hierarchically like LineOfBiz/OrgName/Team/Project
	ID string

	// ParentID is the unique identifier of the job that spawned this job.
	ParentID string

	// Name is the logical name of the job used to refer to it. This is unique
	// per region, but not unique globally.
	Name string

	// Type is used to control various behaviors about the job. Most jobs
	// are service jobs, meaning they are expected to be long lived.
	// Some jobs are batch oriented meaning they run and then terminate.
	// This can be extended in the future to support custom schedulers.
	Type string

	// Priority is used to control scheduling importance and if this job
	// can preempt other jobs.
	Priority int

	// AllAtOnce is used to control if incremental scheduling of task groups
	// is allowed or if we must do a gang scheduling of the entire job. This
	// can slow down larger jobs if resources are not available.
	AllAtOnce bool

	// Datacenters contains all the datacenters this job is allowed to span
	Datacenters []string

	// Constraints can be specified at a job level and apply to
	// all the task groups and tasks.
	Constraints []*Constraint

	// Affinities can be specified at the job level to express
	// scheduling preferences that apply to all groups and tasks
	Affinities []*Affinity

	// Spread can be specified at the job level to express spreading
	// allocations across a desired attribute, such as datacenter
	Spreads []*Spread

	// TaskGroups are the collections of task groups that this job needs
	// to run. Each task group is an atomic unit of scheduling and placement.
	TaskGroups []*TaskGroup

	// See agent.ApiJobToStructJob
	// Update provides defaults for the TaskGroup Update blocks
	Update UpdateStrategy

	Multiregion *Multiregion

	// Periodic is used to define the interval the job is run at.
	Periodic *PeriodicConfig

	// ParameterizedJob is used to specify the job as a parameterized job
	// for dispatching.
	ParameterizedJob *ParameterizedJobConfig

	// Dispatched is used to identify if the Job has been dispatched from a
	// parameterized job.
	Dispatched bool

	// DispatchIdempotencyToken is optionally used to ensure that a dispatched job does not have any
	// non-terminal siblings which have the same token value.
	DispatchIdempotencyToken string

	// Payload is the payload supplied when the job was dispatched.
	Payload []byte

	// Meta is used to associate arbitrary metadata with this
	// job. This is opaque to Nomad.
	Meta map[string]string

	// ConsulToken is the Consul token that proves the submitter of the job has
	// access to the Service Identity policies associated with the job's
	// Consul Connect enabled services. This field is only used to transfer the
	// token and is not stored after Job submission.
	ConsulToken string

	// ConsulNamespace is the Consul namespace
	ConsulNamespace string

	// VaultToken is the Vault token that proves the submitter of the job has
	// access to the specified Vault policies. This field is only used to
	// transfer the token and is not stored after Job submission.
	VaultToken string

	// VaultNamespace is the Vault namespace
	VaultNamespace string

	// NomadTokenID is the Accessor ID of the ACL token (if any)
	// used to register this version of the job. Used by deploymentwatcher.
	NomadTokenID string

	// Job status
	Status string

	// StatusDescription is meant to provide more human useful information
	StatusDescription string

	// Stable marks a job as stable. Stability is only defined on "service" and
	// "system" jobs. The stability of a job will be set automatically as part
	// of a deployment and can be manually set via APIs. This field is updated
	// when the status of a corresponding deployment transitions to Failed
	// or Successful. This field is not meaningful for jobs that don't have an
	// update block.
	Stable bool

	// Version is a monotonically increasing version number that is incremented
	// on each job register.
	Version uint64

	// SubmitTime is the time at which the job was submitted as a UnixNano in
	// UTC
	SubmitTime int64

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex    uint64
	ModifyIndex    uint64
	JobModifyIndex uint64
}

Job is the scope of a scheduling request to Nomad. It is the largest scoped object, and is a named collection of task groups. Each task group is further composed of tasks. A task group (TG) is the unit of scheduling however.

func MockJob added in v0.9.0 

func MockJob() *Job

func (*Job) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (j *Job) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize is used to canonicalize fields in the Job. This should be called when registering a Job.

func (*Job) CombinedTaskMeta added in v0.5.3 

func (j *Job) CombinedTaskMeta(groupName, taskName string) map[string]string

CombinedTaskMeta takes a TaskGroup and Task name and returns the combined meta data for the task. When joining Job, Group and Task Meta, the precedence is by deepest scope (Task > Group > Job).

func (*Job) ConfigEntries added in v0.12.4 

func (j *Job) ConfigEntries() map[string]*ConsulConfigEntries

ConfigEntries accumulates the Consul Configuration Entries defined in task groups of j, organized by Consul namespace.

func (*Job) ConnectTasks added in v0.10.4 

func (j *Job) ConnectTasks() []TaskKind

ConnectTasks returns the set of Consul Connect enabled tasks defined on the job that will require a Service Identity token in the case that Consul ACLs are enabled. The TaskKind.Value is the name of the Consul service.

This method is meaningful only after the Job has passed through the job submission Mutator functions.

func (*Job) ConsulUsages added in v1.1.0 

func (j *Job) ConsulUsages() map[string]*ConsulUsage

ConsulUsages returns a map from Consul namespace to things that will use Consul, including ConsulConnect TaskKinds, Consul Services from groups and tasks, and a boolean indicating if Consul KV is in use.

func (*Job) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (j *Job) Copy() *Job

Copy returns a deep copy of the Job. It is expected that callers use recover. This job can panic if the deep copy failed as it uses reflection.

func (*Job) Diff added in v0.4.0 

func (j *Job) Diff(other *Job, contextual bool) (*JobDiff, error)

Diff returns a diff of two jobs and a potential error if the Jobs are not diffable. If contextual diff is enabled, objects within the job will contain field information even if unchanged.

func (*Job) GetCreateIndex added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex implements the CreateIndexGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Job) GetEntScalingPolicies added in v1.0.0 

func (j *Job) GetEntScalingPolicies() []*ScalingPolicy

func (*Job) GetID added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) GetID() string

GetID implements the IDGetter interface, required for pagination.

func (*Job) GetNamespace added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace implements the NamespaceGetter interface, required for pagination and filtering namespaces in endpoints that support glob namespace requests using tokens with limited access.

func (*Job) GetScalingPolicies added in v0.11.0 

func (j *Job) GetScalingPolicies() []*ScalingPolicy

GetScalingPolicies returns a slice of all scaling scaling policies for this job

func (*Job) HasUpdateStrategy added in v0.6.0 

func (j *Job) HasUpdateStrategy() bool

HasUpdateStrategy returns if any task group in the job has an update strategy

func (*Job) IsMultiregion added in v0.12.0 

func (j *Job) IsMultiregion() bool

IsMultiregion returns whether a job is multiregion

func (*Job) IsParameterized added in v0.5.3 

func (j *Job) IsParameterized() bool

IsParameterized returns whether a job is parameterized job.

func (*Job) IsPeriodic added in v0.2.2 

func (j *Job) IsPeriodic() bool

IsPeriodic returns whether a job is periodic.

func (*Job) IsPeriodicActive added in v0.7.1 

func (j *Job) IsPeriodicActive() bool

IsPeriodicActive returns whether the job is an active periodic job that will create child jobs

func (*Job) IsPlugin added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) IsPlugin() bool

IsPlugin returns whether a job is implements a plugin (currently just CSI)

func (*Job) LookupTaskGroup 

func (j *Job) LookupTaskGroup(name string) *TaskGroup

LookupTaskGroup finds a task group by name

func (*Job) NamespacedID added in v0.8.2 

func (j *Job) NamespacedID() NamespacedID

NamespacedID returns the namespaced id useful for logging

func (*Job) RequiredConsulServiceDiscovery added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) RequiredConsulServiceDiscovery() map[string]bool

RequiredConsulServiceDiscovery identifies which task groups, if any, within the job are utilising Consul service discovery.

func (*Job) RequiredNativeServiceDiscovery added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) RequiredNativeServiceDiscovery() *NativeServiceDiscoveryUsage

RequiredNativeServiceDiscovery identifies which task groups, if any, within the job are utilising Nomad native service discovery.

func (*Job) RequiredSignals added in v0.5.0 

func (j *Job) RequiredSignals() map[string]map[string][]string

RequiredSignals returns a mapping of task groups to tasks to their required set of signals

func (*Job) SetSubmitTime added in v0.6.0 

func (j *Job) SetSubmitTime()

func (*Job) SpecChanged added in v0.6.0 

func (j *Job) SpecChanged(new *Job) bool

SpecChanged determines if the functional specification has changed between two job versions.

func (*Job) Stopped added in v0.6.0 

func (j *Job) Stopped() bool

Stopped returns if a job is stopped.

func (*Job) Stub 

func (j *Job) Stub(summary *JobSummary, fields *JobStubFields) *JobListStub

Stub is used to return a summary of the job

func (*Job) UsesDeployments added in v1.3.6 

func (j *Job) UsesDeployments() bool

UsesDeployments returns a boolean indicating whether the job configuration results in a deployment during scheduling.

func (*Job) Validate 

func (j *Job) Validate() error

Validate is used to check a job for reasonable configuration

func (*Job) Vault added in v1.3.0 

func (j *Job) Vault() map[string]map[string]*Vault

Vault returns the set of Vault blocks per task group, per task

func (*Job) Warnings added in v0.6.0 

func (j *Job) Warnings() error

Warnings returns a list of warnings that may be from dubious settings or deprecation warnings.

type JobACL added in v1.4.0 

type JobACL struct {
	Namespace string // namespace of the job
	JobID     string // ID of the job
	Group     string // ID of the group
	Task      string // ID of the task
}

JobACL represents an ACL policy's attachment to a job, group, or task.

type JobAllocationsResponse 

type JobAllocationsResponse struct {
	Allocations []*AllocListStub
	QueryMeta
}

JobAllocationsResponse is used to return the allocations for a job

type JobBatchDeregisterRequest added in v0.8.0 

type JobBatchDeregisterRequest struct {
	// Jobs is the set of jobs to deregister
	Jobs map[NamespacedID]*JobDeregisterOptions

	// Evals is the set of evaluations to create.
	Evals []*Evaluation

	WriteRequest
}

JobBatchDeregisterRequest is used to batch deregister jobs and upsert evaluations.

type JobBatchDeregisterResponse added in v0.8.0 

type JobBatchDeregisterResponse struct {
	// JobEvals maps the job to its created evaluation
	JobEvals map[NamespacedID]string
	QueryMeta
}

JobBatchDeregisterResponse is used to respond to a batch job deregistration

type JobChildrenSummary added in v0.5.3 

type JobChildrenSummary struct {
	Pending int64
	Running int64
	Dead    int64
}

JobChildrenSummary contains the summary of children job statuses

func (*JobChildrenSummary) Copy added in v0.5.3 

func (jc *JobChildrenSummary) Copy() *JobChildrenSummary

Copy returns a new copy of a JobChildrenSummary

type JobDeregisterOptions added in v0.8.0 

type JobDeregisterOptions struct {
	// Purge controls whether the deregister purges the job from the system or
	// whether the job is just marked as stopped and will be removed by the
	// garbage collector
	Purge bool
}

JobDeregisterOptions configures how a job is deregistered.

type JobDeregisterRequest 

type JobDeregisterRequest struct {
	JobID string

	// Purge controls whether the deregister purges the job from the system or
	// whether the job is just marked as stopped and will be removed by the
	// garbage collector
	Purge bool

	// Global controls whether all regions of a multi-region job are
	// deregistered. It is ignored for single-region jobs.
	Global bool

	// EvalPriority is an optional priority to use on any evaluation created as
	// a result on this job deregistration. This value must be between 1-100
	// inclusively, where a larger value corresponds to a higher priority. This
	// is useful when an operator wishes to push through a job deregistration
	// in busy clusters with a large evaluation backlog.
	EvalPriority int

	// NoShutdownDelay, if set to true, will override the group and
	// task shutdown_delay configuration and ignore the delay for any
	// allocations stopped as a result of this Deregister call.
	NoShutdownDelay bool

	// Eval is the evaluation to create that's associated with job deregister
	Eval *Evaluation

	WriteRequest
}

JobDeregisterRequest is used for Job.Deregister endpoint to deregister a job as being a schedulable entity.

type JobDeregisterResponse 

type JobDeregisterResponse struct {
	EvalID          string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	JobModifyIndex  uint64
	VolumeEvalID    string
	VolumeEvalIndex uint64
	QueryMeta
}

JobDeregisterResponse is used to respond to a job deregistration

type JobDescription added in v0.12.4 

type JobDescription struct {
	Namespace string
	ID        string
	Expected  int
}

JobDescription records Job identification and the count of expected plugin instances

type JobDescriptions added in v0.12.4 

type JobDescriptions map[string]JobNamespacedDescriptions

JobDescriptions maps Namespace to a mapping of Job.ID to JobDescription

func (JobDescriptions) Add added in v0.12.4 

func (j JobDescriptions) Add(job *Job, expected int)

Add the Job to the JobDescriptions, creating maps as necessary

func (JobDescriptions) Count added in v0.12.4 

func (j JobDescriptions) Count() int

Count the Expected instances for all JobDescriptions

func (JobDescriptions) Delete added in v0.12.4 

func (j JobDescriptions) Delete(job *Job)

Delete the Job from the JobDescriptions

type JobDiff added in v0.4.0 

type JobDiff struct {
	Type       DiffType
	ID         string
	Fields     []*FieldDiff
	Objects    []*ObjectDiff
	TaskGroups []*TaskGroupDiff
}

JobDiff contains the diff of two jobs.

func (*JobDiff) GoString added in v0.4.0 

func (j *JobDiff) GoString() string

type JobDispatchRequest added in v0.5.3 

type JobDispatchRequest struct {
	JobID   string
	Payload []byte
	Meta    map[string]string
	WriteRequest
	IdPrefixTemplate string
}

JobDispatchRequest is used to dispatch a job based on a parameterized job

type JobDispatchResponse added in v0.5.3 

type JobDispatchResponse struct {
	DispatchedJobID string
	EvalID          string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	JobCreateIndex  uint64
	WriteMeta
}

type JobEvaluateRequest 

type JobEvaluateRequest struct {
	JobID       string
	EvalOptions EvalOptions
	WriteRequest
}

JobEvaluateRequest is used when we just need to re-evaluate a target job

type JobEvaluationsResponse 

type JobEvaluationsResponse struct {
	Evaluations []*Evaluation
	QueryMeta
}

JobEvaluationsResponse is used to return the evaluations for a job

type JobEvent added in v1.0.0 

type JobEvent struct {
	Job *Job
}

JobEvent holds a newly updated Job.

type JobListRequest 

type JobListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
	Fields *JobStubFields
}

JobListRequest is used to parameterize a list request

type JobListResponse 

type JobListResponse struct {
	Jobs []*JobListStub
	QueryMeta
}

JobListResponse is used for a list request

type JobListStub 

type JobListStub struct {
	ID                string
	ParentID          string
	Name              string
	Namespace         string `json:",omitempty"`
	Datacenters       []string
	Multiregion       *Multiregion
	Type              string
	Priority          int
	Periodic          bool
	ParameterizedJob  bool
	Stop              bool
	Status            string
	StatusDescription string
	JobSummary        *JobSummary
	CreateIndex       uint64
	ModifyIndex       uint64
	JobModifyIndex    uint64
	SubmitTime        int64
	Meta              map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
}

JobListStub is used to return a subset of job information for the job list

type JobNamespacedDescriptions added in v0.12.4 

type JobNamespacedDescriptions map[string]JobDescription

JobNamespacedDescriptions maps Job.ID to JobDescription

func (JobNamespacedDescriptions) Copy added in v1.0.0 

func (j JobNamespacedDescriptions) Copy() JobNamespacedDescriptions

type JobPlanRequest added in v0.4.0 

type JobPlanRequest struct {
	Job  *Job
	Diff bool // Toggles an annotated diff
	// PolicyOverride is set when the user is attempting to override any policies
	PolicyOverride bool
	WriteRequest
}

JobPlanRequest is used for the Job.Plan endpoint to trigger a dry-run evaluation of the Job.

type JobPlanResponse added in v0.4.0 

type JobPlanResponse struct {
	// Annotations stores annotations explaining decisions the scheduler made.
	Annotations *PlanAnnotations

	// FailedTGAllocs is the placement failures per task group.
	FailedTGAllocs map[string]*AllocMetric

	// JobModifyIndex is the modification index of the job. The value can be
	// used when running `nomad run` to ensure that the Job wasn’t modified
	// since the last plan. If the job is being created, the value is zero.
	JobModifyIndex uint64

	// CreatedEvals is the set of evaluations created by the scheduler. The
	// reasons for this can be rolling-updates or blocked evals.
	CreatedEvals []*Evaluation

	// Diff contains the diff of the job and annotations on whether the change
	// causes an in-place update or create/destroy
	Diff *JobDiff

	// NextPeriodicLaunch is the time duration till the job would be launched if
	// submitted.
	NextPeriodicLaunch time.Time

	// Warnings contains any warnings about the given job. These may include
	// deprecation warnings.
	Warnings string

	WriteMeta
}

JobPlanResponse is used to respond to a job plan request

type JobRegisterRequest 

type JobRegisterRequest struct {
	Job *Job

	// If EnforceIndex is set then the job will only be registered if the passed
	// JobModifyIndex matches the current Jobs index. If the index is zero, the
	// register only occurs if the job is new.
	EnforceIndex   bool
	JobModifyIndex uint64

	// PreserveCounts indicates that during job update, existing task group
	// counts should be preserved, over those specified in the new job spec
	// PreserveCounts is ignored for newly created jobs.
	PreserveCounts bool

	// PolicyOverride is set when the user is attempting to override any policies
	PolicyOverride bool

	// EvalPriority is an optional priority to use on any evaluation created as
	// a result on this job registration. This value must be between 1-100
	// inclusively, where a larger value corresponds to a higher priority. This
	// is useful when an operator wishes to push through a job registration in
	// busy clusters with a large evaluation backlog. This avoids needing to
	// change the job priority which also impacts preemption.
	EvalPriority int

	// Eval is the evaluation that is associated with the job registration
	Eval *Evaluation

	// Deployment is the deployment to be create when the job is registered. If
	// there is an active deployment for the job it will be canceled.
	Deployment *Deployment

	WriteRequest
}

JobRegisterRequest is used for Job.Register endpoint to register a job as being a schedulable entity.

type JobRegisterResponse 

type JobRegisterResponse struct {
	EvalID          string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	JobModifyIndex  uint64

	// Warnings contains any warnings about the given job. These may include
	// deprecation warnings.
	Warnings string

	QueryMeta
}

JobRegisterResponse is used to respond to a job registration

type JobRevertRequest added in v0.6.0 

type JobRevertRequest struct {
	// JobID is the ID of the job  being reverted
	JobID string

	// JobVersion the version to revert to.
	JobVersion uint64

	// EnforcePriorVersion if set will enforce that the job is at the given
	// version before reverting.
	EnforcePriorVersion *uint64

	// ConsulToken is the Consul token that proves the submitter of the job revert
	// has access to the Service Identity policies associated with the job's
	// Consul Connect enabled services. This field is only used to transfer the
	// token and is not stored after the Job revert.
	ConsulToken string

	// VaultToken is the Vault token that proves the submitter of the job revert
	// has access to any Vault policies specified in the targeted job version. This
	// field is only used to transfer the token and is not stored after the Job
	// revert.
	VaultToken string

	WriteRequest
}

JobRevertRequest is used to revert a job to a prior version.

type JobScaleRequest added in v0.11.0 

type JobScaleRequest struct {
	JobID   string
	Target  map[string]string
	Count   *int64
	Message string
	Error   bool
	Meta    map[string]interface{}
	// PolicyOverride is set when the user is attempting to override any policies
	PolicyOverride bool
	WriteRequest
}

JobScaleRequest is used for the Job.Scale endpoint to scale one of the scaling targets in a job

func (*JobScaleRequest) Validate added in v1.0.4 

func (r *JobScaleRequest) Validate() error

Validate is used to validate the arguments in the request

type JobScaleStatus added in v0.11.0 

type JobScaleStatus struct {
	JobID          string
	Namespace      string
	JobCreateIndex uint64
	JobModifyIndex uint64
	JobStopped     bool
	TaskGroups     map[string]*TaskGroupScaleStatus
}

type JobScaleStatusRequest added in v0.11.0 

type JobScaleStatusRequest struct {
	JobID string
	QueryOptions
}

JobScaleStatusRequest is used to get the scale status for a job

type JobScaleStatusResponse added in v0.11.0 

type JobScaleStatusResponse struct {
	JobScaleStatus *JobScaleStatus
	QueryMeta
}

JobScaleStatusResponse is used to return the scale status for a job

type JobScalingEvents added in v0.11.0 

type JobScalingEvents struct {
	Namespace string
	JobID     string

	// This map is indexed by target; currently, this is just task group
	// the indexed array is sorted from newest to oldest event
	// the array should have less than JobTrackedScalingEvents entries
	ScalingEvents map[string][]*ScalingEvent

	// Raft index
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

JobScalingEvents contains the scaling events for a given job

type JobServiceRegistrationsRequest added in v1.3.0 

type JobServiceRegistrationsRequest struct {
	JobID string
	QueryOptions
}

JobServiceRegistrationsRequest is the request object used to list all service registrations belonging to the specified Job.ID.

type JobServiceRegistrationsResponse added in v1.3.0 

type JobServiceRegistrationsResponse struct {
	Services []*ServiceRegistration
	QueryMeta
}

JobServiceRegistrationsResponse is the response object when performing a listing of services belonging to a namespaced job.

type JobSpecificRequest 

type JobSpecificRequest struct {
	JobID string
	All   bool
	QueryOptions
}

JobSpecificRequest is used when we just need to specify a target job

type JobStabilityRequest added in v0.6.0 

type JobStabilityRequest struct {
	// Job to set the stability on
	JobID      string
	JobVersion uint64

	// Set the stability
	Stable bool
	WriteRequest
}

JobStabilityRequest is used to marked a job as stable.

type JobStabilityResponse added in v0.6.0 

type JobStabilityResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

JobStabilityResponse is the response when marking a job as stable.

type JobStubFields added in v1.4.3 

type JobStubFields struct {
	Meta bool
}

Stub returns a summarized version of the job

type JobSummary added in v0.4.1 

type JobSummary struct {
	// JobID is the ID of the job the summary is for
	JobID string

	// Namespace is the namespace of the job and its summary
	Namespace string

	// Summary contains the summary per task group for the Job
	Summary map[string]TaskGroupSummary

	// Children contains a summary for the children of this job.
	Children *JobChildrenSummary

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

JobSummary summarizes the state of the allocations of a job

func (*JobSummary) Copy added in v0.4.1 

func (js *JobSummary) Copy() *JobSummary

Copy returns a new copy of JobSummary

type JobSummaryRequest added in v0.4.1 

type JobSummaryRequest struct {
	JobID string
	QueryOptions
}

JobSummaryRequest is used when we just need to get a specific job summary

type JobSummaryResponse added in v0.4.1 

type JobSummaryResponse struct {
	JobSummary *JobSummary
	QueryMeta
}

JobSummaryResponse is used to return a single job summary

type JobValidateRequest added in v0.5.5 

type JobValidateRequest struct {
	Job *Job
	WriteRequest
}

JobValidateRequest is used to validate a job

type JobValidateResponse added in v0.5.5 

type JobValidateResponse struct {
	// DriverConfigValidated indicates whether the agent validated the driver
	// config
	DriverConfigValidated bool

	// ValidationErrors is a list of validation errors
	ValidationErrors []string

	// Error is a string version of any error that may have occurred
	Error string

	// Warnings contains any warnings about the given job. These may include
	// deprecation warnings.
	Warnings string
}

JobValidateResponse is the response from validate request

type JobVersionsRequest added in v0.6.0 

type JobVersionsRequest struct {
	JobID string
	Diffs bool
	QueryOptions
}

JobVersionsRequest is used to get a jobs versions

type JobVersionsResponse added in v0.6.0 

type JobVersionsResponse struct {
	Versions []*Job
	Diffs    []*JobDiff
	QueryMeta
}

JobVersionsResponse is used for a job get versions request

type KeyEncryptionKeyWrapper added in v1.4.0 

type KeyEncryptionKeyWrapper struct {
	Meta                       *RootKeyMeta
	EncryptedDataEncryptionKey []byte `json:"DEK"`
	KeyEncryptionKey           []byte `json:"KEK"`
}

KeyEncryptionKeyWrapper is the struct that gets serialized for the on-disk KMS wrapper. This struct includes the server-specific key-wrapping key and should never be sent over RPC.

type KeyringDeleteRootKeyRequest added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringDeleteRootKeyRequest struct {
	KeyID string
	WriteRequest
}

type KeyringDeleteRootKeyResponse added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringDeleteRootKeyResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

type KeyringGetRootKeyRequest added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringGetRootKeyRequest struct {
	KeyID string
	QueryOptions
}

KeyringGetRootKeyRequest is used internally for key replication only and for keyring restores.

type KeyringGetRootKeyResponse added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringGetRootKeyResponse struct {
	Key *RootKey
	QueryMeta
}

type KeyringListRootKeyMetaRequest added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringListRootKeyMetaRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

KeyringListRootKeyMetaRequest is the argument to the Keyring.List RPC

type KeyringListRootKeyMetaResponse added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringListRootKeyMetaResponse struct {
	Keys []*RootKeyMeta
	QueryMeta
}

KeyringListRootKeyMetaRequest is the response value of the List RPC

type KeyringRequest added in v0.5.0 

type KeyringRequest struct {
	Key string
}

KeyringRequest is request objects for serf key operations.

type KeyringResponse added in v0.5.0 

type KeyringResponse struct {
	Messages map[string]string
	Keys     map[string]int
	NumNodes int
}

KeyringResponse is a unified key response and can be used for install, remove, use, as well as listing key queries.

type KeyringRotateRootKeyRequest added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringRotateRootKeyRequest struct {
	Algorithm EncryptionAlgorithm
	Full      bool
	WriteRequest
}

KeyringRotateRootKeyRequest is the argument to the Keyring.Rotate RPC

type KeyringRotateRootKeyResponse added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringRotateRootKeyResponse struct {
	Key *RootKeyMeta
	WriteMeta
}

KeyringRotateRootKeyResponse returns the full key metadata

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyMetaRequest added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyMetaRequest struct {
	RootKeyMeta *RootKeyMeta
	Rekey       bool
	WriteRequest
}

KeyringUpdateRootKeyMetaRequest is used internally for key replication so that we have a request wrapper for writing the metadata to the FSM without including the key material

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyMetaResponse added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyMetaResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyRequest added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyRequest struct {
	RootKey *RootKey
	Rekey   bool
	WriteRequest
}

KeyringUpdateRootKeyRequest is used internally for key replication only and for keyring restores. The RootKeyMeta will be extracted for applying to the FSM with the KeyringUpdateRootKeyMetaRequest (see below)

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyResponse added in v1.4.0 

type KeyringUpdateRootKeyResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

type LogConfig added in v0.3.0 

type LogConfig struct {
	MaxFiles      int
	MaxFileSizeMB int
	Disabled      bool
}

LogConfig provides configuration for log rotation

func DefaultLogConfig added in v0.3.0 

func DefaultLogConfig() *LogConfig

DefaultLogConfig returns the default LogConfig values.

func (*LogConfig) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (l *LogConfig) Copy() *LogConfig

func (*LogConfig) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (l *LogConfig) Equal(o *LogConfig) bool

func (*LogConfig) Validate added in v0.3.0 

func (l *LogConfig) Validate() error

Validate returns an error if the log config specified are less than the minimum allowed. Note that because we have a non-zero default MaxFiles and MaxFileSizeMB, we can't validate that they're unset if Disabled=true

type MessageType 

type MessageType uint8
const (
	NodeRegisterRequestType                      MessageType = 0
	NodeDeregisterRequestType                    MessageType = 1
	NodeUpdateStatusRequestType                  MessageType = 2
	NodeUpdateDrainRequestType                   MessageType = 3
	JobRegisterRequestType                       MessageType = 4
	JobDeregisterRequestType                     MessageType = 5
	EvalUpdateRequestType                        MessageType = 6
	EvalDeleteRequestType                        MessageType = 7
	AllocUpdateRequestType                       MessageType = 8
	AllocClientUpdateRequestType                 MessageType = 9
	ReconcileJobSummariesRequestType             MessageType = 10
	VaultAccessorRegisterRequestType             MessageType = 11
	VaultAccessorDeregisterRequestType           MessageType = 12
	ApplyPlanResultsRequestType                  MessageType = 13
	DeploymentStatusUpdateRequestType            MessageType = 14
	DeploymentPromoteRequestType                 MessageType = 15
	DeploymentAllocHealthRequestType             MessageType = 16
	DeploymentDeleteRequestType                  MessageType = 17
	JobStabilityRequestType                      MessageType = 18
	ACLPolicyUpsertRequestType                   MessageType = 19
	ACLPolicyDeleteRequestType                   MessageType = 20
	ACLTokenUpsertRequestType                    MessageType = 21
	ACLTokenDeleteRequestType                    MessageType = 22
	ACLTokenBootstrapRequestType                 MessageType = 23
	AutopilotRequestType                         MessageType = 24
	UpsertNodeEventsType                         MessageType = 25
	JobBatchDeregisterRequestType                MessageType = 26
	AllocUpdateDesiredTransitionRequestType      MessageType = 27
	NodeUpdateEligibilityRequestType             MessageType = 28
	BatchNodeUpdateDrainRequestType              MessageType = 29
	SchedulerConfigRequestType                   MessageType = 30
	NodeBatchDeregisterRequestType               MessageType = 31
	ClusterMetadataRequestType                   MessageType = 32
	ServiceIdentityAccessorRegisterRequestType   MessageType = 33
	ServiceIdentityAccessorDeregisterRequestType MessageType = 34
	CSIVolumeRegisterRequestType                 MessageType = 35
	CSIVolumeDeregisterRequestType               MessageType = 36
	CSIVolumeClaimRequestType                    MessageType = 37
	ScalingEventRegisterRequestType              MessageType = 38
	CSIVolumeClaimBatchRequestType               MessageType = 39
	CSIPluginDeleteRequestType                   MessageType = 40
	EventSinkUpsertRequestType                   MessageType = 41
	EventSinkDeleteRequestType                   MessageType = 42
	BatchEventSinkUpdateProgressType             MessageType = 43
	OneTimeTokenUpsertRequestType                MessageType = 44
	OneTimeTokenDeleteRequestType                MessageType = 45
	OneTimeTokenExpireRequestType                MessageType = 46
	ServiceRegistrationUpsertRequestType         MessageType = 47
	ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRequestType     MessageType = 48
	ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDRequestType MessageType = 49
	VarApplyStateRequestType                     MessageType = 50
	RootKeyMetaUpsertRequestType                 MessageType = 51
	RootKeyMetaDeleteRequestType                 MessageType = 52
	ACLRolesUpsertRequestType                    MessageType = 53
	ACLRolesDeleteByIDRequestType                MessageType = 54
	ACLAuthMethodsUpsertRequestType              MessageType = 55
	ACLAuthMethodsDeleteRequestType              MessageType = 56
	ACLBindingRulesUpsertRequestType             MessageType = 57
	ACLBindingRulesDeleteRequestType             MessageType = 58

	// Namespace types were moved from enterprise and therefore start at 64
	NamespaceUpsertRequestType MessageType = 64
	NamespaceDeleteRequestType MessageType = 65
)

note: new raft message types need to be added to the end of this list of contents

type MigrateStrategy added in v0.8.0 

type MigrateStrategy struct {
	MaxParallel     int
	HealthCheck     string
	MinHealthyTime  time.Duration
	HealthyDeadline time.Duration
}

func DefaultMigrateStrategy added in v0.8.0 

func DefaultMigrateStrategy() *MigrateStrategy

DefaultMigrateStrategy is used for backwards compat with pre-0.8 Allocations that lack an update strategy.

This function should match its counterpart in api/tasks.go

func (*MigrateStrategy) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (m *MigrateStrategy) Validate() error

type Multiregion added in v0.12.0 

type Multiregion struct {
	Strategy *MultiregionStrategy
	Regions  []*MultiregionRegion
}

func (*Multiregion) Canonicalize added in v0.12.0 

func (m *Multiregion) Canonicalize()

func (*Multiregion) Copy added in v0.12.0 

func (m *Multiregion) Copy() *Multiregion

func (*Multiregion) Diff added in v0.12.0 

func (m *Multiregion) Diff(m2 *Multiregion) bool

Diff indicates whether the multiregion config has changed

func (*Multiregion) Validate added in v0.12.0 

func (m *Multiregion) Validate(jobType string, jobDatacenters []string) error

type MultiregionRegion added in v0.12.0 

type MultiregionRegion struct {
	Name        string
	Count       int
	Datacenters []string
	Meta        map[string]string
}

type MultiregionStrategy added in v0.12.0 

type MultiregionStrategy struct {
	MaxParallel int
	OnFailure   string
}

type Namespace added in v1.0.0 

type Namespace struct {
	// Name is the name of the namespace
	Name string

	// Description is a human readable description of the namespace
	Description string

	// Quota is the quota specification that the namespace should account
	// against.
	Quota string

	// Capabilities is the set of capabilities allowed for this namespace
	Capabilities *NamespaceCapabilities

	// Meta is the set of metadata key/value pairs that attached to the namespace
	Meta map[string]string

	// Hash is the hash of the namespace which is used to efficiently replicate
	// cross-regions.
	Hash []byte

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

Namespace allows logically grouping jobs and their associated objects.

func (*Namespace) Copy added in v1.0.0 

func (n *Namespace) Copy() *Namespace

func (*Namespace) SetHash added in v1.0.0 

func (n *Namespace) SetHash() []byte

SetHash is used to compute and set the hash of the namespace

func (*Namespace) Validate added in v1.0.0 

func (n *Namespace) Validate() error

type NamespaceCapabilities added in v1.3.0 

type NamespaceCapabilities struct {
	EnabledTaskDrivers  []string
	DisabledTaskDrivers []string
}

NamespaceCapabilities represents a set of capabilities allowed for this namespace, to be checked at job submission time.

type NamespaceDeleteRequest added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceDeleteRequest struct {
	Namespaces []string
	WriteRequest
}

NamespaceDeleteRequest is used to delete a set of namespaces

type NamespaceListRequest added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

NamespaceListRequest is used to request a list of namespaces

type NamespaceListResponse added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceListResponse struct {
	Namespaces []*Namespace
	QueryMeta
}

NamespaceListResponse is used for a list request

type NamespaceSetRequest added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceSetRequest struct {
	Namespaces []string
	QueryOptions
}

NamespaceSetRequest is used to query a set of namespaces

type NamespaceSetResponse added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceSetResponse struct {
	Namespaces map[string]*Namespace // Keyed by namespace Name
	QueryMeta
}

NamespaceSetResponse is used to return a set of namespaces

type NamespaceSpecificRequest added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceSpecificRequest struct {
	Name string
	QueryOptions
}

NamespaceSpecificRequest is used to query a specific namespace

type NamespaceUpsertRequest added in v1.0.0 

type NamespaceUpsertRequest struct {
	Namespaces []*Namespace
	WriteRequest
}

NamespaceUpsertRequest is used to upsert a set of namespaces

type NamespacedID added in v0.7.0 

type NamespacedID struct {
	ID        string
	Namespace string
}

NamespacedID is a tuple of an ID and a namespace

func NewNamespacedID added in v0.8.7 

func NewNamespacedID(id, ns string) NamespacedID

NewNamespacedID returns a new namespaced ID given the ID and namespace

func (NamespacedID) String added in v0.8.0 

func (n NamespacedID) String() string

type NativeServiceDiscoveryUsage added in v1.4.2 

type NativeServiceDiscoveryUsage struct {
	Basic  *set.Set[string] // implies v1.3.0 + ${attr.nomad.service_discovery}
	Checks *set.Set[string] // implies v1.4.0
}

NativeServiceDiscoveryUsage tracks which groups make use of the nomad service discovery provider, and also which of those groups make use of checks. This information will be used to configure implicit constraints on the job.

func (*NativeServiceDiscoveryUsage) Empty added in v1.4.2 

func (u *NativeServiceDiscoveryUsage) Empty() bool

Empty returns true if no groups are using native service discovery.

type NetworkIndex 

type NetworkIndex struct {
	// TaskNetworks are the node networks available for
	// task.resources.network asks.
	TaskNetworks []*NetworkResource

	// GroupNetworks are the node networks available for group.network
	// asks.
	GroupNetworks []*NodeNetworkResource

	// HostNetworks indexes addresses by host network alias
	HostNetworks map[string][]NodeNetworkAddress

	// UsedPorts tracks which ports are used on a per-IP address basis. For
	// example if a node has `network_interface=lo` and port 22 reserved,
	// then on a dual stack loopback interface UsedPorts would contain:
	// {
	//  "127.0.0.1": Bitmap{22},
	//  "::1":       Bitmap{22},
	// }
	UsedPorts map[string]Bitmap

	// Deprecated bandwidth fields
	AvailBandwidth map[string]int // Bandwidth by device
	UsedBandwidth  map[string]int // Bandwidth by device

	MinDynamicPort int // The smallest dynamic port generated
	MaxDynamicPort int // The largest dynamic port generated
}

NetworkIndex is used to index the available network resources and the used network resources on a machine given allocations

Fields are exported so they may be JSON serialized for debugging. Fields are *not* intended to be used directly.

func NewNetworkIndex 

func NewNetworkIndex() *NetworkIndex

NewNetworkIndex is used to construct a new network index

func (*NetworkIndex) AddAllocs 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) AddAllocs(allocs []*Allocation) (collide bool, reason string)

AddAllocs is used to add the used network resources. Returns true if there is a collision

AddAllocs may be called multiple times for the same NetworkIndex with UsedPorts cleared between calls (by Release). Therefore AddAllocs must be determistic and must not manipulate state outside of UsedPorts as that state would persist between Release calls.

func (*NetworkIndex) AddReserved 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) AddReserved(n *NetworkResource) (collide bool, reasons []string)

AddReserved is used to add a reserved network usage, returns true if there is a port collision

func (*NetworkIndex) AddReservedPorts added in v0.12.0 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) AddReservedPorts(ports AllocatedPorts) (collide bool, reasons []string)

func (*NetworkIndex) AddReservedPortsForIP added in v0.12.0 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) AddReservedPortsForIP(ports []uint64, ip string) (collide bool, reasons []string)

AddReservedPortsForIP checks whether any reserved ports collide with those in use for the IP address.

func (*NetworkIndex) AssignPorts added in v0.12.0 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) AssignPorts(ask *NetworkResource) (AllocatedPorts, error)

AssignPorts based on an ask from the scheduler processing a group.network block. Supports multi-interfaces through node configured host_networks.

AssignTaskNetwork supports the deprecated task.resources.network block.

func (*NetworkIndex) AssignTaskNetwork added in v1.1.15 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) AssignTaskNetwork(ask *NetworkResource) (out *NetworkResource, err error)

AssignTaskNetwork is used to offer network resources given a task.resources.network ask. If the ask cannot be satisfied, returns nil

AssignTaskNetwork and task.resources.network are deprecated in favor of AssignPorts and group.network. AssignTaskNetwork does not support multiple interfaces and only uses the node's default interface. AssignPorts is the method that is used for group.network asks.

func (*NetworkIndex) Copy added in v1.0.16 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) Copy() *NetworkIndex

func (*NetworkIndex) Overcommitted 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) Overcommitted() bool

Overcommitted checks if the network is overcommitted

func (*NetworkIndex) Release added in v0.3.0 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) Release()

Release is called when the network index is no longer needed to attempt to re-use some of the memory it has allocated

func (*NetworkIndex) SetNode 

func (idx *NetworkIndex) SetNode(node *Node) error

SetNode is used to initialize a node's network index with available IPs, reserved ports, and other details from a node's configuration and fingerprinting.

SetNode must be idempotent as preemption causes SetNode to be called multiple times on the same NetworkIndex, only clearing UsedPorts between calls.

An error is returned if the Node cannot produce a consistent NetworkIndex such as if reserved_ports are unparseable.

Any errors returned by SetNode indicate a bug! The bug may lie in client code not properly validating its configuration or it may lie in improper Node object handling by servers. Users should not be able to cause SetNode to error. Data that cause SetNode to error should be caught upstream such as a client agent refusing to start with an invalid configuration.

type NetworkResource 

type NetworkResource struct {
	Mode          string     // Mode of the network
	Device        string     // Name of the device
	CIDR          string     // CIDR block of addresses
	IP            string     // Host IP address
	Hostname      string     `json:",omitempty"` // Hostname of the network namespace
	MBits         int        // Throughput
	DNS           *DNSConfig // DNS Configuration
	ReservedPorts []Port     // Host Reserved ports
	DynamicPorts  []Port     // Host Dynamically assigned ports
}

NetworkResource is used to represent available network resources

func AllocatedPortsToNetworkResouce added in v0.12.0 

func AllocatedPortsToNetworkResouce(ask *NetworkResource, ports AllocatedPorts, node *NodeResources) *NetworkResource

AllocatedPortsToNetworkResouce is a COMPAT(1.0) remove when NetworkResource is no longer used for materialized client view of ports.

func (*NetworkResource) Add 

func (n *NetworkResource) Add(delta *NetworkResource)

Add adds the resources of the delta to this, potentially returning an error if not possible.

func (*NetworkResource) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (n *NetworkResource) Canonicalize()

func (*NetworkResource) Copy 

func (n *NetworkResource) Copy() *NetworkResource

Copy returns a deep copy of the network resource

func (*NetworkResource) Diff added in v0.4.0 

func (n *NetworkResource) Diff(other *NetworkResource, contextual bool) *ObjectDiff

Diff returns a diff of two network resources. If contextual diff is enabled, non-changed fields will still be returned.

func (*NetworkResource) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NetworkResource) Equal(other *NetworkResource) bool

func (*NetworkResource) GoString 

func (n *NetworkResource) GoString() string

func (*NetworkResource) Hash added in v0.12.0 

func (n *NetworkResource) Hash() uint32

func (*NetworkResource) PortLabels added in v0.6.0 

func (n *NetworkResource) PortLabels() map[string]int

PortLabels returns a map of port labels to their assigned host ports.

type NetworkStatus added in v1.4.0 

type NetworkStatus interface {
	NetworkStatus() *AllocNetworkStatus
}

NetworkStatus is an interface satisfied by alloc runner, for acquiring the network status of an allocation.

type Networks added in v0.6.0 

type Networks []*NetworkResource

Networks defined for a task on the Resources struct.

func (Networks) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (ns Networks) Copy() Networks

func (*Networks) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (ns *Networks) Equal(o *Networks) bool

Equal equates Networks as a set

func (Networks) NetIndex added in v0.9.0 

func (ns Networks) NetIndex(n *NetworkResource) int

func (Networks) Port added in v0.6.0 

func (ns Networks) Port(label string) AllocatedPortMapping

Port assignment and IP for the given label or empty values.

type Node 

type Node struct {
	// ID is a unique identifier for the node. It can be constructed
	// by doing a concatenation of the Name and Datacenter as a simple
	// approach. Alternatively a UUID may be used.
	ID string

	// SecretID is an ID that is only known by the Node and the set of Servers.
	// It is not accessible via the API and is used to authenticate nodes
	// conducting privileged activities.
	SecretID string

	// Datacenter for this node
	Datacenter string

	// Node name
	Name string

	// CgroupParent for this node (linux only)
	CgroupParent string

	// HTTPAddr is the address on which the Nomad client is listening for http
	// requests
	HTTPAddr string

	// TLSEnabled indicates if the Agent has TLS enabled for the HTTP API
	TLSEnabled bool

	// Attributes is an arbitrary set of key/value
	// data that can be used for constraints. Examples
	// include "kernel.name=linux", "arch=386", "driver.docker=1",
	// "docker.runtime=1.8.3"
	Attributes map[string]string

	// NodeResources captures the available resources on the client.
	NodeResources *NodeResources

	// ReservedResources captures the set resources on the client that are
	// reserved from scheduling.
	ReservedResources *NodeReservedResources

	// Resources is the available resources on the client.
	// For example 'cpu=2' 'memory=2048'
	// COMPAT(0.10): Remove after 0.10
	Resources *Resources

	// Reserved is the set of resources that are reserved,
	// and should be subtracted from the total resources for
	// the purposes of scheduling. This may be provide certain
	// high-watermark tolerances or because of external schedulers
	// consuming resources.
	// COMPAT(0.10): Remove after 0.10
	Reserved *Resources

	// Links are used to 'link' this client to external
	// systems. For example 'consul=foo.dc1' 'aws=i-83212'
	// 'ami=ami-123'
	Links map[string]string

	// Meta is used to associate arbitrary metadata with this
	// client. This is opaque to Nomad.
	Meta map[string]string

	// NodeClass is an opaque identifier used to group nodes
	// together for the purpose of determining scheduling pressure.
	NodeClass string

	// ComputedClass is a unique id that identifies nodes with a common set of
	// attributes and capabilities.
	ComputedClass string

	// DrainStrategy determines the node's draining behavior.
	// Will be non-nil only while draining.
	DrainStrategy *DrainStrategy

	// SchedulingEligibility determines whether this node will receive new
	// placements.
	SchedulingEligibility string

	// Status of this node
	Status string

	// StatusDescription is meant to provide more human useful information
	StatusDescription string

	// StatusUpdatedAt is the time stamp at which the state of the node was
	// updated
	StatusUpdatedAt int64

	// Events is the most recent set of events generated for the node,
	// retaining only MaxRetainedNodeEvents number at a time
	Events []*NodeEvent

	// Drivers is a map of driver names to current driver information
	Drivers map[string]*DriverInfo

	// CSIControllerPlugins is a map of plugin names to current CSI Plugin info
	CSIControllerPlugins map[string]*CSIInfo
	// CSINodePlugins is a map of plugin names to current CSI Plugin info
	CSINodePlugins map[string]*CSIInfo

	// HostVolumes is a map of host volume names to their configuration
	HostVolumes map[string]*ClientHostVolumeConfig

	// HostNetworks is a map of host host_network names to their configuration
	HostNetworks map[string]*ClientHostNetworkConfig

	// LastDrain contains metadata about the most recent drain operation
	LastDrain *DrainMetadata

	// LastMissedHeartbeatIndex stores the Raft index when the node last missed
	// a heartbeat. It resets to zero once the node is marked as ready again.
	LastMissedHeartbeatIndex uint64

	// LastAllocUpdateIndex stores the Raft index of the last time the node
	// updatedd its allocations status.
	LastAllocUpdateIndex uint64

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

Node is a representation of a schedulable client node

func MockNode added in v0.9.0 

func MockNode() *Node

func MockNvidiaNode added in v0.9.0 

func MockNvidiaNode() *Node

MockNvidiaNode returns a node with two instances of an Nvidia GPU

func (*Node) Canonicalize added in v0.8.0 

func (n *Node) Canonicalize()

func (*Node) ComparableReservedResources added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Node) ComparableReservedResources() *ComparableResources

ComparableReservedResources returns the reserved resouces on the node handling upgrade paths. Reserved networks must be handled separately. After 0.11 calls to this should be replaced with: node.ReservedResources.Comparable()

COMPAT(0.11): Remove in 0.11

func (*Node) ComparableResources added in v0.9.0 

func (n *Node) ComparableResources() *ComparableResources

ComparableResources returns the resouces on the node handling upgrade paths. Networking must be handled separately. After 0.11 calls to this should be replaced with: node.NodeResources.Comparable()

// COMPAT(0.11): Remove in 0.11

func (*Node) ComputeClass added in v0.3.0 

func (n *Node) ComputeClass() error

ComputeClass computes a derived class for the node based on its attributes. ComputedClass is a unique id that identifies nodes with a common set of attributes and capabilities. Thus, when calculating a node's computed class we avoid including any uniquely identifying fields.

func (*Node) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (n *Node) Copy() *Node

func (*Node) GetID added in v1.3.0 

func (n *Node) GetID() string

GetID is a helper for getting the ID when the object may be nil and is required for pagination.

func (Node) HashInclude added in v0.3.0 

func (n Node) HashInclude(field string, v interface{}) (bool, error)

HashInclude is used to denylist uniquely identifying node fields from being included in the computed node class.

func (Node) HashIncludeMap added in v0.3.0 

func (n Node) HashIncludeMap(field string, k, v interface{}) (bool, error)

HashIncludeMap is used to denylist uniquely identifying node map keys from being included in the computed node class.

func (*Node) IsInAnyDC added in v1.5.1 

func (n *Node) IsInAnyDC(datacenters []string) bool

func (*Node) Ready added in v0.5.0 

func (n *Node) Ready() bool

Ready returns true if the node is ready for running allocations

func (*Node) Sanitize added in v1.1.0 

func (n *Node) Sanitize() *Node

Sanitize returns a copy of the Node omitting confidential fields It only returns a copy if the Node contains the confidential fields

func (*Node) Stub 

func (n *Node) Stub(fields *NodeStubFields) *NodeListStub

Stub returns a summarized version of the node

func (*Node) TerminalStatus 

func (n *Node) TerminalStatus() bool

TerminalStatus returns if the current status is terminal and will no longer transition.

func (*Node) UnresponsiveStatus added in v1.3.10 

func (n *Node) UnresponsiveStatus() bool

UnresponsiveStatus returns true if the node is a status where it is not communicating with the server.

type NodeAllocsResponse 

type NodeAllocsResponse struct {
	Allocs []*Allocation
	QueryMeta
}

NodeAllocsResponse is used to return allocs for a single node

type NodeBatchDeregisterRequest added in v0.9.4 

type NodeBatchDeregisterRequest struct {
	NodeIDs []string
	WriteRequest
}

NodeBatchDeregisterRequest is used for Node.BatchDeregister endpoint to deregister a batch of nodes from being schedulable entities.

type NodeClientAllocsResponse added in v0.3.0 

type NodeClientAllocsResponse struct {
	Allocs map[string]uint64

	// MigrateTokens are used when ACLs are enabled to allow cross node,
	// authenticated access to sticky volumes
	MigrateTokens map[string]string

	QueryMeta
}

NodeClientAllocsResponse is used to return allocs meta data for a single node

type NodeConnQueryResponse added in v0.8.0 

type NodeConnQueryResponse struct {
	// Connected indicates whether a connection to the Client exists
	Connected bool

	// Established marks the time at which the connection was established
	Established time.Time

	QueryMeta
}

NodeConnQueryResponse is used to respond to a query of whether a server has a connection to a specific Node

type NodeCpuResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeCpuResources struct {
	// CpuShares is the CPU shares available. This is calculated by number of
	// cores multiplied by the core frequency.
	CpuShares int64

	// TotalCpuCores is the total number of cores on the machine. This includes cores not in
	// the agent's cpuset if on a linux platform
	TotalCpuCores uint16

	// ReservableCpuCores is the set of cpus which are available to be reserved on the Node.
	// This value is currently only reported on Linux platforms which support cgroups and is
	// discovered by inspecting the cpuset of the agent's cgroup.
	ReservableCpuCores []uint16
}

NodeCpuResources captures the CPU resources of the node.

func (NodeCpuResources) Copy added in v1.0.16 

func (n NodeCpuResources) Copy() NodeCpuResources

func (*NodeCpuResources) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeCpuResources) Equal(o *NodeCpuResources) bool

func (*NodeCpuResources) Merge added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeCpuResources) Merge(o *NodeCpuResources)

func (*NodeCpuResources) SharesPerCore added in v1.1.0 

func (n *NodeCpuResources) SharesPerCore() int64

type NodeDeregisterRequest 

type NodeDeregisterRequest struct {
	NodeID string
	WriteRequest
}

NodeDeregisterRequest is used for Node.Deregister endpoint to deregister a node as being a schedulable entity.

type NodeDevice added in v0.9.0 

type NodeDevice struct {
	// ID is the ID of the device.
	ID string

	// Healthy captures whether the device is healthy.
	Healthy bool

	// HealthDescription is used to provide a human readable description of why
	// the device may be unhealthy.
	HealthDescription string

	// Locality stores HW locality information for the node to optionally be
	// used when making placement decisions.
	Locality *NodeDeviceLocality
}

NodeDevice is an instance of a particular device.

func (*NodeDevice) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeDevice) Copy() *NodeDevice

func (*NodeDevice) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeDevice) Equal(o *NodeDevice) bool

type NodeDeviceLocality added in v0.9.0 

type NodeDeviceLocality struct {
	// PciBusID is the PCI Bus ID for the device.
	PciBusID string
}

NodeDeviceLocality stores information about the devices hardware locality on the node.

func (*NodeDeviceLocality) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeDeviceLocality) Copy() *NodeDeviceLocality

func (*NodeDeviceLocality) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeDeviceLocality) Equal(o *NodeDeviceLocality) bool

type NodeDeviceResource added in v0.9.0 

type NodeDeviceResource struct {
	Vendor     string
	Type       string
	Name       string
	Instances  []*NodeDevice
	Attributes map[string]*psstructs.Attribute
}

NodeDeviceResource captures a set of devices sharing a common vendor/type/device_name tuple.

func (*NodeDeviceResource) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeDeviceResource) Copy() *NodeDeviceResource

func (*NodeDeviceResource) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeDeviceResource) Equal(o *NodeDeviceResource) bool

func (NodeDeviceResource) HashInclude added in v0.9.0 

func (n NodeDeviceResource) HashInclude(field string, v interface{}) (bool, error)

HashInclude is used to denylist uniquely identifying node fields from being included in the computed node class.

func (NodeDeviceResource) HashIncludeMap added in v0.9.0 

func (n NodeDeviceResource) HashIncludeMap(field string, k, v interface{}) (bool, error)

HashIncludeMap is used to denylist uniquely identifying node map keys from being included in the computed node class.

func (*NodeDeviceResource) ID added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeDeviceResource) ID() *DeviceIdTuple

type NodeDiskResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeDiskResources struct {
	// DiskMB is the total available disk space on the node
	DiskMB int64
}

NodeDiskResources captures the disk resources of the node

func (*NodeDiskResources) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeDiskResources) Equal(o *NodeDiskResources) bool

func (*NodeDiskResources) Merge added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeDiskResources) Merge(o *NodeDiskResources)

type NodeDrainUpdateResponse 

type NodeDrainUpdateResponse struct {
	NodeModifyIndex uint64
	EvalIDs         []string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	WriteMeta
}

NodeDrainUpdateResponse is used to respond to a node drain update

type NodeEligibilityUpdateResponse added in v0.8.0 

type NodeEligibilityUpdateResponse struct {
	NodeModifyIndex uint64
	EvalIDs         []string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	WriteMeta
}

NodeEligibilityUpdateResponse is used to respond to a node eligibility update

type NodeEvaluateRequest 

type NodeEvaluateRequest struct {
	NodeID string
	WriteRequest
}

NodeEvaluateRequest is used to re-evaluate the node

type NodeEvent added in v0.8.0 

type NodeEvent struct {
	Message     string
	Subsystem   string
	Details     map[string]string
	Timestamp   time.Time
	CreateIndex uint64
}

NodeEvent is a single unit representing a node’s state change

func NewNodeEvent added in v0.8.4 

func NewNodeEvent() *NodeEvent

NewNodeEvent generates a new node event storing the current time as the timestamp

func (*NodeEvent) AddDetail added in v0.8.4 

func (ne *NodeEvent) AddDetail(k, v string) *NodeEvent

AddDetail is used to add a detail to the node event

func (*NodeEvent) Copy added in v0.8.0 

func (ne *NodeEvent) Copy() *NodeEvent

func (*NodeEvent) SetMessage added in v0.8.4 

func (ne *NodeEvent) SetMessage(msg string) *NodeEvent

SetMessage is used to set the message on the node event

func (*NodeEvent) SetSubsystem added in v0.8.4 

func (ne *NodeEvent) SetSubsystem(sys string) *NodeEvent

SetSubsystem is used to set the subsystem on the node event

func (*NodeEvent) SetTimestamp added in v0.8.4 

func (ne *NodeEvent) SetTimestamp(ts time.Time) *NodeEvent

SetTimestamp is used to set the timestamp on the node event

func (*NodeEvent) String added in v0.8.0 

func (ne *NodeEvent) String() string

type NodeListRequest 

type NodeListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions

	Fields *NodeStubFields
}

NodeListRequest is used to parameterize a list request

type NodeListResponse 

type NodeListResponse struct {
	Nodes []*NodeListStub
	QueryMeta
}

NodeListResponse is used for a list request

type NodeListStub 

type NodeListStub struct {
	Address               string
	ID                    string
	Attributes            map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
	Datacenter            string
	Name                  string
	NodeClass             string
	Version               string
	Drain                 bool
	SchedulingEligibility string
	Status                string
	StatusDescription     string
	Drivers               map[string]*DriverInfo
	HostVolumes           map[string]*ClientHostVolumeConfig
	NodeResources         *NodeResources         `json:",omitempty"`
	ReservedResources     *NodeReservedResources `json:",omitempty"`
	LastDrain             *DrainMetadata
	CreateIndex           uint64
	ModifyIndex           uint64
}

NodeListStub is used to return a subset of job information for the job list

type NodeMemoryResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeMemoryResources struct {
	// MemoryMB is the total available memory on the node
	MemoryMB int64
}

NodeMemoryResources captures the memory resources of the node

func (*NodeMemoryResources) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeMemoryResources) Equal(o *NodeMemoryResources) bool

func (*NodeMemoryResources) Merge added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeMemoryResources) Merge(o *NodeMemoryResources)

type NodeMetaApplyRequest added in v1.5.0 

type NodeMetaApplyRequest struct {
	QueryOptions // Client RPCs must use QueryOptions to set AllowStale=true

	// NodeID is the node being targeted by this request (or the node
	// receiving this request if NodeID is empty).
	NodeID string

	// Meta is the new Node metadata being applied and differs slightly
	// from Node.Meta as nil values are used to unset Node.Meta keys.
	Meta map[string]*string
}

NodeMetaApplyRequest is used to update Node metadata on Client agents.

func (*NodeMetaApplyRequest) Validate added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeMetaApplyRequest) Validate() error

type NodeMetaResponse added in v1.5.0 

type NodeMetaResponse struct {
	// Meta is the merged static + dynamic Node metadata
	Meta map[string]string

	// Dynamic is the dynamic Node metadata (set via API)
	Dynamic map[string]*string

	// Static is the static Node metadata (set via agent configuration)
	Static map[string]string
}

NodeMetaResponse is used to read Node metadata directly from Client agents.

type NodeNetworkAF added in v0.12.0 

type NodeNetworkAF string
const (
	NodeNetworkAF_IPv4 NodeNetworkAF = "ipv4"
	NodeNetworkAF_IPv6 NodeNetworkAF = "ipv6"
)

type NodeNetworkAddress added in v0.12.0 

type NodeNetworkAddress struct {
	Family        NodeNetworkAF
	Alias         string
	Address       string
	ReservedPorts string
	Gateway       string // default route for this address
}

type NodeNetworkResource added in v0.12.0 

type NodeNetworkResource struct {
	Mode string // host for physical networks, cni/<name> for cni networks

	// The following apply only to host networks
	Device     string // interface name
	MacAddress string
	Speed      int

	Addresses []NodeNetworkAddress // not valid for cni, for bridge there will only be 1 ip
}

NodeNetworkResource is used to describe a fingerprinted network of a node

func (*NodeNetworkResource) Copy added in v1.0.16 

func (n *NodeNetworkResource) Copy() *NodeNetworkResource

func (*NodeNetworkResource) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeNetworkResource) Equal(o *NodeNetworkResource) bool

func (*NodeNetworkResource) HasAlias added in v0.12.0 

func (n *NodeNetworkResource) HasAlias(alias string) bool

type NodeRegisterRequest 

type NodeRegisterRequest struct {
	Node      *Node
	NodeEvent *NodeEvent
	WriteRequest
}

NodeRegisterRequest is used for Node.Register endpoint to register a node as being a schedulable entity.

type NodeReservedCpuResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeReservedCpuResources struct {
	CpuShares        int64
	ReservedCpuCores []uint16
}

NodeReservedCpuResources captures the reserved CPU resources of the node.

type NodeReservedDiskResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeReservedDiskResources struct {
	DiskMB int64
}

NodeReservedDiskResources captures the reserved disk resources of the node.

type NodeReservedMemoryResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeReservedMemoryResources struct {
	MemoryMB int64
}

NodeReservedMemoryResources captures the reserved memory resources of the node.

type NodeReservedNetworkResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeReservedNetworkResources struct {
	// ReservedHostPorts is the set of ports reserved on all host network
	// interfaces. Its format is a comma separate list of integers or integer
	// ranges. (80,443,1000-2000,2005)
	ReservedHostPorts string
}

NodeReservedNetworkResources captures the reserved network resources of the node.

func (*NodeReservedNetworkResources) ParseReservedHostPorts added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeReservedNetworkResources) ParseReservedHostPorts() ([]uint64, error)

ParseReservedHostPorts returns the reserved host ports.

type NodeReservedResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeReservedResources struct {
	Cpu      NodeReservedCpuResources
	Memory   NodeReservedMemoryResources
	Disk     NodeReservedDiskResources
	Networks NodeReservedNetworkResources
}

NodeReservedResources is used to capture the resources on a client node that should be reserved and not made available to jobs.

func (*NodeReservedResources) Comparable added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeReservedResources) Comparable() *ComparableResources

Comparable returns a comparable version of the node's reserved resources. The returned resources doesn't contain any network information. This conversion can be lossy so care must be taken when using it.

func (*NodeReservedResources) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeReservedResources) Copy() *NodeReservedResources

type NodeResources added in v0.9.0 

type NodeResources struct {
	Cpu     NodeCpuResources
	Memory  NodeMemoryResources
	Disk    NodeDiskResources
	Devices []*NodeDeviceResource

	// NodeNetworks was added in Nomad 0.12 to support multiple interfaces.
	// It is the superset of host_networks, fingerprinted networks, and the
	// node's default interface.
	NodeNetworks []*NodeNetworkResource

	// Networks is the node's bridge network and default interface. It is
	// only used when scheduling jobs with a deprecated
	// task.resources.network block.
	Networks Networks

	// MinDynamicPort and MaxDynamicPort represent the inclusive port range
	// to select dynamic ports from across all networks.
	MinDynamicPort int
	MaxDynamicPort int
}

NodeResources is used to define the resources available on a client node.

func (*NodeResources) Comparable added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeResources) Comparable() *ComparableResources

Comparable returns a comparable version of the nodes resources. This conversion can be lossy so care must be taken when using it.

func (*NodeResources) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeResources) Copy() *NodeResources

func (*NodeResources) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (n *NodeResources) Equal(o *NodeResources) bool

func (NodeResources) HashInclude added in v0.9.0 

func (n NodeResources) HashInclude(field string, v interface{}) (bool, error)

HashInclude is used to denylist uniquely identifying node fields from being included in the computed node class.

func (*NodeResources) Merge added in v0.9.0 

func (n *NodeResources) Merge(o *NodeResources)

type NodeScoreMeta added in v0.9.0 

type NodeScoreMeta struct {
	NodeID    string
	Scores    map[string]float64
	NormScore float64
}

NodeScoreMeta captures scoring meta data derived from different scoring factors.

func CopySliceNodeScoreMeta added in v0.9.0 

func CopySliceNodeScoreMeta(s []*NodeScoreMeta) []*NodeScoreMeta

func (*NodeScoreMeta) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NodeScoreMeta) Copy() *NodeScoreMeta

func (*NodeScoreMeta) Data added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NodeScoreMeta) Data() interface{}

func (*NodeScoreMeta) Score added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NodeScoreMeta) Score() float64

func (*NodeScoreMeta) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *NodeScoreMeta) String() string

type NodeServerInfo added in v0.4.0 

type NodeServerInfo struct {
	// RPCAdvertiseAddr is the IP endpoint that a Nomad Server wishes to
	// be contacted at for RPCs.
	RPCAdvertiseAddr string

	// RpcMajorVersion is the major version number the Nomad Server
	// supports
	RPCMajorVersion int32

	// RpcMinorVersion is the minor version number the Nomad Server
	// supports
	RPCMinorVersion int32

	// Datacenter is the datacenter that a Nomad server belongs to
	Datacenter string
}

NodeServerInfo is used to in NodeUpdateResponse to return Nomad server information used in RPC server lists.

type NodeSpecificRequest 

type NodeSpecificRequest struct {
	NodeID   string
	SecretID string
	QueryOptions
}

NodeSpecificRequest is used when we just need to specify a target node

type NodeStreamEvent added in v1.0.0 

type NodeStreamEvent struct {
	Node *Node
}

NodeStreamEvent holds a newly updated Node

type NodeStubFields added in v1.0.0 

type NodeStubFields struct {
	Resources bool
	OS        bool
}

NodeStubFields defines which fields are included in the NodeListStub.

type NodeUpdateDrainRequest 

type NodeUpdateDrainRequest struct {
	NodeID        string
	DrainStrategy *DrainStrategy

	// MarkEligible marks the node as eligible if removing the drain strategy.
	MarkEligible bool

	// NodeEvent is the event added to the node
	NodeEvent *NodeEvent

	// UpdatedAt represents server time of receiving request
	UpdatedAt int64

	// Meta is user-provided metadata relating to the drain operation
	Meta map[string]string

	WriteRequest
}

NodeUpdateDrainRequest is used for updating the drain strategy

type NodeUpdateEligibilityRequest added in v0.8.0 

type NodeUpdateEligibilityRequest struct {
	NodeID      string
	Eligibility string

	// NodeEvent is the event added to the node
	NodeEvent *NodeEvent

	// UpdatedAt represents server time of receiving request
	UpdatedAt int64

	WriteRequest
}

NodeUpdateEligibilityRequest is used for updating the scheduling eligibility

type NodeUpdateResponse 

type NodeUpdateResponse struct {
	HeartbeatTTL    time.Duration
	EvalIDs         []string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	NodeModifyIndex uint64

	// Features informs clients what enterprise features are allowed
	Features uint64

	// LeaderRPCAddr is the RPC address of the current Raft Leader.  If
	// empty, the current Nomad Server is in the minority of a partition.
	LeaderRPCAddr string

	// NumNodes is the number of Nomad nodes attached to this quorum of
	// Nomad Servers at the time of the response.  This value can
	// fluctuate based on the health of the cluster between heartbeats.
	NumNodes int32

	// Servers is the full list of known Nomad servers in the local
	// region.
	Servers []*NodeServerInfo

	// SchedulingEligibility is used to inform clients what the server-side
	// has for their scheduling status during heartbeats.
	SchedulingEligibility string

	QueryMeta
}

NodeUpdateResponse is used to respond to a node update

type NodeUpdateStatusRequest 

type NodeUpdateStatusRequest struct {
	NodeID    string
	Status    string
	NodeEvent *NodeEvent
	UpdatedAt int64
	WriteRequest
}

NodeUpdateStatusRequest is used for Node.UpdateStatus endpoint to update the status of a node.

type ObjectDiff added in v0.4.0 

type ObjectDiff struct {
	Type    DiffType
	Name    string
	Fields  []*FieldDiff
	Objects []*ObjectDiff
}

ObjectDiff contains the diff of two generic objects.

func (*ObjectDiff) GoString added in v0.4.0 

func (o *ObjectDiff) GoString() string

func (*ObjectDiff) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (o *ObjectDiff) Less(other *ObjectDiff) bool

type ObjectDiffs added in v0.4.0 

type ObjectDiffs []*ObjectDiff

For sorting ObjectDiffs

func (ObjectDiffs) Len added in v0.4.0 

func (o ObjectDiffs) Len() int

func (ObjectDiffs) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (o ObjectDiffs) Less(i, j int) bool

func (ObjectDiffs) Swap added in v0.4.0 

func (o ObjectDiffs) Swap(i, j int)

type OneTimeToken added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeToken struct {
	OneTimeSecretID string
	AccessorID      string
	ExpiresAt       time.Time
	CreateIndex     uint64
	ModifyIndex     uint64
}

OneTimeToken is used to log into the web UI using a token provided by the command line.

type OneTimeTokenDeleteRequest added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeTokenDeleteRequest struct {
	AccessorIDs []string
	WriteRequest
}

OneTimeTokenDeleteRequest is a request to delete a group of one-time tokens

type OneTimeTokenExchangeRequest added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeTokenExchangeRequest struct {
	OneTimeSecretID string
	WriteRequest
}

OneTimeTokenExchangeRequest is a request to swap the one-time token with the backing ACL token

type OneTimeTokenExchangeResponse added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeTokenExchangeResponse struct {
	Token *ACLToken
	WriteMeta
}

OneTimeTokenExchangeResponse is the response to swapping the one-time token with the backing ACL token

type OneTimeTokenExpireRequest added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeTokenExpireRequest struct {
	Timestamp time.Time
	WriteRequest
}

OneTimeTokenExpireRequest is a request to delete all expired one-time tokens

type OneTimeTokenUpsertRequest added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeTokenUpsertRequest struct {
	WriteRequest
}

OneTimeTokenUpsertRequest is the request for a UpsertOneTimeToken RPC

type OneTimeTokenUpsertResponse added in v1.1.0 

type OneTimeTokenUpsertResponse struct {
	OneTimeToken *OneTimeToken
	WriteMeta
}

OneTimeTokenUpsertResponse is the response to a UpsertOneTimeToken RPC.

type OperatorHealthReply added in v1.4.0 

type OperatorHealthReply struct {
	// Healthy is true if all the servers in the cluster are healthy.
	Healthy bool

	// FailureTolerance is the number of healthy servers that could be lost without
	// an outage occurring.
	FailureTolerance int

	// Servers holds the health of each server.
	Servers []ServerHealth
}

OperatorHealthReply is a representation of the overall health of the cluster

type ParameterizedJobConfig added in v0.5.3 

type ParameterizedJobConfig struct {
	// Payload configure the payload requirements
	Payload string

	// MetaRequired is metadata keys that must be specified by the dispatcher
	MetaRequired []string

	// MetaOptional is metadata keys that may be specified by the dispatcher
	MetaOptional []string
}

ParameterizedJobConfig is used to configure the parameterized job

func (*ParameterizedJobConfig) Canonicalize added in v0.5.3 

func (d *ParameterizedJobConfig) Canonicalize()

func (*ParameterizedJobConfig) Copy added in v0.5.3 

func (d *ParameterizedJobConfig) Copy() *ParameterizedJobConfig

func (*ParameterizedJobConfig) Validate added in v0.5.3 

func (d *ParameterizedJobConfig) Validate() error

type PeriodicConfig added in v0.2.2 

type PeriodicConfig struct {
	// Enabled determines if the job should be run periodically.
	Enabled bool

	// Spec specifies the interval the job should be run as. It is parsed based
	// on the SpecType.
	Spec string

	// SpecType defines the format of the spec.
	SpecType string

	// ProhibitOverlap enforces that spawned jobs do not run in parallel.
	ProhibitOverlap bool

	// TimeZone is the user specified string that determines the time zone to
	// launch against. The time zones must be specified from IANA Time Zone
	// database, such as "America/New_York".
	// Reference: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_database_time_zones
	// Reference: https://www.iana.org/time-zones
	TimeZone string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Periodic defines the interval a job should be run at.

func (*PeriodicConfig) Canonicalize added in v0.5.5 

func (p *PeriodicConfig) Canonicalize()

func (*PeriodicConfig) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (p *PeriodicConfig) Copy() *PeriodicConfig

func (*PeriodicConfig) GetLocation added in v0.5.5 

func (p *PeriodicConfig) GetLocation() *time.Location

GetLocation returns the location to use for determining the time zone to run the periodic job against.

func (*PeriodicConfig) Next added in v0.2.2 

func (p *PeriodicConfig) Next(fromTime time.Time) (time.Time, error)

Next returns the closest time instant matching the spec that is after the passed time. If no matching instance exists, the zero value of time.Time is returned. The `time.Location` of the returned value matches that of the passed time.

func (*PeriodicConfig) Validate added in v0.2.2 

func (p *PeriodicConfig) Validate() error

type PeriodicForceRequest added in v0.3.0 

type PeriodicForceRequest struct {
	JobID string
	WriteRequest
}

PeriodicForceRequest is used to force a specific periodic job.

type PeriodicForceResponse added in v0.3.0 

type PeriodicForceResponse struct {
	EvalID          string
	EvalCreateIndex uint64
	WriteMeta
}

PeriodicForceResponse is used to respond to a periodic job force launch

type PeriodicLaunch added in v0.3.0 

type PeriodicLaunch struct {
	ID        string    // ID of the periodic job.
	Namespace string    // Namespace of the periodic job
	Launch    time.Time // The last launch time.

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

PeriodicLaunch tracks the last launch time of a periodic job.

type Plan 

type Plan struct {

	// EvalID is the evaluation ID this plan is associated with
	EvalID string

	// EvalToken is used to prevent a split-brain processing of
	// an evaluation. There should only be a single scheduler running
	// an Eval at a time, but this could be violated after a leadership
	// transition. This unique token is used to reject plans that are
	// being submitted from a different leader.
	EvalToken string

	// Priority is the priority of the upstream job
	Priority int

	// AllAtOnce is used to control if incremental scheduling of task groups
	// is allowed or if we must do a gang scheduling of the entire job.
	// If this is false, a plan may be partially applied. Otherwise, the
	// entire plan must be able to make progress.
	AllAtOnce bool

	// Job is the parent job of all the allocations in the Plan.
	// Since a Plan only involves a single Job, we can reduce the size
	// of the plan by only including it once.
	Job *Job

	// NodeUpdate contains all the allocations to be stopped or evicted for
	// each node.
	NodeUpdate map[string][]*Allocation

	// NodeAllocation contains all the allocations for each node.
	// The evicts must be considered prior to the allocations.
	NodeAllocation map[string][]*Allocation

	// Annotations contains annotations by the scheduler to be used by operators
	// to understand the decisions made by the scheduler.
	Annotations *PlanAnnotations

	// Deployment is the deployment created or updated by the scheduler that
	// should be applied by the planner.
	Deployment *Deployment

	// DeploymentUpdates is a set of status updates to apply to the given
	// deployments. This allows the scheduler to cancel any unneeded deployment
	// because the job is stopped or the update block is removed.
	DeploymentUpdates []*DeploymentStatusUpdate

	// NodePreemptions is a map from node id to a set of allocations from other
	// lower priority jobs that are preempted. Preempted allocations are marked
	// as evicted.
	NodePreemptions map[string][]*Allocation

	// SnapshotIndex is the Raft index of the snapshot used to create the
	// Plan. The leader will wait to evaluate the plan until its StateStore
	// has reached at least this index.
	SnapshotIndex uint64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Plan is used to submit a commit plan for task allocations. These are submitted to the leader which verifies that resources have not been overcommitted before admitting the plan.

func (*Plan) AppendAlloc 

func (p *Plan) AppendAlloc(alloc *Allocation, job *Job)

AppendAlloc appends the alloc to the plan allocations. Uses the passed job if explicitly passed, otherwise it is assumed the alloc will use the plan Job version.

func (*Plan) AppendPreemptedAlloc added in v0.9.0 

func (p *Plan) AppendPreemptedAlloc(alloc *Allocation, preemptingAllocID string)

AppendPreemptedAlloc is used to append an allocation that's being preempted to the plan. To minimize the size of the plan, this only sets a minimal set of fields in the allocation

func (*Plan) AppendStoppedAlloc added in v0.9.2 

func (p *Plan) AppendStoppedAlloc(alloc *Allocation, desiredDesc, clientStatus, followupEvalID string)

AppendStoppedAlloc marks an allocation to be stopped. The clientStatus of the allocation may be optionally set by passing in a non-empty value.

func (*Plan) AppendUnknownAlloc added in v1.3.0 

func (p *Plan) AppendUnknownAlloc(alloc *Allocation)

AppendUnknownAlloc marks an allocation as unknown.

func (*Plan) GoString added in v1.1.1 

func (p *Plan) GoString() string

func (*Plan) IsNoOp 

func (p *Plan) IsNoOp() bool

IsNoOp checks if this plan would do nothing

func (*Plan) NormalizeAllocations added in v0.9.2 

func (p *Plan) NormalizeAllocations()

NormalizeAllocations normalizes allocations to remove fields that can be fetched from the MemDB instead of sending over the wire

func (*Plan) PopUpdate 

func (p *Plan) PopUpdate(alloc *Allocation)

type PlanAnnotations added in v0.4.0 

type PlanAnnotations struct {
	// DesiredTGUpdates is the set of desired updates per task group.
	DesiredTGUpdates map[string]*DesiredUpdates

	// PreemptedAllocs is the set of allocations to be preempted to make the placement successful.
	PreemptedAllocs []*AllocListStub
}

PlanAnnotations holds annotations made by the scheduler to give further debug information to operators.

type PlanRequest 

type PlanRequest struct {
	Plan *Plan
	WriteRequest
}

PlanRequest is used to submit an allocation plan to the leader

type PlanResponse 

type PlanResponse struct {
	Result *PlanResult
	WriteMeta
}

PlanResponse is used to return from a PlanRequest

type PlanResult 

type PlanResult struct {
	// NodeUpdate contains all the evictions and stops that were committed.
	NodeUpdate map[string][]*Allocation

	// NodeAllocation contains all the allocations that were committed.
	NodeAllocation map[string][]*Allocation

	// Deployment is the deployment that was committed.
	Deployment *Deployment

	// DeploymentUpdates is the set of deployment updates that were committed.
	DeploymentUpdates []*DeploymentStatusUpdate

	// NodePreemptions is a map from node id to a set of allocations from other
	// lower priority jobs that are preempted. Preempted allocations are marked
	// as stopped.
	NodePreemptions map[string][]*Allocation

	// RejectedNodes are nodes the scheduler worker has rejected placements for
	// and should be considered for ineligibility by the plan applier to avoid
	// retrying them repeatedly.
	RejectedNodes []string

	// IneligibleNodes are nodes the plan applier has repeatedly rejected
	// placements for and should therefore be considered ineligible by workers
	// to avoid retrying them repeatedly.
	IneligibleNodes []string

	// RefreshIndex is the index the worker should refresh state up to.
	// This allows all evictions and allocations to be materialized.
	// If any allocations were rejected due to stale data (node state,
	// over committed) this can be used to force a worker refresh.
	RefreshIndex uint64

	// AllocIndex is the Raft index in which the evictions and
	// allocations took place. This is used for the write index.
	AllocIndex uint64
}

PlanResult is the result of a plan submitted to the leader.

func (*PlanResult) FullCommit 

func (p *PlanResult) FullCommit(plan *Plan) (bool, int, int)

FullCommit is used to check if all the allocations in a plan were committed as part of the result. Returns if there was a match, and the number of expected and actual allocations.

func (*PlanResult) IsNoOp 

func (p *PlanResult) IsNoOp() bool

IsNoOp checks if this plan result would do nothing

type Port added in v0.2.0 

type Port struct {
	// Label is the key for HCL port blocks: port "foo" {}
	Label string

	// Value is the static or dynamic port value. For dynamic ports this
	// will be 0 in the jobspec and set by the scheduler.
	Value int

	// To is the port inside a network namespace where this port is
	// forwarded. -1 is an internal sentinel value used by Consul Connect
	// to mean "same as the host port."
	To int

	// HostNetwork is the name of the network this port should be assigned
	// to. Jobs with a HostNetwork set can only be placed on nodes with
	// that host network available.
	HostNetwork string
}

type PreemptionConfig added in v0.9.0 

type PreemptionConfig struct {
	// SystemSchedulerEnabled specifies if preemption is enabled for system jobs
	SystemSchedulerEnabled bool `hcl:"system_scheduler_enabled"`

	// SysBatchSchedulerEnabled specifies if preemption is enabled for sysbatch jobs
	SysBatchSchedulerEnabled bool `hcl:"sysbatch_scheduler_enabled"`

	// BatchSchedulerEnabled specifies if preemption is enabled for batch jobs
	BatchSchedulerEnabled bool `hcl:"batch_scheduler_enabled"`

	// ServiceSchedulerEnabled specifies if preemption is enabled for service jobs
	ServiceSchedulerEnabled bool `hcl:"service_scheduler_enabled"`
}

PreemptionConfig specifies whether preemption is enabled based on scheduler type

type QueryMeta 

type QueryMeta struct {
	// This is the index associated with the read
	Index uint64

	// If AllowStale is used, this is time elapsed since
	// last contact between the follower and leader. This
	// can be used to gauge staleness.
	LastContact time.Duration

	// Used to indicate if there is a known leader node
	KnownLeader bool

	// NextToken is the token returned with queries that support
	// paginated lists. To resume paging from this point, pass
	// this token in the next request's QueryOptions.
	NextToken string
}

QueryMeta allows a query response to include potentially useful metadata about a query

type QueryOptions 

type QueryOptions struct {
	// The target region for this query
	Region string

	// Namespace is the target namespace for the query.
	//
	// Since handlers do not have a default value set they should access
	// the Namespace via the RequestNamespace method.
	//
	// Requests accessing specific namespaced objects must check ACLs
	// against the namespace of the object, not the namespace in the
	// request.
	Namespace string

	// If set, wait until query exceeds given index. Must be provided
	// with MaxQueryTime.
	MinQueryIndex uint64

	// Provided with MinQueryIndex to wait for change.
	MaxQueryTime time.Duration

	// If set, any follower can service the request. Results
	// may be arbitrarily stale.
	AllowStale bool

	// If set, used as prefix for resource list searches
	Prefix string

	// AuthToken is secret portion of the ACL token or workload identity used for
	// the request.
	AuthToken string

	// Filter specifies the go-bexpr filter expression to be used for
	// filtering the data prior to returning a response
	Filter string

	// PerPage is the number of entries to be returned in queries that support
	// paginated lists.
	PerPage int32

	// NextToken is the token used to indicate where to start paging
	// for queries that support paginated lists. This token should be
	// the ID of the next object after the last one seen in the
	// previous response.
	NextToken string

	// Reverse is used to reverse the default order of list results.
	Reverse bool

	InternalRpcInfo
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

QueryOptions is used to specify various flags for read queries

func (QueryOptions) AllowStaleRead 

func (q QueryOptions) AllowStaleRead() bool

func (*QueryOptions) GetAuthToken added in v1.5.0 

func (q *QueryOptions) GetAuthToken() string

func (QueryOptions) GetIdentity added in v1.5.0 

func (q QueryOptions) GetIdentity() *AuthenticatedIdentity

func (QueryOptions) IsRead 

func (q QueryOptions) IsRead() bool

IsRead only applies to reads, so always true.

func (QueryOptions) RequestNamespace added in v0.7.0 

func (q QueryOptions) RequestNamespace() string

RequestNamespace returns the request's namespace or the default namespace if no explicit namespace was sent.

Requests accessing specific namespaced objects must check ACLs against the namespace of the object, not the namespace in the request.

func (QueryOptions) RequestRegion 

func (q QueryOptions) RequestRegion() string

func (*QueryOptions) SetIdentity added in v1.5.0 

func (q *QueryOptions) SetIdentity(identity *AuthenticatedIdentity)

func (*QueryOptions) SetTimeToBlock added in v1.0.0 

func (q *QueryOptions) SetTimeToBlock(t time.Duration)

func (QueryOptions) TimeToBlock added in v1.0.0 

func (q QueryOptions) TimeToBlock() time.Duration

TimeToBlock returns MaxQueryTime adjusted for maximums and defaults it will return 0 if this is not a blocking query

type RPCInfo 

type RPCInfo interface {
	RequestRegion() string
	IsRead() bool
	AllowStaleRead() bool
	IsForwarded() bool
	SetForwarded()
	TimeToBlock() time.Duration
	// SetTimeToBlock sets how long this request can block. The requested time may not be possible,
	// so Callers should readback TimeToBlock. E.g. you cannot set time to block at all on WriteRequests
	// and it cannot exceed MaxBlockingRPCQueryTime
	SetTimeToBlock(t time.Duration)
}

RPCInfo is used to describe common information about query

type RaftConfigurationResponse added in v0.5.5 

type RaftConfigurationResponse struct {
	// Servers has the list of servers in the Raft configuration.
	Servers []*RaftServer

	// Index has the Raft index of this configuration.
	Index uint64
}

RaftConfigurationResponse is returned when querying for the current Raft configuration.

type RaftPeerByAddressRequest added in v0.5.5 

type RaftPeerByAddressRequest struct {
	// Address is the peer to remove, in the form "IP:port".
	Address raft.ServerAddress

	// WriteRequest holds the Region for this request.
	WriteRequest
}

RaftPeerByAddressRequest is used by the Operator endpoint to apply a Raft operation on a specific Raft peer by address in the form of "IP:port".

type RaftPeerByIDRequest added in v0.8.0 

type RaftPeerByIDRequest struct {
	// ID is the peer ID to remove.
	ID raft.ServerID

	// WriteRequest holds the Region for this request.
	WriteRequest
}

RaftPeerByIDRequest is used by the Operator endpoint to apply a Raft operation on a specific Raft peer by ID.

type RaftServer added in v0.5.5 

type RaftServer struct {
	// ID is the unique ID for the server. These are currently the same
	// as the address, but they will be changed to a real GUID in a future
	// release of Nomad.
	ID raft.ServerID

	// Node is the node name of the server, as known by Nomad, or this
	// will be set to "(unknown)" otherwise.
	Node string

	// Address is the IP:port of the server, used for Raft communications.
	Address raft.ServerAddress

	// Leader is true if this server is the current cluster leader.
	Leader bool

	// Voter is true if this server has a vote in the cluster. This might
	// be false if the server is staging and still coming online, or if
	// it's a non-voting server, which will be added in a future release of
	// Nomad.
	Voter bool

	// RaftProtocol is the version of the Raft protocol spoken by this server.
	RaftProtocol string
}

RaftServer has information about a server in the Raft configuration.

type RaftStats added in v1.4.0 

type RaftStats struct {
	// LastContact is the time since this node's last contact with the leader.
	LastContact string

	// LastTerm is the highest leader term this server has a record of in its Raft log.
	LastTerm uint64

	// LastIndex is the last log index this server has a record of in its Raft log.
	LastIndex uint64
}

RaftStats holds miscellaneous Raft metrics for a server, used by autopilot.

func (*RaftStats) ToAutopilotServerStats added in v1.4.0 

func (s *RaftStats) ToAutopilotServerStats() *autopilot.ServerStats

type Recoverable added in v0.5.6 

type Recoverable interface {
	error
	IsRecoverable() bool
}

Recoverable is an interface for errors to implement to indicate whether or not they are fatal or recoverable.

type RecoverableError added in v0.5.0 

type RecoverableError struct {
	Err         string
	Recoverable bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

RecoverableError wraps an error and marks whether it is recoverable and could be retried or it is fatal.

func (*RecoverableError) Error added in v0.5.0 

func (r *RecoverableError) Error() string

func (*RecoverableError) IsRecoverable added in v0.5.6 

func (r *RecoverableError) IsRecoverable() bool

func (*RecoverableError) IsUnrecoverable added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RecoverableError) IsUnrecoverable() bool

func (*RecoverableError) Unwrap added in v1.4.5 

func (r *RecoverableError) Unwrap() error

type RequestWithIdentity added in v1.5.0 

type RequestWithIdentity interface {
	GetAuthToken() string
	SetIdentity(identity *AuthenticatedIdentity)
	GetIdentity() *AuthenticatedIdentity
}

type RequestedDevice added in v0.9.0 

type RequestedDevice struct {
	// Name is the request name. The possible values are as follows:
	// * <type>: A single value only specifies the type of request.
	// * <vendor>/<type>: A single slash delimiter assumes the vendor and type of device is specified.
	// * <vendor>/<type>/<name>: Two slash delimiters assume vendor, type and specific model are specified.
	//
	// Examples are as follows:
	// * "gpu"
	// * "nvidia/gpu"
	// * "nvidia/gpu/GTX2080Ti"
	Name string

	// Count is the number of requested devices
	Count uint64

	// Constraints are a set of constraints to apply when selecting the device
	// to use.
	Constraints Constraints

	// Affinities are a set of affinities to apply when selecting the device
	// to use.
	Affinities Affinities
}

RequestedDevice is used to request a device for a task.

func (*RequestedDevice) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RequestedDevice) Copy() *RequestedDevice

func (*RequestedDevice) Diff added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RequestedDevice) Diff(other *RequestedDevice, contextual bool) *ObjectDiff

Diff returns a diff of two requested devices. If contextual diff is enabled, non-changed fields will still be returned.

func (*RequestedDevice) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (r *RequestedDevice) Equal(o *RequestedDevice) bool

func (*RequestedDevice) ID added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RequestedDevice) ID() *DeviceIdTuple

func (*RequestedDevice) Validate added in v0.9.0 

func (r *RequestedDevice) Validate() error

type RescheduleEvent added in v0.8.0 

type RescheduleEvent struct {
	// RescheduleTime is the timestamp of a reschedule attempt
	RescheduleTime int64

	// PrevAllocID is the ID of the previous allocation being restarted
	PrevAllocID string

	// PrevNodeID is the node ID of the previous allocation
	PrevNodeID string

	// Delay is the reschedule delay associated with the attempt
	Delay time.Duration
}

RescheduleEvent is used to keep track of previous attempts at rescheduling an allocation

func NewRescheduleEvent added in v0.8.0 

func NewRescheduleEvent(rescheduleTime int64, prevAllocID string, prevNodeID string, delay time.Duration) *RescheduleEvent

func (*RescheduleEvent) Copy added in v0.8.0 

func (re *RescheduleEvent) Copy() *RescheduleEvent

type ReschedulePolicy added in v0.8.0 

type ReschedulePolicy struct {
	// Attempts limits the number of rescheduling attempts that can occur in an interval.
	Attempts int

	// Interval is a duration in which we can limit the number of reschedule attempts.
	Interval time.Duration

	// Delay is a minimum duration to wait between reschedule attempts.
	// The delay function determines how much subsequent reschedule attempts are delayed by.
	Delay time.Duration

	// DelayFunction determines how the delay progressively changes on subsequent reschedule
	// attempts. Valid values are "exponential", "constant", and "fibonacci".
	DelayFunction string

	// MaxDelay is an upper bound on the delay.
	MaxDelay time.Duration

	// Unlimited allows infinite rescheduling attempts. Only allowed when delay is set
	// between reschedule attempts.
	Unlimited bool
}

ReschedulePolicy configures how Tasks are rescheduled when they crash or fail.

func NewReschedulePolicy added in v0.8.0 

func NewReschedulePolicy(jobType string) *ReschedulePolicy

func (*ReschedulePolicy) Copy added in v0.8.0 

func (r *ReschedulePolicy) Copy() *ReschedulePolicy

func (*ReschedulePolicy) Enabled added in v0.8.4 

func (r *ReschedulePolicy) Enabled() bool

func (*ReschedulePolicy) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (r *ReschedulePolicy) Validate() error

Validate uses different criteria to validate the reschedule policy Delay must be a minimum of 5 seconds Delay Ceiling is ignored if Delay Function is "constant" Number of possible attempts is validated, given the interval, delay and delay function

type RescheduleTracker added in v0.8.0 

type RescheduleTracker struct {
	Events []*RescheduleEvent
}

RescheduleTracker encapsulates previous reschedule events

func (*RescheduleTracker) Copy added in v0.8.0 

func (rt *RescheduleTracker) Copy() *RescheduleTracker

type ResolveACLTokenRequest added in v0.7.0 

type ResolveACLTokenRequest struct {
	SecretID string
	QueryOptions
}

ResolveACLTokenRequest is used to resolve a specific token

type ResolveACLTokenResponse added in v0.7.0 

type ResolveACLTokenResponse struct {
	Token *ACLToken
	QueryMeta
}

ResolveACLTokenResponse is used to resolve a single token

type ResourceDevices added in v0.9.2 

type ResourceDevices []*RequestedDevice

ResourceDevices are part of Resources.

COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10.

func (*ResourceDevices) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (d *ResourceDevices) Equal(o *ResourceDevices) bool

Equal ResourceDevices as set keyed by Name.

COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

type Resources 

type Resources struct {
	CPU         int
	Cores       int
	MemoryMB    int
	MemoryMaxMB int
	DiskMB      int
	IOPS        int // COMPAT(0.10): Only being used to issue warnings
	Networks    Networks
	Devices     ResourceDevices
}

Resources is used to define the resources available on a client

func DefaultResources added in v0.3.0 

func DefaultResources() *Resources

DefaultResources is a small resources object that contains the default resources requests that we will provide to an object. --- THIS FUNCTION IS REPLICATED IN api/resources.go and should be kept in sync.

func MinResources added in v0.7.1 

func MinResources() *Resources

MinResources is a small resources object that contains the absolute minimum resources that we will provide to an object. This should not be confused with the defaults which are provided in Canonicalize() --- THIS FUNCTION IS REPLICATED IN api/resources.go and should be kept in sync.

func (*Resources) Add 

func (r *Resources) Add(delta *Resources)

Add adds the resources of the delta to this, potentially returning an error if not possible. COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (r *Resources) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize the Resources struct.

COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) Copy 

func (r *Resources) Copy() *Resources

Copy returns a deep copy of the resources

func (*Resources) Diff added in v0.4.0 

func (r *Resources) Diff(other *Resources, contextual bool) *ObjectDiff

Diff returns a diff of two resource objects. If contextual diff is enabled, non-changed fields will still be returned.

func (*Resources) DiskInBytes added in v0.5.0 

func (r *Resources) DiskInBytes() int64

DiskInBytes returns the amount of disk resources in bytes.

func (*Resources) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (r *Resources) Equal(o *Resources) bool

Equal Resources.

COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) GoString 

func (r *Resources) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation of the Resources struct.

COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) MeetsMinResources added in v0.3.0 

func (r *Resources) MeetsMinResources() error

MeetsMinResources returns an error if the resources specified are less than the minimum allowed. This is based on the minimums defined in the Resources type COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) Merge added in v0.3.0 

func (r *Resources) Merge(other *Resources)

Merge merges this resource with another resource. COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) NetIndex 

func (r *Resources) NetIndex(n *NetworkResource) int

NetIndex finds the matching net index using device name COMPAT(0.10): Remove in 0.10

func (*Resources) Validate added in v0.9.0 

func (r *Resources) Validate() error

type RestartPolicy added in v0.2.0 

type RestartPolicy struct {
	// Attempts is the number of restart that will occur in an interval.
	Attempts int

	// Interval is a duration in which we can limit the number of restarts
	// within.
	Interval time.Duration

	// Delay is the time between a failure and a restart.
	Delay time.Duration

	// Mode controls what happens when the task restarts more than attempt times
	// in an interval.
	Mode string
}

RestartPolicy configures how Tasks are restarted when they crash or fail.

func NewRestartPolicy added in v0.2.0 

func NewRestartPolicy(jobType string) *RestartPolicy

func (*RestartPolicy) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (r *RestartPolicy) Copy() *RestartPolicy

func (*RestartPolicy) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (r *RestartPolicy) Validate() error

type RootKey added in v1.4.0 

type RootKey struct {
	Meta *RootKeyMeta
	Key  []byte // serialized to keystore as base64 blob
}

RootKey is used to encrypt and decrypt variables. It is never stored in raft.

func NewRootKey added in v1.4.0 

func NewRootKey(algorithm EncryptionAlgorithm) (*RootKey, error)

NewRootKey returns a new root key and its metadata.

type RootKeyMeta added in v1.4.0 

type RootKeyMeta struct {
	KeyID       string // UUID
	Algorithm   EncryptionAlgorithm
	CreateTime  int64
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
	State       RootKeyState
}

RootKeyMeta is the metadata used to refer to a RootKey. It is stored in raft.

func NewRootKeyMeta added in v1.4.0 

func NewRootKeyMeta() *RootKeyMeta

NewRootKeyMeta returns a new RootKeyMeta with default values

func (*RootKeyMeta) Active added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) Active() bool

Active indicates his key is the one currently being used for crypto operations (at most one key can be Active)

func (*RootKeyMeta) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) Copy() *RootKeyMeta

func (*RootKeyMeta) Inactive added in v1.4.3 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) Inactive() bool

Inactive indicates that this key is no longer being used to encrypt new variables or workload identities.

func (*RootKeyMeta) Rekeying added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) Rekeying() bool

Rekeying indicates that variables encrypted with this key should be rekeyed

func (*RootKeyMeta) SetActive added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) SetActive()

func (*RootKeyMeta) SetInactive added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) SetInactive()

func (*RootKeyMeta) SetRekeying added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) SetRekeying()

func (*RootKeyMeta) Stub added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) Stub() *RootKeyMetaStub

func (*RootKeyMeta) Validate added in v1.4.0 

func (rkm *RootKeyMeta) Validate() error

type RootKeyMetaStub added in v1.4.0 

type RootKeyMetaStub struct {
	KeyID      string
	Algorithm  EncryptionAlgorithm
	CreateTime int64
	State      RootKeyState
}

RootKeyMetaStub is for serializing root key metadata to the keystore, not for the List API. It excludes frequently-changing fields such as ModifyIndex so we don't have to sync them to the on-disk keystore when the fields are already in raft.

type RootKeyState added in v1.4.0 

type RootKeyState string

RootKeyState enum describes the lifecycle of a root key.

type RpcError added in v1.0.0 

type RpcError struct {
	Message string
	Code    *int64
}

RpcError is used for serializing errors with a potential error code

func NewRpcError added in v1.0.0 

func NewRpcError(err error, code *int64) *RpcError

func (*RpcError) Error added in v1.0.0 

func (r *RpcError) Error() string

type SIToken added in v0.10.4 

type SIToken struct {
	ConsulNamespace string
	TaskName        string // the nomad task backing the consul service (native or sidecar)
	AccessorID      string
	SecretID        string
}

An SIToken is the important bits of a Service Identity token generated by Consul.

type SITokenAccessor added in v0.10.4 

type SITokenAccessor struct {
	ConsulNamespace string
	NodeID          string
	AllocID         string
	AccessorID      string
	TaskName        string

	// Raft index
	CreateIndex uint64
}

An SITokenAccessor is a reference to a created Consul Service Identity token on behalf of an allocation's task.

type SITokenAccessorsRequest added in v0.10.4 

type SITokenAccessorsRequest struct {
	Accessors []*SITokenAccessor
}

SITokenAccessorsRequest is used to operate on a set of SITokenAccessor, like recording a set of accessors for an alloc into raft.

type ScalingEvent added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingEvent struct {
	// Unix Nanosecond timestamp for the scaling event
	Time int64

	// Count is the new scaling count, if provided
	Count *int64

	// PreviousCount is the count at the time of the scaling event
	PreviousCount int64

	// Message is the message describing a scaling event
	Message string

	// Error indicates an error state for this scaling event
	Error bool

	// Meta is a map of metadata returned during a scaling event
	Meta map[string]interface{}

	// EvalID is the ID for an evaluation if one was created as part of a scaling event
	EvalID *string

	// Raft index
	CreateIndex uint64
}

ScalingEvent describes a scaling event against a Job

func NewScalingEvent added in v0.11.0 

func NewScalingEvent(message string) *ScalingEvent

NewScalingEvent method for ScalingEvent objects.

func (*ScalingEvent) SetError added in v0.11.0 

func (e *ScalingEvent) SetError(error bool) *ScalingEvent

func (*ScalingEvent) SetEvalID added in v0.11.0 

func (e *ScalingEvent) SetEvalID(evalID string) *ScalingEvent

func (*ScalingEvent) SetMeta added in v0.11.0 

func (e *ScalingEvent) SetMeta(meta map[string]interface{}) *ScalingEvent

type ScalingEventRequest added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingEventRequest struct {
	Namespace string
	JobID     string
	TaskGroup string

	ScalingEvent *ScalingEvent
}

ScalingEventRequest is by for Job.Scale endpoint to register scaling events

type ScalingPolicy added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingPolicy struct {
	// ID is a generated UUID used for looking up the scaling policy
	ID string

	// Type is the type of scaling performed by the policy
	Type string

	// Target contains information about the target of the scaling policy, like job and group
	Target map[string]string

	// Policy is an opaque description of the scaling policy, passed to the autoscaler
	Policy map[string]interface{}

	// Min is the minimum allowable scaling count for this target
	Min int64

	// Max is the maximum allowable scaling count for this target
	Max int64

	// Enabled indicates whether this policy has been enabled/disabled
	Enabled bool

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ScalingPolicy specifies the scaling policy for a scaling target

func (*ScalingPolicy) Canonicalize added in v1.0.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) Canonicalize()

func (*ScalingPolicy) Copy added in v1.0.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) Copy() *ScalingPolicy

func (*ScalingPolicy) Diff added in v0.11.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) Diff(p2 *ScalingPolicy) bool

Diff indicates whether the specification for a given scaling policy has changed

func (*ScalingPolicy) JobKey added in v1.0.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) JobKey() string

JobKey returns a key that is unique to a job-scoped target, useful as a map key. This uses the policy type, plus target (group and task).

func (*ScalingPolicy) Stub added in v0.11.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) Stub() *ScalingPolicyListStub

func (*ScalingPolicy) TargetTask added in v1.0.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) TargetTask(job *Job, tg *TaskGroup, task *Task) *ScalingPolicy

TargetTask updates a ScalingPolicy target to specify a given task

func (*ScalingPolicy) TargetTaskGroup added in v0.11.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) TargetTaskGroup(job *Job, tg *TaskGroup) *ScalingPolicy

TargetTaskGroup updates a ScalingPolicy target to specify a given task group

func (*ScalingPolicy) Validate added in v1.0.0 

func (p *ScalingPolicy) Validate() error

type ScalingPolicyListRequest added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingPolicyListRequest struct {
	Job  string
	Type string
	QueryOptions
}

ScalingPolicyListRequest is used to parameterize a scaling policy list request

type ScalingPolicyListResponse added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingPolicyListResponse struct {
	Policies []*ScalingPolicyListStub
	QueryMeta
}

ScalingPolicyListResponse is used for a list request

type ScalingPolicyListStub added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingPolicyListStub struct {
	ID          string
	Enabled     bool
	Type        string
	Target      map[string]string
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ScalingPolicyListStub is used to return a subset of scaling policy information for the scaling policy list

type ScalingPolicySpecificRequest added in v0.11.0 

type ScalingPolicySpecificRequest struct {
	ID string
	QueryOptions
}

ScalingPolicySpecificRequest is used when we just need to specify a target scaling policy

type SchedulerAlgorithm added in v0.11.2 

type SchedulerAlgorithm string

SchedulerAlgorithm is an enum string that encapsulates the valid options for a SchedulerConfiguration block's SchedulerAlgorithm. These modes will allow the scheduler to be user-selectable. 

const (
	// SchedulerAlgorithmBinpack indicates that the scheduler should spread
	// allocations as evenly as possible over the available hardware.
	SchedulerAlgorithmBinpack SchedulerAlgorithm = "binpack"

	// SchedulerAlgorithmSpread indicates that the scheduler should spread
	// allocations as evenly as possible over the available hardware.
	SchedulerAlgorithmSpread SchedulerAlgorithm = "spread"
)

type SchedulerConfiguration added in v0.9.0 

type SchedulerConfiguration struct {
	// SchedulerAlgorithm lets you select between available scheduling algorithms.
	SchedulerAlgorithm SchedulerAlgorithm `hcl:"scheduler_algorithm"`

	// PreemptionConfig specifies whether to enable eviction of lower
	// priority jobs to place higher priority jobs.
	PreemptionConfig PreemptionConfig `hcl:"preemption_config"`

	// MemoryOversubscriptionEnabled specifies whether memory oversubscription is enabled
	MemoryOversubscriptionEnabled bool `hcl:"memory_oversubscription_enabled"`

	// RejectJobRegistration disables new job registrations except with a
	// management ACL token
	RejectJobRegistration bool `hcl:"reject_job_registration"`

	// PauseEvalBroker is a boolean to control whether the evaluation broker
	// should be paused on the cluster leader. Only a single broker runs per
	// region, and it must be persisted to state so the parameter is consistent
	// during leadership transitions.
	PauseEvalBroker bool `hcl:"pause_eval_broker"`

	// CreateIndex/ModifyIndex store the create/modify indexes of this configuration.
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

SchedulerConfiguration is the config for controlling scheduler behavior

func (*SchedulerConfiguration) Canonicalize added in v0.11.2 

func (s *SchedulerConfiguration) Canonicalize()

func (*SchedulerConfiguration) Copy added in v1.2.13 

func (s *SchedulerConfiguration) Copy() *SchedulerConfiguration

func (*SchedulerConfiguration) EffectiveSchedulerAlgorithm added in v0.11.2 

func (s *SchedulerConfiguration) EffectiveSchedulerAlgorithm() SchedulerAlgorithm

func (*SchedulerConfiguration) Validate added in v0.11.2 

func (s *SchedulerConfiguration) Validate() error

type SchedulerConfigurationResponse added in v0.9.0 

type SchedulerConfigurationResponse struct {
	// SchedulerConfig contains scheduler config options
	SchedulerConfig *SchedulerConfiguration

	QueryMeta
}

SchedulerConfigurationResponse is the response object that wraps SchedulerConfiguration

type SchedulerSetConfigRequest added in v0.9.0 

type SchedulerSetConfigRequest struct {
	// Config is the new Scheduler configuration to use.
	Config SchedulerConfiguration

	// CAS controls whether to use check-and-set semantics for this request.
	CAS bool

	// WriteRequest holds the ACL token to go along with this request.
	WriteRequest
}

SchedulerSetConfigRequest is used by the Operator endpoint to update the current Scheduler configuration of the cluster.

type SchedulerSetConfigurationResponse added in v0.9.0 

type SchedulerSetConfigurationResponse struct {
	// Updated returns whether the config was actually updated
	// Only set when the request uses CAS
	Updated bool

	WriteMeta
}

SchedulerSetConfigurationResponse is the response object used when updating scheduler configuration

type SearchConfig added in v1.1.0 

type SearchConfig struct {
	// FuzzyEnabled toggles whether the FuzzySearch API is enabled. If not
	// enabled, requests to /v1/search/fuzzy will reply with a 404 response code.
	FuzzyEnabled bool `hcl:"fuzzy_enabled"`

	// LimitQuery limits the number of objects searched in the FuzzySearch API.
	// The results are indicated as truncated if the limit is reached.
	//
	// Lowering this value can reduce resource consumption of Nomad server when
	// the FuzzySearch API is enabled.
	LimitQuery int `hcl:"limit_query"`

	// LimitResults limits the number of results provided by the FuzzySearch API.
	// The results are indicated as truncate if the limit is reached.
	//
	// Lowering this value can reduce resource consumption of Nomad server per
	// fuzzy search request when the FuzzySearch API is enabled.
	LimitResults int `hcl:"limit_results"`

	// MinTermLength is the minimum length of Text required before the FuzzySearch
	// API will return results.
	//
	// Increasing this value can avoid resource consumption on Nomad server by
	// reducing searches with less meaningful results.
	MinTermLength int `hcl:"min_term_length"`
}

SearchConfig is used in servers to configure search API options.

func (*SearchConfig) Copy added in v1.2.13 

func (s *SearchConfig) Copy() *SearchConfig

type SearchRequest added in v0.6.1 

type SearchRequest struct {
	// Prefix is what ids are matched to. I.e, if the given prefix were
	// "a", potential matches might be "abcd" or "aabb"
	Prefix string

	// Context is the type that can be matched against. A context can be a job,
	// node, evaluation, allocation, or empty (indicated every context should be
	// matched)
	Context Context

	QueryOptions
}

SearchRequest is used to parameterize a request, and returns a list of matches made up of jobs, allocations, evaluations, and/or nodes, along with whether or not the information returned is truncated.

type SearchResponse added in v0.6.1 

type SearchResponse struct {
	// Map of Context types to ids which match a specified prefix
	Matches map[Context][]string

	// Truncations indicates whether the matches for a particular Context have
	// been truncated
	Truncations map[Context]bool

	QueryMeta
}

SearchResponse is used to return matches and information about whether the match list is truncated specific to each type of Context.

type ServerHealth added in v1.4.0 

type ServerHealth struct {
	// ID is the raft ID of the server.
	ID string

	// Name is the node name of the server.
	Name string

	// Address is the address of the server.
	Address string

	// The status of the SerfHealth check for the server.
	SerfStatus serf.MemberStatus

	// Version is the Nomad version of the server.
	Version string

	// Leader is whether this server is currently the leader.
	Leader bool

	// LastContact is the time since this node's last contact with the leader.
	LastContact time.Duration

	// LastTerm is the highest leader term this server has a record of in its Raft log.
	LastTerm uint64

	// LastIndex is the last log index this server has a record of in its Raft log.
	LastIndex uint64

	// Healthy is whether or not the server is healthy according to the current
	// Autopilot config.
	Healthy bool

	// Voter is whether this is a voting server.
	Voter bool

	// StableSince is the last time this server's Healthy value changed.
	StableSince time.Time
}

ServerHealth is the health (from the leader's point of view) of a server.

type ServerMember added in v0.5.0 

type ServerMember struct {
	Name        string
	Addr        net.IP
	Port        uint16
	Tags        map[string]string
	Status      string
	ProtocolMin uint8
	ProtocolMax uint8
	ProtocolCur uint8
	DelegateMin uint8
	DelegateMax uint8
	DelegateCur uint8
}

ServerMember holds information about a Nomad server agent in a cluster

type ServerMembersResponse added in v0.5.0 

type ServerMembersResponse struct {
	ServerName   string
	ServerRegion string
	ServerDC     string
	Members      []*ServerMember
}

ServerMembersResponse has the list of servers in a cluster

type ServerSideError added in v0.8.0 

type ServerSideError interface {
	error
	IsServerSide() bool
}

ServerSideError is an interface for errors to implement to indicate errors occurring after the request makes it to a server

type Service added in v0.2.0 

type Service struct {
	// Name of the service registered with Consul. Consul defaults the
	// Name to ServiceID if not specified.  The Name if specified is used
	// as one of the seed values when generating a Consul ServiceID.
	Name string

	// Name of the Task associated with this service.
	// Group services do not have a task name, unless they are a connect native
	// service specifying the task implementing the service.
	// Task-level services automatically have the task name plumbed through
	// down to checks for convenience.
	TaskName string

	// PortLabel is either the numeric port number or the `host:port`.
	// To specify the port number using the host's Consul Advertise
	// address, specify an empty host in the PortLabel (e.g. `:port`).
	PortLabel string

	// AddressMode specifies how the address in service registration is
	// determined. Must be "auto" (default), "host", "driver", or "alloc".
	AddressMode string

	// Address enables explicitly setting a custom address to use in service
	// registration. AddressMode must be "auto" if Address is set.
	Address string

	// EnableTagOverride will disable Consul's anti-entropy mechanism for the
	// tags of this service. External updates to the service definition via
	// Consul will not be corrected to match the service definition set in the
	// Nomad job specification.
	//
	// https://www.consul.io/docs/agent/services.html#service-definition
	EnableTagOverride bool

	Tags       []string          // List of tags for the service
	CanaryTags []string          // List of tags for the service when it is a canary
	Checks     []*ServiceCheck   // List of checks associated with the service
	Connect    *ConsulConnect    // Consul Connect configuration
	Meta       map[string]string // Consul service meta
	CanaryMeta map[string]string // Consul service meta when it is a canary

	// The values to set for tagged_addresses in Consul service registration.
	// Does not affect Nomad networking, these are for Consul service discovery.
	TaggedAddresses map[string]string

	// The consul namespace in which this service will be registered. Namespace
	// at the service.check level is not part of the Nomad API - it must be
	// set at the job or group level. This field is managed internally so
	// that Hash can work correctly.
	Namespace string

	// OnUpdate Specifies how the service and its checks should be evaluated
	// during an update
	OnUpdate string

	// Provider dictates which service discovery provider to use. This can be
	// either ServiceProviderConsul or ServiceProviderNomad and defaults to the former when
	// left empty by the operator.
	Provider string
}

Service represents a Consul service definition

func (*Service) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (s *Service) Canonicalize(job, taskGroup, task, jobNamespace string)

Canonicalize interpolates values of Job, Task Group and Task in the Service Name. This also generates check names, service id and check ids.

func (*Service) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (s *Service) Copy() *Service

Copy the block recursively. Returns nil if nil.

func (*Service) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (s *Service) Equal(o *Service) bool

Equal returns true if the structs are recursively equal.

func (*Service) Hash added in v0.2.1 

func (s *Service) Hash(allocID, taskName string, canary bool) string

Hash returns a base32 encoded hash of a Service's contents excluding checks as they're hashed independently and the provider in order to not cause churn during cluster upgrades.

func (*Service) Validate added in v0.2.0 

func (s *Service) Validate() error

Validate checks if the Service definition is valid

func (*Service) ValidateName added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Service) ValidateName(name string) error

ValidateName checks if the service Name is valid and should be called after the name has been interpolated

type ServiceCheck added in v0.2.0 

type ServiceCheck struct {
	Name                   string              // Name of the check, defaults to a generated label
	Type                   string              // Type of the check - tcp, http, docker and script
	Command                string              // Command is the command to run for script checks
	Args                   []string            // Args is a list of arguments for script checks
	Path                   string              // path of the health check url for http type check
	Protocol               string              // Protocol to use if check is http, defaults to http
	PortLabel              string              // The port to use for tcp/http checks
	Expose                 bool                // Whether to have Envoy expose the check path (connect-enabled group-services only)
	AddressMode            string              // Must be empty, "alloc", "host", or "driver"
	Interval               time.Duration       // Interval of the check
	Timeout                time.Duration       // Timeout of the response from the check before consul fails the check
	InitialStatus          string              // Initial status of the check
	TLSSkipVerify          bool                // Skip TLS verification when Protocol=https
	Method                 string              // HTTP Method to use (GET by default)
	Header                 map[string][]string // HTTP Headers for Consul to set when making HTTP checks
	CheckRestart           *CheckRestart       // If and when a task should be restarted based on checks
	GRPCService            string              // Service for GRPC checks
	GRPCUseTLS             bool                // Whether or not to use TLS for GRPC checks
	TaskName               string              // What task to execute this check in
	SuccessBeforePassing   int                 // Number of consecutive successes required before considered healthy
	FailuresBeforeCritical int                 // Number of consecutive failures required before considered unhealthy
	Body                   string              // Body to use in HTTP check
	OnUpdate               string
}

ServiceCheck represents a Nomad or Consul service health check.

The fields available depend on the service provider the check is being registered into.

func (*ServiceCheck) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) Canonicalize(serviceName, taskName string)

func (*ServiceCheck) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) Copy() *ServiceCheck

Copy the block recursively. Returns nil if nil.

func (*ServiceCheck) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) Equal(o *ServiceCheck) bool

Equal returns true if the structs are recursively equal.

func (*ServiceCheck) Hash added in v0.2.1 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) Hash(serviceID string) string

Hash all ServiceCheck fields and the check's corresponding service ID to create an identifier. The identifier is not guaranteed to be unique as if the PortLabel is blank, the Service's PortLabel will be used after Hash is called.

func (*ServiceCheck) IsReadiness added in v1.4.0 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) IsReadiness() bool

IsReadiness returns whether the configuration of the ServiceCheck is effectively a readiness check - i.e. check failures do not affect a deployment.

func (*ServiceCheck) RequiresPort added in v0.3.2 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) RequiresPort() bool

RequiresPort returns whether the service check requires the task has a port.

func (*ServiceCheck) TriggersRestarts added in v0.7.0 

func (sc *ServiceCheck) TriggersRestarts() bool

TriggersRestarts returns true if this check should be watched and trigger a restart on failure.

type ServiceRegistration added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistration struct {

	// ID is the unique identifier for this registration. It currently follows
	// the Consul service registration format to provide consistency between
	// the two solutions.
	ID string

	// ServiceName is the human friendly identifier for this service
	// registration. This is not unique.
	ServiceName string

	// Namespace is Job.Namespace and therefore the namespace in which this
	// service registration resides.
	Namespace string

	// NodeID is Node.ID on which this service registration is currently
	// running.
	NodeID string

	// Datacenter is the DC identifier of the node as identified by
	// Node.Datacenter. It is denormalized here to allow filtering services by
	// datacenter without looking up every node.
	Datacenter string

	// JobID is Job.ID and represents the job which contained the service block
	// which resulted in this service registration.
	JobID string

	// AllocID is Allocation.ID and represents the allocation within which this
	// service is running.
	AllocID string

	// Tags are determined from either Service.Tags or Service.CanaryTags and
	// help identify this service. Tags can also be used to perform lookups of
	// services depending on their state and role.
	Tags []string

	// Address is the IP address of this service registration. This information
	// comes from the client and is not guaranteed to be routable; this depends
	// on cluster network topology.
	Address string

	// Port is the port number on which this service registration is bound. It
	// is determined by a combination of factors on the client.
	Port int

	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

ServiceRegistration is the internal representation of a Nomad service registration.

func (*ServiceRegistration) Copy added in v1.3.0 

func (s *ServiceRegistration) Copy() *ServiceRegistration

Copy creates a deep copy of the service registration. This copy can then be safely modified. It handles nil objects.

func (*ServiceRegistration) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (s *ServiceRegistration) Equal(o *ServiceRegistration) bool

Equal performs an equality check on the two service registrations. It handles nil objects.

func (*ServiceRegistration) GetID added in v1.3.0 

func (s *ServiceRegistration) GetID() string

GetID is a helper for getting the ID when the object may be nil and is required for pagination.

func (*ServiceRegistration) GetNamespace added in v1.3.0 

func (s *ServiceRegistration) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace is a helper for getting the namespace when the object may be nil and is required for pagination.

func (*ServiceRegistration) HashWith added in v1.3.2 

func (s *ServiceRegistration) HashWith(key string) string

HashWith generates a unique value representative of s based on the contents of s.

func (*ServiceRegistration) Validate added in v1.3.0 

func (s *ServiceRegistration) Validate() error

Validate ensures the upserted service registration contains valid information and routing capabilities. Objects should never fail here as Nomad controls the entire registration process; but it's possible configuration problems could cause failures.

type ServiceRegistrationByNameRequest added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationByNameRequest struct {
	ServiceName string
	Choose      string // stable selection of n services
	QueryOptions
}

ServiceRegistrationByNameRequest is the request object to perform a lookup of services matching a specific name.

type ServiceRegistrationByNameResponse added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationByNameResponse struct {
	Services []*ServiceRegistration
	QueryMeta
}

ServiceRegistrationByNameResponse is the response object when performing a lookup of services matching a specific name.

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRequest added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRequest struct {
	ID string
	WriteRequest
}

ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDRequest is the request object to delete a service registration as specified by the ID parameter.

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDResponse added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

ServiceRegistrationDeleteByIDResponse is the response object when performing a deletion of an individual service registration.

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDRequest added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDRequest struct {
	NodeID string
	WriteRequest
}

ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDRequest is the request object to delete all service registrations assigned to a particular node.

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDResponse added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

ServiceRegistrationDeleteByNodeIDResponse is the response object when performing a deletion of all service registrations assigned to a particular node.

type ServiceRegistrationListRequest added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

ServiceRegistrationListRequest is the request object when performing service registration listings.

type ServiceRegistrationListResponse added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationListResponse struct {
	Services []*ServiceRegistrationListStub
	QueryMeta
}

ServiceRegistrationListResponse is the response object when performing a list of services. This is specifically concise to reduce the serialisation and network costs endpoint incur, particularly when performing blocking list queries.

type ServiceRegistrationListStub added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationListStub struct {
	Namespace string
	Services  []*ServiceRegistrationStub
}

ServiceRegistrationListStub is the object which contains a list of namespace service registrations and their tags.

type ServiceRegistrationStreamEvent added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationStreamEvent struct {
	Service *ServiceRegistration
}

ServiceRegistrationStreamEvent holds a newly updated or deleted service registration.

type ServiceRegistrationStub added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationStub struct {
	ServiceName string
	Tags        []string
}

ServiceRegistrationStub is the stub object describing an individual namespaced service. The object is built in a manner which would allow us to add additional fields in the future, if we wanted.

type ServiceRegistrationUpsertRequest added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationUpsertRequest struct {
	Services []*ServiceRegistration
	WriteRequest
}

ServiceRegistrationUpsertRequest is the request object used to upsert one or more service registrations.

type ServiceRegistrationUpsertResponse added in v1.3.0 

type ServiceRegistrationUpsertResponse struct {
	WriteMeta
}

ServiceRegistrationUpsertResponse is the response object when one or more service registrations have been successfully upserted into state.

type SidecarTask added in v0.10.0 

type SidecarTask struct {
	// Name of the task
	Name string

	// Driver is used to control which driver is used
	Driver string

	// User is used to determine which user will run the task. It defaults to
	// the same user the Nomad client is being run as.
	User string

	// Config is provided to the driver to initialize
	Config map[string]interface{}

	// Map of environment variables to be used by the driver
	Env map[string]string

	// Resources is the resources needed by this task
	Resources *Resources

	// Meta is used to associate arbitrary metadata with this
	// task. This is opaque to Nomad.
	Meta map[string]string

	// KillTimeout is the time between signaling a task that it will be
	// killed and killing it.
	KillTimeout *time.Duration

	// LogConfig provides configuration for log rotation
	LogConfig *LogConfig

	// ShutdownDelay is the duration of the delay between deregistering a
	// task from Consul and sending it a signal to shutdown. See #2441
	ShutdownDelay *time.Duration

	// KillSignal is the kill signal to use for the task. This is an optional
	// specification and defaults to SIGINT
	KillSignal string
}

SidecarTask represents a subset of Task fields that are able to be overridden from the sidecar_task block

func (*SidecarTask) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (t *SidecarTask) Copy() *SidecarTask

func (*SidecarTask) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (t *SidecarTask) Equal(o *SidecarTask) bool

func (*SidecarTask) MergeIntoTask added in v0.10.0 

func (t *SidecarTask) MergeIntoTask(task *Task)

MergeIntoTask merges the SidecarTask fields over the given task

type SingleACLPolicyResponse added in v0.7.0 

type SingleACLPolicyResponse struct {
	Policy *ACLPolicy
	QueryMeta
}

SingleACLPolicyResponse is used to return a single policy

type SingleACLTokenResponse added in v0.7.0 

type SingleACLTokenResponse struct {
	Token *ACLToken
	QueryMeta
}

SingleACLTokenResponse is used to return a single token

type SingleAllocResponse 

type SingleAllocResponse struct {
	Alloc *Allocation
	QueryMeta
}

SingleAllocResponse is used to return a single allocation

type SingleDeploymentResponse added in v0.6.0 

type SingleDeploymentResponse struct {
	Deployment *Deployment
	QueryMeta
}

SingleDeploymentResponse is used to respond with a single deployment

type SingleEvalResponse 

type SingleEvalResponse struct {
	Eval *Evaluation
	QueryMeta
}

SingleEvalResponse is used to return a single evaluation

type SingleJobResponse 

type SingleJobResponse struct {
	Job *Job
	QueryMeta
}

SingleJobResponse is used to return a single job

type SingleNamespaceResponse added in v1.0.0 

type SingleNamespaceResponse struct {
	Namespace *Namespace
	QueryMeta
}

SingleNamespaceResponse is used to return a single namespace

type SingleNodeResponse 

type SingleNodeResponse struct {
	Node *Node
	QueryMeta
}

SingleNodeResponse is used to return a single node

type SingleScalingPolicyResponse added in v0.11.0 

type SingleScalingPolicyResponse struct {
	Policy *ScalingPolicy
	QueryMeta
}

SingleScalingPolicyResponse is used to return a single job

type SnapshotRestoreRequest added in v0.12.0 

type SnapshotRestoreRequest struct {
	WriteRequest
}

type SnapshotRestoreResponse added in v0.12.0 

type SnapshotRestoreResponse struct {
	ErrorCode int    `codec:",omitempty"`
	ErrorMsg  string `codec:",omitempty"`

	QueryMeta
}

type SnapshotSaveRequest added in v0.12.0 

type SnapshotSaveRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

SnapshotSaveRequest is used by the Operator endpoint to get a Raft snapshot

type SnapshotSaveResponse added in v0.12.0 

type SnapshotSaveResponse struct {

	// SnapshotChecksum returns the checksum of snapshot file in the format
	// `<algo>=<base64>` (e.g. `sha-256=...`)
	SnapshotChecksum string

	// ErrorCode is an http error code if an error is found, e.g. 403 for permission errors
	ErrorCode int `codec:",omitempty"`

	// ErrorMsg is the error message if an error is found, e.g. "Permission Denied"
	ErrorMsg string `codec:",omitempty"`

	QueryMeta
}

SnapshotSaveResponse is the header for the streaming snapshot endpoint, and followed by the snapshot file content.

type Spread added in v0.9.0 

type Spread struct {
	// Attribute is the node attribute used as the spread criteria
	Attribute string

	// Weight is the relative weight of this spread, useful when there are multiple
	// spread and affinities
	Weight int8

	// SpreadTarget is used to describe desired percentages for each attribute value
	SpreadTarget []*SpreadTarget
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Spread is used to specify desired distribution of allocations according to weight

func CopySliceSpreads added in v0.9.0 

func CopySliceSpreads(s []*Spread) []*Spread

func (*Spread) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (s *Spread) Copy() *Spread

func (*Spread) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (s *Spread) Equal(o *Spread) bool

func (*Spread) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *Spread) String() string

func (*Spread) Validate added in v0.9.0 

func (s *Spread) Validate() error

type SpreadTarget added in v0.9.0 

type SpreadTarget struct {
	// Value is a single attribute value, like "dc1"
	Value string

	// Percent is the desired percentage of allocs
	Percent uint8
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SpreadTarget is used to specify desired percentages for each attribute value

func CopySliceSpreadTarget added in v0.9.0 

func CopySliceSpreadTarget(s []*SpreadTarget) []*SpreadTarget

func (*SpreadTarget) Copy added in v0.9.0 

func (s *SpreadTarget) Copy() *SpreadTarget

func (*SpreadTarget) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (s *SpreadTarget) Equal(o *SpreadTarget) bool

func (*SpreadTarget) String added in v0.9.0 

func (s *SpreadTarget) String() string

type StreamingRpcAck added in v0.8.0 

type StreamingRpcAck struct {
	// Error is used to return whether an error occurred establishing the
	// streaming RPC. This error occurs before entering the RPC handler.
	Error string
}

StreamingRpcAck is used to acknowledge receiving the StreamingRpcHeader and routing to the requested handler.

type StreamingRpcHandler added in v0.8.0 

type StreamingRpcHandler func(conn io.ReadWriteCloser)

StreamingRpcHandler defines the handler for a streaming RPC.

type StreamingRpcHeader added in v0.8.0 

type StreamingRpcHeader struct {
	// Method is the name of the method to invoke.
	Method string
}

StreamingRpcHeader is the first struct serialized after entering the streaming RPC mode. The header is used to dispatch to the correct method.

type StreamingRpcRegistry added in v0.8.0 

type StreamingRpcRegistry struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

StreamingRpcRegistry is used to add and retrieve handlers

func NewStreamingRpcRegistry added in v0.8.0 

func NewStreamingRpcRegistry() *StreamingRpcRegistry

NewStreamingRpcRegistry creates a new registry. All registrations of handlers should be done before retrieving handlers.

func (*StreamingRpcRegistry) GetHandler added in v0.8.0 

func (s *StreamingRpcRegistry) GetHandler(method string) (StreamingRpcHandler, error)

GetHandler returns a handler for the given method or an error if it doesn't exist.

func (*StreamingRpcRegistry) Register added in v0.8.0 

func (s *StreamingRpcRegistry) Register(method string, handler StreamingRpcHandler)

Register registers a new handler for the given method name

type Task 

type Task struct {
	// Name of the task
	Name string

	// Driver is used to control which driver is used
	Driver string

	// User is used to determine which user will run the task. It defaults to
	// the same user the Nomad client is being run as.
	User string

	// Config is provided to the driver to initialize
	Config map[string]interface{}

	// Map of environment variables to be used by the driver
	Env map[string]string

	// List of service definitions exposed by the Task
	Services []*Service

	// Vault is used to define the set of Vault policies that this task should
	// have access to.
	Vault *Vault

	// Templates are the set of templates to be rendered for the task.
	Templates []*Template

	// Constraints can be specified at a task level and apply only to
	// the particular task.
	Constraints []*Constraint

	// Affinities can be specified at the task level to express
	// scheduling preferences
	Affinities []*Affinity

	// Resources is the resources needed by this task
	Resources *Resources

	// RestartPolicy of a TaskGroup
	RestartPolicy *RestartPolicy

	// DispatchPayload configures how the task retrieves its input from a dispatch
	DispatchPayload *DispatchPayloadConfig

	Lifecycle *TaskLifecycleConfig

	// Meta is used to associate arbitrary metadata with this
	// task. This is opaque to Nomad.
	Meta map[string]string

	// KillTimeout is the time between signaling a task that it will be
	// killed and killing it.
	KillTimeout time.Duration

	// LogConfig provides configuration for log rotation
	LogConfig *LogConfig

	// Artifacts is a list of artifacts to download and extract before running
	// the task.
	Artifacts []*TaskArtifact

	// Leader marks the task as the leader within the group. When the leader
	// task exits, other tasks will be gracefully terminated.
	Leader bool

	// ShutdownDelay is the duration of the delay between de-registering a
	// task from Consul and sending it a signal to shutdown. See #2441
	ShutdownDelay time.Duration

	// VolumeMounts is a list of Volume name <-> mount configurations that will be
	// attached to this task.
	VolumeMounts []*VolumeMount

	// ScalingPolicies is a list of scaling policies scoped to this task
	ScalingPolicies []*ScalingPolicy

	// KillSignal is the kill signal to use for the task. This is an optional
	// specification and defaults to SIGINT
	KillSignal string

	// Used internally to manage tasks according to their TaskKind. Initial use case
	// is for Consul Connect
	Kind TaskKind

	// CSIPluginConfig is used to configure the plugin supervisor for the task.
	CSIPluginConfig *TaskCSIPluginConfig

	// Identity controls if and how the workload identity is exposed to
	// tasks similar to the Vault block.
	Identity *WorkloadIdentity
}

Task is a single process typically that is executed as part of a task group.

func (*Task) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (t *Task) Canonicalize(job *Job, tg *TaskGroup)

Canonicalize canonicalizes fields in the task.

func (*Task) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (t *Task) Copy() *Task

func (*Task) Diff added in v0.4.0 

func (t *Task) Diff(other *Task, contextual bool) (*TaskDiff, error)

Diff returns a diff of two tasks. If contextual diff is enabled, objects within the task will contain field information even if unchanged.

func (*Task) GoString 

func (t *Task) GoString() string

func (*Task) IsMain added in v1.3.4 

func (t *Task) IsMain() bool

func (*Task) IsPoststart added in v1.3.4 

func (t *Task) IsPoststart() bool

func (*Task) IsPoststop added in v1.3.4 

func (t *Task) IsPoststop() bool

func (*Task) IsPrestart added in v1.3.4 

func (t *Task) IsPrestart() bool

func (*Task) UsesConnect added in v0.10.4 

func (t *Task) UsesConnect() bool

UsesConnect is for conveniently detecting if the Task is able to make use of Consul Connect features. This will be indicated in the TaskKind of the Task, which exports known types of Tasks. UsesConnect will be true if the task is a connect proxy, connect native, or is a connect gateway.

func (*Task) UsesConnectSidecar added in v1.0.0 

func (t *Task) UsesConnectSidecar() bool

func (*Task) Validate 

func (t *Task) Validate(ephemeralDisk *EphemeralDisk, jobType string, tgServices []*Service, tgNetworks Networks) error

Validate is used to check a task for reasonable configuration

func (*Task) Warnings added in v0.9.0 

func (t *Task) Warnings() error

type TaskArtifact added in v0.3.1 

type TaskArtifact struct {
	// GetterSource is the source to download an artifact using go-getter
	GetterSource string

	// GetterOptions are options to use when downloading the artifact using
	// go-getter.
	GetterOptions map[string]string

	// GetterHeaders are headers to use when downloading the artifact using
	// go-getter.
	GetterHeaders map[string]string

	// GetterMode is the go-getter.ClientMode for fetching resources.
	// Defaults to "any" but can be set to "file" or "dir".
	GetterMode string

	// RelativeDest is the download destination given relative to the task's
	// directory.
	RelativeDest string
}

TaskArtifact is an artifact to download before running the task.

func (*TaskArtifact) Copy added in v0.3.1 

func (ta *TaskArtifact) Copy() *TaskArtifact

func (*TaskArtifact) DiffID added in v1.2.0 

func (ta *TaskArtifact) DiffID() string

DiffID fulfills the DiffableWithID interface.

func (*TaskArtifact) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (ta *TaskArtifact) Equal(o *TaskArtifact) bool

func (*TaskArtifact) GoString added in v0.3.2 

func (ta *TaskArtifact) GoString() string

func (*TaskArtifact) Hash added in v0.9.0 

func (ta *TaskArtifact) Hash() string

Hash creates a unique identifier for a TaskArtifact as the same GetterSource may be specified multiple times with different destinations.

func (*TaskArtifact) Validate added in v0.3.1 

func (ta *TaskArtifact) Validate() error

type TaskCSIPluginConfig added in v0.11.0 

type TaskCSIPluginConfig struct {
	// ID is the identifier of the plugin.
	// Ideally this should be the FQDN of the plugin.
	ID string

	// Type instructs Nomad on how to handle processing a plugin
	Type CSIPluginType

	// MountDir is the directory (within its container) in which the plugin creates a
	// socket (called CSISocketName) for communication with Nomad. Default is /csi.
	MountDir string

	// StagePublishBaseDir is the base directory (within its container) in which the plugin
	// mounts volumes being staged and bind mount volumes being published.
	// e.g. staging_target_path = {StagePublishBaseDir}/staging/{volume-id}/{usage-mode}
	// e.g. target_path = {StagePublishBaseDir}/per-alloc/{alloc-id}/{volume-id}/{usage-mode}
	// Default is /local/csi.
	StagePublishBaseDir string

	// HealthTimeout is the time after which the CSI plugin tasks will be killed
	// if the CSI Plugin is not healthy.
	HealthTimeout time.Duration `mapstructure:"health_timeout" hcl:"health_timeout,optional"`
}

TaskCSIPluginConfig contains the data that is required to setup a task as a CSI plugin. This will be used by the csi_plugin_supervisor_hook to configure mounts for the plugin and initiate the connection to the plugin catalog.

func (*TaskCSIPluginConfig) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (t *TaskCSIPluginConfig) Copy() *TaskCSIPluginConfig

func (*TaskCSIPluginConfig) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (t *TaskCSIPluginConfig) Equal(o *TaskCSIPluginConfig) bool

type TaskDiff added in v0.4.0 

type TaskDiff struct {
	Type        DiffType
	Name        string
	Fields      []*FieldDiff
	Objects     []*ObjectDiff
	Annotations []string
}

TaskDiff contains the diff of two Tasks

func (*TaskDiff) GoString added in v0.4.0 

func (t *TaskDiff) GoString() string

type TaskDiffs added in v0.4.0 

type TaskDiffs []*TaskDiff

For sorting TaskDiffs

func (TaskDiffs) Len added in v0.4.0 

func (t TaskDiffs) Len() int

func (TaskDiffs) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (t TaskDiffs) Less(i, j int) bool

func (TaskDiffs) Swap added in v0.4.0 

func (t TaskDiffs) Swap(i, j int)

type TaskEvent added in v0.2.0 

type TaskEvent struct {
	Type string
	Time int64 // Unix Nanosecond timestamp

	Message string // A possible message explaining the termination of the task.

	// DisplayMessage is a human friendly message about the event
	DisplayMessage string

	// Details is a map with annotated info about the event
	Details map[string]string

	// FailsTask marks whether this event fails the task.
	// Deprecated, use Details["fails_task"] to access this.
	FailsTask bool

	// Restart fields.
	// Deprecated, use Details["restart_reason"] to access this.
	RestartReason string

	// Setup Failure fields.
	// Deprecated, use Details["setup_error"] to access this.
	SetupError string

	// Driver Failure fields.
	// Deprecated, use Details["driver_error"] to access this.
	DriverError string // A driver error occurred while starting the task.

	// Deprecated, use Details["exit_code"] to access this.
	ExitCode int // The exit code of the task.

	// Deprecated, use Details["signal"] to access this.
	Signal int // The signal that terminated the task.

	// Killing fields
	// Deprecated, use Details["kill_timeout"] to access this.
	KillTimeout time.Duration

	// Task Killed Fields.
	// Deprecated, use Details["kill_error"] to access this.
	KillError string // Error killing the task.

	// KillReason is the reason the task was killed
	// Deprecated, use Details["kill_reason"] to access this.
	KillReason string

	// TaskRestarting fields.
	// Deprecated, use Details["start_delay"] to access this.
	StartDelay int64 // The sleep period before restarting the task in unix nanoseconds.

	// Artifact Download fields
	// Deprecated, use Details["download_error"] to access this.
	DownloadError string // Error downloading artifacts

	// Validation fields
	// Deprecated, use Details["validation_error"] to access this.
	ValidationError string // Validation error

	// The maximum allowed task disk size.
	// Deprecated, use Details["disk_limit"] to access this.
	DiskLimit int64

	// Name of the sibling task that caused termination of the task that
	// the TaskEvent refers to.
	// Deprecated, use Details["failed_sibling"] to access this.
	FailedSibling string

	// VaultError is the error from token renewal
	// Deprecated, use Details["vault_renewal_error"] to access this.
	VaultError string

	// TaskSignalReason indicates the reason the task is being signalled.
	// Deprecated, use Details["task_signal_reason"] to access this.
	TaskSignalReason string

	// TaskSignal is the signal that was sent to the task
	// Deprecated, use Details["task_signal"] to access this.
	TaskSignal string

	// DriverMessage indicates a driver action being taken.
	// Deprecated, use Details["driver_message"] to access this.
	DriverMessage string

	// GenericSource is the source of a message.
	// Deprecated, is redundant with event type.
	GenericSource string
}

TaskEvent is an event that effects the state of a task and contains meta-data appropriate to the events type.

func NewTaskEvent added in v0.2.0 

func NewTaskEvent(event string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) Copy() *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) GoString added in v0.3.1 

func (e *TaskEvent) GoString() string

func (*TaskEvent) PopulateEventDisplayMessage added in v0.7.1 

func (e *TaskEvent) PopulateEventDisplayMessage()

func (*TaskEvent) SetDiskLimit added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetDiskLimit(limit int64) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetDisplayMessage added in v0.9.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetDisplayMessage(msg string) *TaskEvent

SetDisplayMessage sets the display message of TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetDownloadError added in v0.3.1 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetDownloadError(err error) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetDriverError added in v0.2.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetDriverError(err error) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetDriverMessage added in v0.5.2 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetDriverMessage(m string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetExitCode added in v0.2.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetExitCode(c int) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetExitMessage added in v0.2.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetExitMessage(err error) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetFailedSibling added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetFailedSibling(sibling string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetFailsTask added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetFailsTask() *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetKillError added in v0.2.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetKillError(err error) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetKillReason added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetKillReason(r string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetKillTimeout added in v0.4.1 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetKillTimeout(timeout, maxTimeout time.Duration) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetMessage added in v0.5.5 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetMessage(msg string) *TaskEvent

SetMessage sets the message of TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetOOMKilled added in v0.9.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetOOMKilled(oom bool) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetRestartDelay added in v0.3.1 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetRestartDelay(delay time.Duration) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetRestartReason added in v0.3.2 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetRestartReason(reason string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetSetupError added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetSetupError(err error) *TaskEvent

SetSetupError is used to store an error that occurred while setting up the task

func (*TaskEvent) SetSignal added in v0.2.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetSignal(s int) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetSignalText added in v0.9.2 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetSignalText(s string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetTaskSignal added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetTaskSignal(s os.Signal) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetTaskSignalReason added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetTaskSignalReason(r string) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetValidationError added in v0.3.2 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetValidationError(err error) *TaskEvent

func (*TaskEvent) SetVaultRenewalError added in v0.5.0 

func (e *TaskEvent) SetVaultRenewalError(err error) *TaskEvent

type TaskGroup 

type TaskGroup struct {
	// Name of the task group
	Name string

	// Count is the number of replicas of this task group that should
	// be scheduled.
	Count int

	// Update is used to control the update strategy for this task group
	Update *UpdateStrategy

	// Migrate is used to control the migration strategy for this task group
	Migrate *MigrateStrategy

	// Constraints can be specified at a task group level and apply to
	// all the tasks contained.
	Constraints []*Constraint

	// Scaling is the list of autoscaling policies for the TaskGroup
	Scaling *ScalingPolicy

	// RestartPolicy of a TaskGroup
	RestartPolicy *RestartPolicy

	// Tasks are the collection of tasks that this task group needs to run
	Tasks []*Task

	// EphemeralDisk is the disk resources that the task group requests
	EphemeralDisk *EphemeralDisk

	// Meta is used to associate arbitrary metadata with this
	// task group. This is opaque to Nomad.
	Meta map[string]string

	// ReschedulePolicy is used to configure how the scheduler should
	// retry failed allocations.
	ReschedulePolicy *ReschedulePolicy

	// Affinities can be specified at the task group level to express
	// scheduling preferences.
	Affinities []*Affinity

	// Spread can be specified at the task group level to express spreading
	// allocations across a desired attribute, such as datacenter
	Spreads []*Spread

	// Networks are the network configuration for the task group. This can be
	// overridden in the task.
	Networks Networks

	// Consul configuration specific to this task group
	Consul *Consul

	// Services this group provides
	Services []*Service

	// Volumes is a map of volumes that have been requested by the task group.
	Volumes map[string]*VolumeRequest

	// ShutdownDelay is the amount of time to wait between deregistering
	// group services in consul and stopping tasks.
	ShutdownDelay *time.Duration

	// StopAfterClientDisconnect, if set, configures the client to stop the task group
	// after this duration since the last known good heartbeat
	StopAfterClientDisconnect *time.Duration

	// MaxClientDisconnect, if set, configures the client to allow placed
	// allocations for tasks in this group to attempt to resume running without a restart.
	MaxClientDisconnect *time.Duration
}

TaskGroup is an atomic unit of placement. Each task group belongs to a job and may contain any number of tasks. A task group support running in many replicas using the same configuration..

func (*TaskGroup) Canonicalize added in v0.4.1 

func (tg *TaskGroup) Canonicalize(job *Job)

Canonicalize is used to canonicalize fields in the TaskGroup.

func (*TaskGroup) ConsulServices added in v1.4.5 

func (tg *TaskGroup) ConsulServices() []*Service

func (*TaskGroup) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (tg *TaskGroup) Copy() *TaskGroup

func (*TaskGroup) Diff added in v0.4.0 

func (tg *TaskGroup) Diff(other *TaskGroup, contextual bool) (*TaskGroupDiff, error)

Diff returns a diff of two task groups. If contextual diff is enabled, objects' fields will be stored even if no diff occurred as long as one field changed.

func (*TaskGroup) GoString 

func (tg *TaskGroup) GoString() string

func (*TaskGroup) LookupTask 

func (tg *TaskGroup) LookupTask(name string) *Task

LookupTask finds a task by name

func (*TaskGroup) NomadServices added in v1.4.0 

func (tg *TaskGroup) NomadServices() []*Service

NomadServices returns a list of all group and task - level services in tg that are making use of the nomad service provider.

func (*TaskGroup) UsesConnect added in v0.10.4 

func (tg *TaskGroup) UsesConnect() bool

UsesConnect for convenience returns true if the TaskGroup contains at least one service that makes use of Consul Connect features.

Currently used for validating that the task group contains one or more connect aware services before generating a service identity token.

func (*TaskGroup) UsesConnectGateway added in v0.12.4 

func (tg *TaskGroup) UsesConnectGateway() bool

UsesConnectGateway for convenience returns true if the TaskGroup contains at least one service that makes use of Consul Connect Gateway features.

func (*TaskGroup) Validate 

func (tg *TaskGroup) Validate(j *Job) error

Validate is used to check a task group for reasonable configuration

func (*TaskGroup) Warnings added in v0.6.0 

func (tg *TaskGroup) Warnings(j *Job) error

Warnings returns a list of warnings that may be from dubious settings or deprecation warnings.

type TaskGroupDiff added in v0.4.0 

type TaskGroupDiff struct {
	Type    DiffType
	Name    string
	Fields  []*FieldDiff
	Objects []*ObjectDiff
	Tasks   []*TaskDiff
	Updates map[string]uint64
}

TaskGroupDiff contains the diff of two task groups.

func (*TaskGroupDiff) GoString added in v0.4.0 

func (tg *TaskGroupDiff) GoString() string

type TaskGroupDiffs added in v0.4.0 

type TaskGroupDiffs []*TaskGroupDiff

For sorting TaskGroupDiffs

func (TaskGroupDiffs) Len added in v0.4.0 

func (tg TaskGroupDiffs) Len() int

func (TaskGroupDiffs) Less added in v0.4.0 

func (tg TaskGroupDiffs) Less(i, j int) bool

func (TaskGroupDiffs) Swap added in v0.4.0 

func (tg TaskGroupDiffs) Swap(i, j int)

type TaskGroupScaleStatus added in v0.11.0 

type TaskGroupScaleStatus struct {
	Desired   int
	Placed    int
	Running   int
	Healthy   int
	Unhealthy int
	Events    []*ScalingEvent
}

TaskGroupScaleStatus is used to return the scale status for a given task group

type TaskGroupSummary added in v0.4.1 

type TaskGroupSummary struct {
	Queued   int
	Complete int
	Failed   int
	Running  int
	Starting int
	Lost     int
	Unknown  int
}

TaskGroupSummary summarizes the state of all the allocations of a particular TaskGroup

type TaskHandle added in v1.1.0 

type TaskHandle struct {
	// Version of driver state. Used by the driver to gracefully handle
	// plugin upgrades.
	Version int

	// Driver-specific state containing a handle to the remote task.
	DriverState []byte
}

TaskHandle is optional handle to a task propogated to the servers for use by remote tasks. Since remote tasks are not implicitly lost when the node they are assigned to is down, their state is migrated to the replacement allocation.

Minimal set of fields from plugins/drivers/task_handle.go:TaskHandle

func (*TaskHandle) Copy added in v1.1.0 

func (h *TaskHandle) Copy() *TaskHandle

type TaskKind added in v0.10.0 

type TaskKind string

TaskKind identifies the special kinds of tasks using the following format: '<kind_name>(:<identifier>)`. The TaskKind can optionally include an identifier that is opaque to the Task. This identifier can be used to relate the task to some other entity based on the kind.

For example, a task may have the TaskKind of `connect-proxy:service` where 'connect-proxy' is the kind name and 'service' is the identifier that relates the task to the service name of which it is a connect proxy for.

func NewTaskKind added in v0.11.3 

func NewTaskKind(name, identifier string) TaskKind

func (TaskKind) IsAnyConnectGateway added in v0.12.4 

func (k TaskKind) IsAnyConnectGateway() bool

IsAnyConnectGateway returns true if the TaskKind represents any one of the supported connect gateway types.

func (TaskKind) IsConnectIngress added in v0.12.4 

func (k TaskKind) IsConnectIngress() bool

IsConnectIngress returns true if the TaskKind is connect-ingress.

func (TaskKind) IsConnectMesh added in v1.1.1 

func (k TaskKind) IsConnectMesh() bool

IsConnectMesh returns true if the TaskKind is connect-mesh.

func (TaskKind) IsConnectNative added in v0.11.3 

func (k TaskKind) IsConnectNative() bool

IsConnectNative returns true if the TaskKind is connect-native.

func (TaskKind) IsConnectProxy added in v0.10.0 

func (k TaskKind) IsConnectProxy() bool

IsConnectProxy returns true if the TaskKind is connect-proxy.

func (TaskKind) IsConnectTerminating added in v1.0.4 

func (k TaskKind) IsConnectTerminating() bool

IsConnectTerminating returns true if the TaskKind is connect-terminating.

func (TaskKind) Name added in v0.10.0 

func (k TaskKind) Name() string

Name returns the kind name portion of the TaskKind

func (TaskKind) Value added in v0.10.0 

func (k TaskKind) Value() string

Value returns the identifier of the TaskKind or an empty string if it doesn't include one.

type TaskLifecycleConfig added in v0.11.0 

type TaskLifecycleConfig struct {
	Hook    string
	Sidecar bool
}

func (*TaskLifecycleConfig) Copy added in v0.11.0 

func (d *TaskLifecycleConfig) Copy() *TaskLifecycleConfig

func (*TaskLifecycleConfig) Validate added in v0.11.0 

func (d *TaskLifecycleConfig) Validate() error

type TaskState added in v0.2.0 

type TaskState struct {
	// The current state of the task.
	State string

	// Failed marks a task as having failed
	Failed bool

	// Restarts is the number of times the task has restarted
	Restarts uint64

	// LastRestart is the time the task last restarted. It is updated each time the
	// task restarts
	LastRestart time.Time

	// StartedAt is the time the task is started. It is updated each time the
	// task starts
	StartedAt time.Time

	// FinishedAt is the time at which the task transitioned to dead and will
	// not be started again.
	FinishedAt time.Time

	// Series of task events that transition the state of the task.
	Events []*TaskEvent

	// Experimental -  TaskHandle is based on drivers.TaskHandle and used
	// by remote task drivers to migrate task handles between allocations.
	TaskHandle *TaskHandle
}

TaskState tracks the current state of a task and events that caused state transitions.

func NewTaskState added in v0.9.0 

func NewTaskState() *TaskState

NewTaskState returns a TaskState initialized in the Pending state.

func (*TaskState) Canonicalize added in v0.9.0 

func (ts *TaskState) Canonicalize()

Canonicalize ensures the TaskState has a State set. It should default to Pending.

func (*TaskState) Copy added in v0.3.0 

func (ts *TaskState) Copy() *TaskState

func (*TaskState) Successful added in v0.4.0 

func (ts *TaskState) Successful() bool

Successful returns whether a task finished successfully. Only meaningful for for batch allocations or ephemeral (non-sidecar) lifecycle tasks part of a service or system allocation.

type Template added in v0.5.0 

type Template struct {
	// SourcePath is the path to the template to be rendered
	SourcePath string

	// DestPath is the path to where the template should be rendered
	DestPath string

	// EmbeddedTmpl store the raw template. This is useful for smaller templates
	// where they are embedded in the job file rather than sent as an artifact
	EmbeddedTmpl string

	// ChangeMode indicates what should be done if the template is re-rendered
	ChangeMode string

	// ChangeSignal is the signal that should be sent if the change mode
	// requires it.
	ChangeSignal string

	// ChangeScript is the configuration of the script. It's required if
	// ChangeMode is set to script.
	ChangeScript *ChangeScript

	// Splay is used to avoid coordinated restarts of processes by applying a
	// random wait between 0 and the given splay value before signalling the
	// application of a change
	Splay time.Duration

	// Perms is the permission the file should be written out with.
	Perms string
	// User and group that should own the file.
	Uid *int
	Gid *int

	// LeftDelim and RightDelim are optional configurations to control what
	// delimiter is utilized when parsing the template.
	LeftDelim  string
	RightDelim string

	// Envvars enables exposing the template as environment variables
	// instead of as a file. The template must be of the form:
	//
	//	VAR_NAME_1={{ key service/my-key }}
	//	VAR_NAME_2=raw string and {{ env "attr.kernel.name" }}
	//
	// Lines will be split on the initial "=" with the first part being the
	// key name and the second part the value.
	// Empty lines and lines starting with # will be ignored, but to avoid
	// escaping issues #s within lines will not be treated as comments.
	Envvars bool

	// VaultGrace is the grace duration between lease renewal and reacquiring a
	// secret. If the lease of a secret is less than the grace, a new secret is
	// acquired.
	// COMPAT(0.12) VaultGrace has been ignored by Vault since Vault v0.5.
	VaultGrace time.Duration

	// WaitConfig is used to override the global WaitConfig on a per-template basis
	Wait *WaitConfig

	// ErrMissingKey is used to control how the template behaves when attempting
	// to index a struct or map key that does not exist.
	ErrMissingKey bool
}

Template represents a template configuration to be rendered for a given task

func DefaultTemplate added in v0.5.0 

func DefaultTemplate() *Template

DefaultTemplate returns a default template.

func (*Template) Canonicalize added in v0.5.0 

func (t *Template) Canonicalize()

func (*Template) Copy added in v0.5.0 

func (t *Template) Copy() *Template

func (*Template) DiffID added in v1.2.0 

func (t *Template) DiffID() string

DiffID fulfills the DiffableWithID interface.

func (*Template) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (t *Template) Equal(o *Template) bool

func (*Template) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (t *Template) Validate() error

func (*Template) Warnings added in v0.11.0 

func (t *Template) Warnings() error

type TerminalByNodeByName added in v1.2.0 

type TerminalByNodeByName map[string]map[string]*Allocation

TerminalByNodeByName is a map of NodeID->Allocation.Name->Allocation used by the sysbatch scheduler for locating the most up-to-date terminal allocations.

func (TerminalByNodeByName) Get added in v1.2.0 

func (a TerminalByNodeByName) Get(nodeID, name string) (*Allocation, bool)

func (TerminalByNodeByName) Set added in v1.2.0 

func (a TerminalByNodeByName) Set(allocation *Allocation)

type Topic added in v1.0.0 

type Topic string

type UpdateStrategy 

type UpdateStrategy struct {
	// Stagger is used to determine the rate at which allocations are migrated
	// due to down or draining nodes.
	Stagger time.Duration

	// MaxParallel is how many updates can be done in parallel
	MaxParallel int

	// HealthCheck specifies the mechanism in which allocations are marked
	// healthy or unhealthy as part of a deployment.
	HealthCheck string

	// MinHealthyTime is the minimum time an allocation must be in the healthy
	// state before it is marked as healthy, unblocking more allocations to be
	// rolled.
	MinHealthyTime time.Duration

	// HealthyDeadline is the time in which an allocation must be marked as
	// healthy before it is automatically transitioned to unhealthy. This time
	// period doesn't count against the MinHealthyTime.
	HealthyDeadline time.Duration

	// ProgressDeadline is the time in which an allocation as part of the
	// deployment must transition to healthy. If no allocation becomes healthy
	// after the deadline, the deployment is marked as failed. If the deadline
	// is zero, the first failure causes the deployment to fail.
	ProgressDeadline time.Duration

	// AutoRevert declares that if a deployment fails because of unhealthy
	// allocations, there should be an attempt to auto-revert the job to a
	// stable version.
	AutoRevert bool

	// AutoPromote declares that the deployment should be promoted when all canaries are
	// healthy
	AutoPromote bool

	// Canary is the number of canaries to deploy when a change to the task
	// group is detected.
	Canary int
}

UpdateStrategy is used to modify how updates are done

func (*UpdateStrategy) Copy added in v0.6.0 

func (u *UpdateStrategy) Copy() *UpdateStrategy

func (*UpdateStrategy) IsEmpty added in v0.10.0 

func (u *UpdateStrategy) IsEmpty() bool

func (*UpdateStrategy) Rolling 

func (u *UpdateStrategy) Rolling() bool

Rolling returns if a rolling strategy should be used. TODO(alexdadgar): Remove once no longer used by the scheduler.

func (*UpdateStrategy) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (u *UpdateStrategy) Validate() error

type VarApplyStateRequest added in v1.4.0 

type VarApplyStateRequest struct {
	Op  VarOp              // Which operation are we performing
	Var *VariableEncrypted // Which directory entry
	WriteRequest
}

VarApplyStateRequest is used by the FSM to modify the variable store

func (*VarApplyStateRequest) ConflictResponse added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VarApplyStateRequest) ConflictResponse(raftIndex uint64, cv *VariableEncrypted) *VarApplyStateResponse

func (*VarApplyStateRequest) ErrorResponse added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VarApplyStateRequest) ErrorResponse(raftIndex uint64, err error) *VarApplyStateResponse

func (*VarApplyStateRequest) SuccessResponse added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VarApplyStateRequest) SuccessResponse(raftIndex uint64, meta *VariableMetadata) *VarApplyStateResponse

type VarApplyStateResponse added in v1.4.0 

type VarApplyStateResponse struct {
	Op            VarOp              // Which operation were we performing
	Result        VarOpResult        // What happened (ok, conflict, error)
	Error         error              // error if any
	Conflict      *VariableEncrypted // conflicting variable if applies
	WrittenSVMeta *VariableMetadata  // for making the VariablesApplyResponse
	WriteMeta
}

VarApplyStateResponse is used by the FSM to inform the RPC layer of success or failure

func (*VarApplyStateResponse) IsConflict added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VarApplyStateResponse) IsConflict() bool

func (*VarApplyStateResponse) IsError added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VarApplyStateResponse) IsError() bool

func (*VarApplyStateResponse) IsOk added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VarApplyStateResponse) IsOk() bool

type VarOp added in v1.4.0 

type VarOp string

VarOp constants give possible operations available in a transaction. 

const (
	VarOpSet       VarOp = "set"
	VarOpDelete    VarOp = "delete"
	VarOpDeleteCAS VarOp = "delete-cas"
	VarOpCAS       VarOp = "cas"
)

type VarOpResult added in v1.4.0 

type VarOpResult string

VarOpResult constants give possible operations results from a transaction. 

const (
	VarOpResultOk       VarOpResult = "ok"
	VarOpResultConflict VarOpResult = "conflict"
	VarOpResultRedacted VarOpResult = "conflict-redacted"
	VarOpResultError    VarOpResult = "error"
)

type VariableData added in v1.4.0 

type VariableData struct {
	Data  []byte // includes nonce
	KeyID string // ID of root key used to encrypt this entry
}

VariableData is the secret data for a Variable

func (VariableData) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (vd VariableData) Copy() VariableData

func (VariableData) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (vd VariableData) Equal(d2 VariableData) bool

Equal performs deep equality checking on the encrypted data part of a VariableEncrypted

type VariableDecrypted added in v1.4.0 

type VariableDecrypted struct {
	VariableMetadata
	Items VariableItems
}

VariableDecrypted structs are returned from the Encrypter's decrypt method. Since they contains sensitive material, they should never be persisted to disk.

func (*VariableDecrypted) Canonicalize added in v1.4.0 

func (vd *VariableDecrypted) Canonicalize()

func (VariableDecrypted) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (vd VariableDecrypted) Copy() VariableDecrypted

func (VariableDecrypted) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (vd VariableDecrypted) Equal(v2 VariableDecrypted) bool

Equal checks both the metadata and items in a VariableDecrypted struct

func (VariableDecrypted) Validate added in v1.4.0 

func (vd VariableDecrypted) Validate() error

type VariableEncrypted added in v1.4.0 

type VariableEncrypted struct {
	VariableMetadata
	VariableData
}

VariableEncrypted structs are returned from the Encrypter's encrypt method. They are the only form that should ever be persisted to storage.

func (VariableEncrypted) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (ve VariableEncrypted) Copy() VariableEncrypted

func (VariableEncrypted) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (ve VariableEncrypted) Equal(v2 VariableEncrypted) bool

Equal checks both the metadata and encrypted data for a VariableEncrypted struct

type VariableItems added in v1.4.0 

type VariableItems map[string]string

VariableItems are the actual secrets stored in a variable. They are always encrypted and decrypted as a single unit.

func (VariableItems) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (vi VariableItems) Copy() VariableItems

func (VariableItems) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (vi VariableItems) Equal(i2 VariableItems) bool

Equal performs deep equality checking on the cleartext items of a VariableDecrypted. Uses reflect.DeepEqual

func (VariableItems) Size added in v1.4.0 

func (vi VariableItems) Size() uint64

type VariableMetadata added in v1.4.0 

type VariableMetadata struct {
	Namespace   string
	Path        string
	CreateIndex uint64
	CreateTime  int64
	ModifyIndex uint64
	ModifyTime  int64
}

VariableMetadata is the metadata envelope for a Variable, it is the list object and is shared data between an VariableEncrypted and a VariableDecrypted object.

func (*VariableMetadata) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (sv *VariableMetadata) Copy() *VariableMetadata

Copy returns a fully hydrated copy of VariableMetadata that can be manipulated while ensuring the original is not touched.

func (VariableMetadata) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (sv VariableMetadata) Equal(sv2 VariableMetadata) bool

Equal is a convenience method to provide similar equality checking syntax for metadata and the VariablesData or VariableItems struct

func (VariableMetadata) GetCreateIndex added in v1.4.0 

func (sv VariableMetadata) GetCreateIndex() uint64

GetCreateIndex returns the variable's create index. Used for pagination.

func (VariableMetadata) GetID added in v1.4.0 

func (sv VariableMetadata) GetID() string

GetID returns the variable's path. Used for pagination.

func (VariableMetadata) GetNamespace added in v1.4.0 

func (sv VariableMetadata) GetNamespace() string

GetNamespace returns the variable's namespace. Used for pagination.

type VariablesApplyRequest added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesApplyRequest struct {
	Op  VarOp              // Operation to be performed during apply
	Var *VariableDecrypted // Variable-shaped request data
	WriteRequest
}

VariablesApplyRequest is used by users to operate on the variable store

type VariablesApplyResponse added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesApplyResponse struct {
	Op       VarOp              // Operation performed
	Input    *VariableDecrypted // Input supplied
	Result   VarOpResult        // Return status from operation
	Error    error              // Error if any
	Conflict *VariableDecrypted // Conflicting value if applicable
	Output   *VariableDecrypted // Operation Result if successful; nil for successful deletes
	WriteMeta
}

VariablesApplyResponse is sent back to the user to inform them of success or failure

func (*VariablesApplyResponse) IsConflict added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VariablesApplyResponse) IsConflict() bool

func (*VariablesApplyResponse) IsError added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VariablesApplyResponse) IsError() bool

func (*VariablesApplyResponse) IsOk added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VariablesApplyResponse) IsOk() bool

func (*VariablesApplyResponse) IsRedacted added in v1.4.0 

func (r *VariablesApplyResponse) IsRedacted() bool

type VariablesListRequest added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesListRequest struct {
	QueryOptions
}

type VariablesListResponse added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesListResponse struct {
	Data []*VariableMetadata
	QueryMeta
}

type VariablesQuota added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesQuota struct {
	Namespace   string
	Size        int64
	CreateIndex uint64
	ModifyIndex uint64
}

VariablesQuota is used to track the total size of variables entries per namespace. The total length of Variable.EncryptedData in bytes will be added to the VariablesQuota table in the same transaction as a write, update, or delete. This tracking effectively caps the maximum size of variables in a given namespace to MaxInt64 bytes.

func (*VariablesQuota) Copy added in v1.4.0 

func (svq *VariablesQuota) Copy() *VariablesQuota

type VariablesReadRequest added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesReadRequest struct {
	Path string
	QueryOptions
}

type VariablesReadResponse added in v1.4.0 

type VariablesReadResponse struct {
	Data *VariableDecrypted
	QueryMeta
}

type Vault added in v0.5.0 

type Vault struct {
	// Policies is the set of policies that the task needs access to
	Policies []string

	// Namespace is the vault namespace that should be used.
	Namespace string

	// Env marks whether the Vault Token should be exposed as an environment
	// variable
	Env bool

	// ChangeMode is used to configure the task's behavior when the Vault
	// token changes because the original token could not be renewed in time.
	ChangeMode string

	// ChangeSignal is the signal sent to the task when a new token is
	// retrieved. This is only valid when using the signal change mode.
	ChangeSignal string
}

Vault stores the set of permissions a task needs access to from Vault.

func DefaultVaultBlock added in v0.5.0 

func DefaultVaultBlock() *Vault

func (*Vault) Canonicalize added in v0.5.0 

func (v *Vault) Canonicalize()

func (*Vault) Copy added in v0.5.0 

func (v *Vault) Copy() *Vault

Copy returns a copy of this Vault block.

func (*Vault) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (v *Vault) Equal(o *Vault) bool

func (*Vault) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (v *Vault) Validate() error

Validate returns if the Vault block is valid.

type VaultAccessor added in v0.5.0 

type VaultAccessor struct {
	AllocID     string
	Task        string
	NodeID      string
	Accessor    string
	CreationTTL int

	// Raft Indexes
	CreateIndex uint64
}

VaultAccessor is a reference to a created Vault token on behalf of an allocation's task.

type VaultAccessorsRequest added in v0.5.0 

type VaultAccessorsRequest struct {
	Accessors []*VaultAccessor
}

VaultAccessorsRequest is used to operate on a set of Vault accessors

type VaultTokenData added in v1.3.0 

type VaultTokenData struct {
	CreationTTL   int      `mapstructure:"creation_ttl"`
	TTL           int      `mapstructure:"ttl"`
	Renewable     bool     `mapstructure:"renewable"`
	Policies      []string `mapstructure:"policies"`
	Role          string   `mapstructure:"role"`
	NamespacePath string   `mapstructure:"namespace_path"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VaultTokenData represents some of the fields returned in the Data map of the sercret returned by the Vault API when doing a token lookup request.

func (VaultTokenData) Root added in v1.3.0 

func (d VaultTokenData) Root() bool

Root returns true if the token has the `root` policy.

type VaultTokenRoleData added in v1.3.0 

type VaultTokenRoleData struct {
	Name                 string `mapstructure:"name"`
	ExplicitMaxTtl       int    `mapstructure:"explicit_max_ttl"`
	TokenExplicitMaxTtl  int    `mapstructure:"token_explicit_max_ttl"`
	Orphan               bool
	Period               int
	TokenPeriod          int `mapstructure:"token_period"`
	Renewable            bool
	DisallowedPolicies   []string `mapstructure:"disallowed_policies"`
	AllowedEntityAliases []string `mapstructure:"allowed_entity_aliases"`
	AllowedPolicies      []string `mapstructure:"allowed_policies"`
}

VaultTokenRoleData represents some of the fields returned in the Data map of the sercret returned by the Vault API when reading a token role.

type VersionResponse 

type VersionResponse struct {
	Build    string
	Versions map[string]int
	QueryMeta
}

VersionResponse is used for the Status.Version response

type VolumeMount added in v0.10.0 

type VolumeMount struct {
	Volume          string
	Destination     string
	ReadOnly        bool
	PropagationMode string
}

VolumeMount represents the relationship between a destination path in a task and the task group volume that should be mounted there.

func CopySliceVolumeMount added in v0.10.0 

func CopySliceVolumeMount(s []*VolumeMount) []*VolumeMount

func (*VolumeMount) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (v *VolumeMount) Copy() *VolumeMount

func (*VolumeMount) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (v *VolumeMount) Equal(o *VolumeMount) bool

type VolumeRequest added in v0.10.0 

type VolumeRequest struct {
	Name           string
	Type           string
	Source         string
	ReadOnly       bool
	AccessMode     CSIVolumeAccessMode
	AttachmentMode CSIVolumeAttachmentMode
	MountOptions   *CSIMountOptions
	PerAlloc       bool
}

VolumeRequest is a representation of a storage volume that a TaskGroup wishes to use.

func (*VolumeRequest) Copy added in v0.10.0 

func (v *VolumeRequest) Copy() *VolumeRequest

func (*VolumeRequest) Equal added in v1.5.2 

func (v *VolumeRequest) Equal(o *VolumeRequest) bool

func (*VolumeRequest) Validate added in v1.1.0 

func (v *VolumeRequest) Validate(jobType string, taskGroupCount, canaries int) error

func (*VolumeRequest) VolumeID added in v1.4.11 

func (v *VolumeRequest) VolumeID(tgName string) string

type WaitConfig added in v1.2.4 

type WaitConfig struct {
	Min *time.Duration
	Max *time.Duration
}

WaitConfig is the Min/Max duration used by the Consul Template Watcher. Consul Template relies on pointer based business logic. This struct uses pointers so that we tell the different between zero values and unset values.

func (*WaitConfig) Copy added in v1.2.4 

func (wc *WaitConfig) Copy() *WaitConfig

Copy returns a deep copy of this configuration.

func (*WaitConfig) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (wc *WaitConfig) Equal(o *WaitConfig) bool

func (*WaitConfig) Validate added in v1.2.4 

func (wc *WaitConfig) Validate() error

Validate that the min is not greater than the max

type WorkloadIdentity added in v1.5.0 

type WorkloadIdentity struct {
	// Env injects the Workload Identity into the Task's environment if
	// set.
	Env bool

	// File writes the Workload Identity into the Task's secrets directory
	// if set.
	File bool
}

WorkloadIdentity is the jobspec block which determines if and how a workload identity is exposed to tasks similar to the Vault block.

func (*WorkloadIdentity) Copy added in v1.5.0 

func (wi *WorkloadIdentity) Copy() *WorkloadIdentity

func (*WorkloadIdentity) Equal added in v1.5.0 

func (wi *WorkloadIdentity) Equal(other *WorkloadIdentity) bool

type WrappedServerError added in v0.8.0 

type WrappedServerError struct {
	Err error
}

WrappedServerError wraps an error and satisfies both the Recoverable and the ServerSideError interfaces

func (*WrappedServerError) Error added in v0.8.0 

func (r *WrappedServerError) Error() string

func (*WrappedServerError) IsRecoverable added in v0.8.0 

func (r *WrappedServerError) IsRecoverable() bool

func (*WrappedServerError) IsServerSide added in v0.8.0 

func (r *WrappedServerError) IsServerSide() bool

type WriteMeta 

type WriteMeta struct {
	// This is the index associated with the write
	Index uint64
}

WriteMeta allows a write response to include potentially useful metadata about the write

type WriteRequest 

type WriteRequest struct {
	// The target region for this write
	Region string

	// Namespace is the target namespace for the write.
	//
	// Since RPC handlers do not have a default value set they should
	// access the Namespace via the RequestNamespace method.
	//
	// Requests accessing specific namespaced objects must check ACLs
	// against the namespace of the object, not the namespace in the
	// request.
	Namespace string

	// AuthToken is secret portion of the ACL token used for the request
	AuthToken string

	// IdempotencyToken can be used to ensure the write is idempotent.
	IdempotencyToken string

	InternalRpcInfo
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (WriteRequest) AllowStaleRead 

func (w WriteRequest) AllowStaleRead() bool

func (*WriteRequest) GetAuthToken added in v1.5.0 

func (w *WriteRequest) GetAuthToken() string

func (WriteRequest) GetIdentity added in v1.5.0 

func (w WriteRequest) GetIdentity() *AuthenticatedIdentity

func (WriteRequest) IsRead 

func (w WriteRequest) IsRead() bool

IsRead only applies to writes, always false.

func (WriteRequest) RequestNamespace added in v0.7.0 

func (w WriteRequest) RequestNamespace() string

RequestNamespace returns the request's namespace or the default namespace if no explicit namespace was sent.

Requests accessing specific namespaced objects must check ACLs against the namespace of the object, not the namespace in the request.

func (WriteRequest) RequestRegion 

func (w WriteRequest) RequestRegion() string

func (*WriteRequest) SetIdentity added in v1.5.0 

func (w *WriteRequest) SetIdentity(identity *AuthenticatedIdentity)

func (WriteRequest) SetTimeToBlock added in v1.0.0 

func (w WriteRequest) SetTimeToBlock(_ time.Duration)

func (WriteRequest) TimeToBlock added in v1.0.0 

func (w WriteRequest) TimeToBlock() time.Duration

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.